08 


OJ 

' 


3 

ts 


z 
o 


w 
O 

O 


3 

o 

Q 

o 

w 


O 

o 

PQ 
C/D 
0 


w 


o 

2 
pa 


THE 
YOUNG  GENTLEMAN  AND  LADY's 

ASSISTANT; 

CONTAINING, 

I.  GEOGRAPHY,  |  III.  RHETORIC, 

II.  NATURAL  HISTORY,  ]  IV.  MISCELLANY. 

TO    WHICH    IS    ADDED, 

A  SHORT,   BUT  COMPLETE  SYSTEM  OF 

PRACTICAL    ARITHMETIC; 

WHEREIN  THE  MONEY  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 
OF  AMERICA,    is  RENDERED  EASY  TO  THE 

PERCEPTION    OF   YOUTH. 

THIS  WORK  is  DIVIDED  INTO  SMALL  SECTIONS,  FOR 

•     THE    CONVENIENCE    OF    SCHOOLS. 
THE    SECOND    EDITION. 


BY    DONALD  FRASER, 

AUTHOR  OF  THE  COLUMBIAN  MONITOR. 


D  A  N  B  U  R   T  : 

PRINTED   FOB,   THE    AUTHOR,    BY    N,    DOUGLAS* 
—  1794.— 


To  THE  HONORABLE 

JOHN    ADAMS,    L.  L.  D. 

VICE-PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF 
AMERICA. 

A  HE  following  attempt  to  be  ufefal  to  the-' 
rifing  Generation,  is,  with  permiffion,  humbly  dedi- 
cated, as  a  teftimony  of  the  Author's  regard  for  his 
eminent  Talents,  and  Patriotifm  ;  whereby  he  has  re- 
peatedly obtained  the  Suffrages  of  a  free  and  enlight- 
ened People,  to  prelide  over  one  of  the  moft  diftin* 
guifhed  Body  of  Patriots  and  Legiflatcrs  : — That  he 
may  long  continue  to  merit  the  approbation  of  his 
Country,  and  be  an  eminent  and  faithful  Guardian 
of  the  Rights  of  Man,  is  the  fincere  wifh,  of 
A  Citizen  of  America, 

THE    AUTHOK. 


E  F  A  C  E. 


I, 


is  well  known,  that  a  general  difrufion  of 
nfeful  knowledge  is  the  Cured,  and  moft  effectual 
means  of  rendering  Liberty  permanent  :  it  therefore 
becomes  an  object  of  the  greateft  importance,  in  a  free 
country,  to  initiate  youth  into  the  knowledge  of  fuclv 
fciences  as  may  tend  to  enlarge  their  ideas,  and  be  of 
advantage  to  them  in  their  future  progrefs  through 
life  : — and  of  all-  fciences  it  will  be  readily  granted, 
that  there  are  none  more  conducive  to  this  important 
purpofe,  than  thofe  here  treated  on. 

But  little  new  can  be  expected  on  any  of  thefe  fub- 
jects,  there  having  been  fo  many  volumes  written  on 
each  of  them;  nor  does  the  author  pretend  to  much; 
novelty  either  in  ftyle  or  materials,  his  principal  aim 
being,  to  crowd  as  much  vs£_ful  knowledge  as  poflible 
in  a  fmall  compafs.  This  work  may  with  fome  degree 
of  propriety  be  faid,  to  conftitute  a  fmall  Library 
for  youth,  the  poileftion  of  it  will  therefore  fupercede 
the  neceiiity  of  purchafing  a  number  of  books,  \vhich- 
is  not  convenient  for  the  genarality.  of  parents  nor 
would  it  be  of  much  utility  to  Children  :  all  that 
ought  therefore  to  be  attempted  at  an  early  period  of 
life,  is,  to  inculcate  the  leading  principles,  and  to 
awaken  the  natural  curioflty  of  youth  in  fuch  a  manner, 
r,s  to  incite  them  to  a  farther  porfuit  of  thefe  fubjecls 
when  their  judgments  {hall  arrive  at  a  greater  matu- 
rity. The  firft  part  of  the  following  work  contains  a 
compendium  of  geography,  and  tho'  comprehended  in 
a  fmall  compafs  h  will  be  found  fufgcient  to  give  youth, 
and  others,  a  general  idea,  of  thefituation,  boundary 
and  extent,  of  all  the  empires,  kingdoms,  republics 
and  Iflands,  in  Europe,  Ma,  Africa  and  America  ; 
together  with  the  produce,  forces,  revenue; 
A  i 


®  PREFACE. 

&c.  of  thefeveral  countries  defcribed  :  a  more  particu- 
lar amd  comprchenfive  defcription  is  given  of  the  Uni- 
ted States  of  America,  than  of  any  other  country. 

The  fecond  part  is  affigned  to  Natural  Hiftory,  a 
fubjecfc  which  in  a  great  degree,  tends  to  afford  the 
mod  exalted  ideas  of  the  beneficence  of  our  Almighty 
Creator  !  Under  this  head  the  moft  remarkable  arti- 
cles in  the  mineral,  animal,  and  vegetable  creation  are 
felecled,  and  their  nature,  and  properties,  briefly  de- 
fer ibed. 

Part  third,  contains  a  concife  fyftem  of  Rhetoric,, 
wherein  compreheniive  definitions  are  given  refpecling, 
tropes,  figures,  £c.  and  illuftrated  with  fuitable  ex- 
amples taken  chiefly  from  fcripture  j  and  the  parts  of 
an  oration  minutely  arranged. 

The  fourth  and  laft  part,  contains  a  variety  of  ele- 
gant extracts,  in  profe  and  verfe,  from  the  moft  appro- 
ved authors,  together  with  fome  original  pieces. 

To  the  whole  is  added  a  (hort,  but  complete  fyftem 
of  Practical  Arithmetic  ;  wherein  are  given  fhort  and 
eafy  rules,  for  extracting  the  Square  and  Cube  Roots, 
\vith  greater  facility,  perhaps,  than  any  hitherto  ex- 
tant; and  the  money  of  the  United  States  of  America, 
rendered  eafy  to  the  perception  of  youth. 

The  favorable  reception  that  the  firft  edition  of  this 
book  met  with  from  the  public  (near  two  thoufand 
copies  having  been  fold  in  lefs  than  two  years)  has  in- 
duced the  author  to  make  many  valuable  additions  to 
the  prefent  impreffion,  and,  fuch  care  has  been  taken 
of  its  correction,  as  he  hopes  will  teftify  his  gratitude 
for  their  former  favors. 


TABLE    OF 

CONTENTS 


O 


INTRODUCTION. 


[PAGE. 

F  thefolarfyftem.    13 


the  Sun. 
Mercury. 
Venus. 
the  Earth, 
the  Moon. 
Mars. 


ibid. 

H 
ibid. 

15 
ib. 

17 


Jupiter.  17 
Saturn.  ib. 
the  Georgian.  18 
Comets.  ib,. 
the  fixed  Stars,  1 9 
the  Terreftrial  Globe,  21 
Problems  to  be  per- 
formed by  the  Globe,  25 


PART  I. 

y/  compendious  Jyjl  em  of  Geography. 


Illuftration  of  Geogra- 
phical terms,  31 
Diicovery  &c.  o£ 

America,  32 

of  Europe,  36 

Afia,  ib. 

Africa,  38 
The  United  State*  oE 

America,  ib. 

New  Kampfhire,  40 

MafTachufetts,  41 

Rhode  Jiland,  42 

Connecticut,  ib. 


New- York,  43. 

New  Jerfey,  45 

Pennfvlvania,    '  46- 

Delasvare,  47 

Maryland,  48^ 

Virginia,  ib. 

North-Carolina,  49 

South-Carolina,  50 

Georgia,  ib* 

Vermont,  5 1 

Kentucky,  5b> 
the  Weftern  Territory,  52 


concie  view 


of  the  fever  al  Kingdoms^  State 
IJlands,  £5?6\  in  the  four  quarters  of  t/.e  g  .  j 


Abyffinia, 
Angola, 


52 
ib. 


Algiers, 

Amazonia, 

A»aboyna; 


5j 
ib. 

54 


CONTENTS. 


Ahian, 

54 

Egypt, 

£3 

.Antigua, 

ib. 

England, 

ib. 

Arabia, 

ib. 

Ethiopia, 

ib. 

Afiyria, 

55 

Flanders, 

ib. 

Auftria, 

ib. 

Ferdinando, 

64 

Auftrian  Netherlands, 

ib. 

Florida, 

ib. 

Azores, 

ib. 

France, 

ib. 

Bavaria, 

ib. 

Germany, 

65 

Brandenburg, 

56 

Guadaloupe, 

ib. 

Babylon, 

ib. 

Guernfey. 

66 

Bahama  Iflands, 

ib. 

Greece, 

m 

Barbudoes) 

ib. 

Greenland, 

ib. 

Barbary, 

ib. 

Great-  Britain, 

ib. 

Batavia, 

57 

Guiana, 

67 

Bengal, 

ib. 

Guinea, 

ib. 

Bermudas, 

ib. 

Hanover> 

ib. 

Bohemia, 

ib. 

HefTe, 

ib. 

Borneo, 

ib. 

Hifpaniola, 

ife 

Brazil, 

58 

Holland, 

68 

Canada, 

ib. 

Honduras, 

ib. 

@ape  Breton, 

ib. 

Hungary, 

ib,. 

Cyenne, 

ib. 

Jamaica, 

ib. 

Cephalonia, 

59 

japan,  br  Niphon, 

69 

Gey  Ion, 

ib. 

Judea,  or  Paleftine, 

ib. 

Circaffia, 

ib. 

India  proper, 

ib. 

Gologn, 

ib. 

Ireland, 

7o 

Congo, 

60 

Italy, 

ib. 

Curaffou, 

ib. 

Kamtfchatka, 

TL 

CafFraria, 

ib. 

Lewis, 

ib. 

Chili, 

ib. 

Liege, 

ib. 

China, 

ib. 

Lucia,  St. 

ib. 

Chriftophers,  St. 

or 

Luconia, 

ib. 

Corfica, 

ib. 

Lapland, 

72 

Crim-  Tartary, 

ib. 

Malabar, 

ib. 

Cuba, 

ib. 

Martinico, 

ib. 

Darien, 

62 

'Mecklenburg, 

'ib. 

Denmark, 

ib. 

Mexico,  New, 

ib. 

Dominica, 

ib. 

Malta, 

73 

Eaftatia,  Sr. 

ib. 

Madeiras, 

ib. 

E?,ft  Indies, 

ib. 

ftlsxicp,  Old, 

iU 

CONTENTS. 


Morocco,  73 

Natolia,  74 

Negropont,  ib. 

Newfoundland,  ib. 

Naples,  or  Sicily,  ib. 

Nagritia,  ib. 

New -Britain,  75 

New-Holland,  ib. 

Norway,  ib. 

Nova-Scotia,  ib. 

Oznaburg,  76 

Otahette,  ib. 

Oeland,  ib. 

Porto-Rico,  ib. 
Paragua  or  La  Plata,     7  7 

Perfia,  ib. 

Peru,  ib. 

Poland,  78 

Portugal,  ib. 


Pruffia, 

Ruflia,  or  Mufcovy, 

Sardinia, 

Scotland, 

Siberia,  or  Scythia, 

Sicily, 

Spain, 

Sweden, 

Switzerland, 

Tobago, 

Tarfary, 

Terrafirma, 

Tripoli,  or  Barca, 

Turky  in  Ada, 

Turky  in  Europe, 

Tunis, 

United  Netherlands, 

Vincents,  St. 

Venice, 


PART  II. 


NATURAL 

Of  Water;  85 

Fire,  87 

Air,  88 

Clouds,  rain,  &c.  ib . 

Wind,  89 

Thunder,  &c.  90 

Earthquakes,  ib. 

Tides,  91 

Gold,  92 

Silver,  93 

Copper,  ib. 

Iron  94 

Lead,  ib. 

Tin,  ib. 

Mercury,  95 

Diamonds,  96 

Magnet,  &c.  ib. 
OF  VEGETABLES. 

Of  the  Vine,  97 


78 
ib. 

n 

ib. 
80 
ib. 
ib. 
ib. 
81 
ib. 
ib. 
ib, 
82 
ib. 
ib. 

*3 
ib. 

84 


HISTORY. 

Of  Coffee,  9^ 

Tea,  98* 

Sugar  Cane,  ib. 
OF  BIRDS. 

Of  the  Eagle,  99 

Oftrich,  100 

OF  QUADR:UPEDS,  &c. 

Of  the  Lion,  101 

Elephant,  102 

Crocodile,  103 

Skunk,  105 

Racoon,  ib. 

Oppofum,  Ib, 
OF  FISHES,  &c. 

Of  the  Whale,  1 06 

Shark,  107 

Dart,  ib. 

Of  the  Si ] ^  w  orm,  i  ov8 

Wheat Infeft,  '  ib.. 


CONTENTS. 


PART  III. 
OF  RHETORIC. 

Examples  of  Tropes,    in     In  praife  of  Virtue.  1 1  7 

Figures,    112     Defcriptive  Pieces^  119 

OfGeflure.  113     The  Hermit,  120 

Difpofition,  114     Extracts,  124 


7 


Difpofition, 
Orations,  &c. 


PART  IV. 
MISCELLANY. 


On  our  Savior's 

Nativity.  125 

Ssliloquy.  126 

Jnfufficiency  of  creatures 

to  fatisfy   an    immortal 

foul.  128 

Ode  to  Adverfity,  ib. 
An  Addrefs  to  the 

Deity.  129 

A  Prayer,  130 

Content,  131 

Choice  of  a  Wife,  132 
A  prayer  for  univerfal 

Peace,  ib. 

Of  the  New-Tefta- 


inent,  £c. 


133 


The  Example  let  by  our 
Savior,  &c.  134 

A  comparative  view  of  the 
bleiled     and    curled   at 
136 


Character  of  St.  Paul,  139 
Of  the  Epiftles,  t  140 

Religious    knowledge    of 

great  confolation    and 

relief    amidft   the    dif- 

trefles  of  life,  141 

Irregular  Pleasures,  142; 
The  neceility  of  depend* 
•  ing  for  fuccefs  on  the 

bleffings  of  heaven,  143 
Experience  to  be  anticipa* 

ted  by  reflection, 
A  contented   temper 
greateft  blefling,  &c. 
On  the  Death  of 

ChriO:, 
Of  Providence, 

Neatnefs,  &c. 
The  Speaker, 
A  Table  of  the  inhabitants; 

of  the  earth,  151 


the 
144 

145 
1  48 
14^ 
150 


Mnmer  ati  on  Table, 
Simple  Addition, 

Subtraction, 
Multiplication,  155 
-  Divifion,  I  57 


ARITHMETIC- 


f  LongDivifion,          ib. 


153  Tables    in    Addition    of 

154  divers  denominations,  158 
ib.     Compound  Addition^     160 

Of  Money,  J  6 1 

Troy  Weight,  ib. 

Cloth  Meafure?          ib.< 


CONTENTS. 


Of  Apothecaries  wt.  162 
Land  Meafure,  ib. 
Avoirdupois  wt.  ib. 
Dry  Meafure,  ib. 
Wine  Meafure,  163 
Long  Meafure,  ib. 
Time,  ib. 
Motion,  ib. 
Compound  Subtraction. 
;Of  money,  164 
Troy  Weight,  ib. 
Cloth  Meafure,  ib. 
Apothecaries  wt.  165 
Land  Meafure,  ib. 
Avoirdupois  wt.  ib. 
Dry  Meafure,  ib. 
Wine  Meafure,  ib. 
Long  Meafure,  ib. 
Time,  166 
Motion,  ib. 
Compound  Multipli- 
cation, ib. 
Divifion,  167 
Reduction,  168 
Reduction  defcending  by 
multiplication  and  af- 
cending  by  divifion,  ib. 
Reduction  of  Troy  wt.  169 
Cloth  Meafure,  ib . 
Apothecaries  wt.   ib. 
Avoirdupois  wt.  Ib. 
Long  Meafure,  ib. 
Land  Meafure,  170 
Time,  ib. 
Wine  Meafure,  ib. 
Dry  Meafure,  ib. 
Single  Rale  of  Three, 

direct.  ib. 

Direct  Proportion,  171 


Inverfe  Proportion,     173 
Merchants  Accounts,  or 

rules  of  Practice,       174 

Tare  and  Trett,  1 7$ 

Simple  Intereft,  180 

Rebate  or  Difcount,     184 

Equation  of  Payments,  185 

Barter,  186 

Profit  and  Lofs,  ib. 

Fellowfhip,  ilr 

Fellowfhip  with  time,  188 

Duble  Rule  of  Three,  189 

Vulgar  Fractions,         190 

Reduction,  ib. 

Addition,  1 94 

Subtraction,  19  $ 

Multiplication,  ib. 

Divifion,  ib. 

Decimal  Fractions,       196 

"Addition,  ib. 

Subtraction,  197 

Multiplication,  ib. 

Divifion,  198 

Reduction,  ib. 

Square  root,  199 

Cube  root,  20! 

Rules  for  reducing  money 

into  fterling,  204 

Money  of  the  U.   S.    as 

eftablifhed  by  Con.  205 

Addition,  '  206 

Subtraction,  ib. 

Multiplication,         207 

Divifion,  208 

Reduction,  209 

Additional  Queflions,     to 

exercife  the    foregoing 

Rules.  21  £ 


u//'  // 
£/n&  osjrtar^ 


INTRODUCTION. 


OF  ASTRONOMY. 

-*  Come  forth,  0  man,  yon  azure  round  fur  vey9 
And  view  thofe  lamps  which  yield  eternal  day .: 
•Bring  forth  thy  glares,  dear  thy  wondring  eyesy 
Millions  beyond  the  former  millions  rife  /' 


OF  THE  SOLAR  SYSTEM.* 

I.  -L  HE  Sun  together  with  the  feven  primary  plan- 
ets, and  the  other  fecondary  inferior  ones,  conftituta 
what  is  called  the  Solar  Syftem. 

Thefe  planets  or  fpherkal  bodies,  revolve  round  the 
fun  at  certain  periods,  according  to  their  respective 
diltances  from  him  ;  the  planets  alfo  make  a  revolution 
round  their  own  axis  at  fixed  periods  ;  the  fun  being 
the  centre  of  .the^whole  fyfteni,  is  the  fource  of  light 
and  heat  to  the  other  planets,  and  alfo  to  their  moons 
or  fatellites. 


OF  THE  SUN. 

2.  The  fun,  that  immenfe  globe  of  fire,  being  about 
eight  hundred  and  ninety  five  thoufancl  times  larger 
than  the  earth  which  we  inhabit ;  its  diameter  is  neat 
one  million  of  miles.  Neither  the  fun  nor  any  of  the 
planets  have  any  material  axis  to  fupport  them,  as  they 
are  reprefented  in  orreries,  &c. 


*  To  obtain  a  thorough  .knowledge  of  Geogra 

(tcquaintancsiuith  thsfcicncs  of  Ajlronrji::-  Is  \ 
ejfary  —  as  it  treats  of  the  magnitude, 
ec'ipfss,  frc.  oj  the  planets  and  other  L\'ayei:.ly  i 
B 


nec 


14  INTRODUCTION. 

OF  MERCUP.Y. 

3.  Mercury  is  the  fmalleft  of  the  feven  primary 
planets,  and  alfo  the  neareil  to  the  fun  ;   and  performs 
his  revolution  round  him  in  two  months  and  twenty- 
eight  days,   which  is  the  length  of  his  year;    his  dif- 
tance  from  the  fun  is  computed  at  thirty-two  millions 
of  miles,  and  his  diameter  two  thoufand  fix  hundred. 
This  planet  moves  round  the  fun,  at  the  prodigious 
rate  of  ninety-five  millions  of  miles  every  hour  ;  his 
light  and  heat  from  the  fun  are  naarly  feven  times 
greater  than  our  earth's. 

4.  But  the  immenfe  heat  of  this  planet  is  no  argu- 
ment againft  its  being  inhabited  ;  for  the  Almighty 
Creator  could  as  eafily  fait  the  bodies  and  conftitutions 
of  its  inhabitants  to  the  heat  of  their  planet,  as  he  has 
done  ours  to  the  temperature  of  the  earth  we  inhabit ; 
and  it  is  very  probable  that  the  people  that  inhabit 
Mercury,  may  form  as  ftrange  opinions  of  us  and  our 
earth,  as  we  do  of  them  ;  and  our  remote  ftation  from 
the  fource  of  light  and  heat,  maybe  induced  to  think, 
that  the  planet  we  inhabit  is  little  better  than  a  dun- 
geon, and  fo  intolerably  cold  that  it  is  fcarcely  fit  for 
bears  to  inhabit. 

OF  VENUS. 

5.  Venus,  the  fecond  planet  in  the  fyftem,  is  nearly 
as  large  as  the  earth,  and  computed  to  be  fifty- nine 
millions  of  miles  from  the  fun  ;  and  by  moving  in  her 
orbit  at  the  rate  of  fixty-nine  thoufand  miles  in  an  hour, 
completes  her  revolution  round  him  in  two  hundred 
and  twenty-four  days,  which  is  her  year.     Her  diame- 
ter is  feven  thoufand  nine  hundred  miles.     Her  orbit 
includes  that  of  Mercury,  and  is  included  by  that  of 
the  earth.     When  fhe  appears  to  the  weft  of  the  fun, 
ihe  rifes  before  him,  ami  is  called  the  morning  flar; 
but   when   fhe  appears  to  the  eaft  of  the  fun,  fhe  fets 
before  him,  and  is  then  called  the  evening  ftar. 


INTRODUCTION.  IS' 

OF  THE 'EARTH. 

6.  The  earth  is  the  next  planet  to  Venus,  and  the 
third  in  the  fyftem  ;  its  form  is  globofe  or  round,  be- 
ing eighty- one  millions  of  miles  from  the  fun,    and 
moves  round  him  in  three  hundred  and  fixty-five  days 
and  fix  hours  nearly  ;    it  travels  at  the  rate  of  fifty- 
eight  thoufand  miles  every  hour  ;  its  diameter  is  feveiT 
thoufand  nine  hundred   and  fixty  eight  miles  ;  and  by 
turning  rdund  its  axis  in  twenty-four  hours,  from  weft 
to  eaft,  make  the  fun  and  other  heavenly  bodies,  appa- 
rently, move  from  eaft  to  weft;  juil  as  the  land,  houfes1 
&c.   which  (land  (till,  feem  to  move  the  contrary  di- 
rection,  to   a  perfon  paffing  rapidly  along  fhore  in  a 
veflel. 

7.  Such  is  the  amazing  rapidity  of  the  earth's  mo- 
tion on  its  axis,  that  the  inhabitants  about  the  equa- 
tor are  carried  round  with  the  earth,  above  one  thoa- 
fand  miles  every  hour  ;   and  thofe  in  the  latitude  of 
Kevv-York,  about  four  hundred  and  fixty  ;   and  fo  of 
any  other  part  of  the  globe,  in  proportion  to  its  dif- 
tance  from  the  equator. 

8.  The  earth's  axis  makes  an  angle  of  twenty-three 
degrees  and  a  half  with  the  axis  of  its  orbit ;  and  keeps 
always  the  fame  oblique  direction,  inclining  towards 
the  fame  fixed  ftars  throughout  its  annual  courfe ;  which 
caufes  the  returns  of  fpring,  fummer,  autumn  and  win- 
ter ;  for  if  the  earth's  had  been  perpendicular  to  the 
axis  of  its  orb,  or  circle,   the  days  and  nights  would 
have  been  equal  throughout  the  year,  the  weather  the 
fame  with  regard  to  heat  and  cold  ;  and  of  couife  war 
would  be  deprived  of  the  beautiful  and  ufeful  variety 
of  the  ieaions  we  now  enjoy. 


OF  THE  MOON. 

9.  The  moon  is  not  a  planet  but  a  fatellite  or  a?> 
tendant  on  the  earth,  which  moves  round  it  in  twenty 
eight  da)s  nearly  ;  and  revolves  round  the  fun  with 
the  earth  every  year.  The  moon's  diameter  is  two 
thouiaad  oa«  hundred  and  eighty  miles,  and  her  di& 


j6  INTRODUCTION. 

tance  from  the  earth  two  hundred  and  forty  thoufand. 
She  goes  round  her  orbit  in  twenty-feven  days  and 
eight  hours,  moving  at  the  rate  of  about  two  thoufand 
three  hundred  miles  an  hour  ;  and  turns  round  her  axis 
exactly  in  the  fame  time  that  (he  goes  round  the  earth, 
•which  accounts  for  her  keeping  always  the  fame  fide 
towards  us,  and  alfo  that  her  day  and  night,  taken 
^together,  are  equal  to  our  lunar  month. 

jo.  The  moon  is  an  opaque  globe  like  our  earth, 
and  fhines  only  by  refle&ing  the  light  of  the  fun  ;  — 
therefore,  while  that  half  of  her  which  is  towards  the- 
fun  is  enlighter^d,  the  other  half  muft  be  dark  and  in- 
Tifible  to  us.  Hence,  (he  difappears  when  fhe  cornea 
between  us  and  the  fun  ;  becaufe  her  dark  fide  is  then 
towards  the  earth.  When  (he  is  gone  a  little  way 
forward,  we  fee  a  fmall  proportion  of  her  enlightened 
lide,  which  (liil  increafes  to  our  view  as  me  advances 
forward,  till  me  is  oppofite  to  the  fource  of  light  ;  and 
then  her  whole  enlightened  fide  is  towards  the  earth, 
and  me  appears  as  a  round  illuminated  orb— —which  we 
call  the  full -moon. 

From  the  full  me  feems  to  decreafe  gradually  as  flie 
goes  through  the  other  half  of  her  courfe,  fhewing  us 
lefs  and  lefs  of  her  enlightened  iide  every  day,  till  hef 
next  change  or  conjunction  with  the  fun,  when  fhe 
again  difappears  as  before.  Her  being  continually 
changing  her  phafes  or  forms,  abundantly  demonfirates 
that  me  has  no  light  of  her  own  ;  for  if  flie  had,  we 
fliould  always  fee  her  with  a  round  full  face  like  the 
fun. 

II.  The  earth  (hews  the  fame  phafes  to  the  moon, 
that  fhe  does  to  us,  the  earth  and  moon  being  mutually 
moons  to  each  other.  Dr.  Herfchel,  the  celebrated 
aftronomer  of  the  prefent  day,  has  lately  difcovered, 
that  the  moon  is  furrounded  with  an  atmofphere,  like 
ours  ;  which  probably  the  beneficent  author  of  nature 
has  wifely  deiigned  for  the  refpiration  of  animal  life  ; 
and,  fmce  he  has  created  nothing  in  vaia-i-we  may 
rationally  conclude  that  ihc  is  inhabited. 

Aa  eclipie  of  the  moon  is  occafioned,  by  the  earth's 


INTRODUCTION.  IT, 

felling  in  between  her  and  the  fun  ;  and  thereby  inter- 
cepting his  light  :  and,  an  eclipfe  of  the  fun  is  caufcdjj 
by  the  moon's  palling  between  the  earth  and  him. 

OF  MARS. 

12.  Mars  "is  the  fourth  in  the  fyftem  ;  and  the  firft 
beyond  the  earth's  orbit.     His  diameter  is  four  thou- 
fand  four  hundred  and  forty-eight  miles;  his  propor- 
tion of  light  and  heat  but  one  half  of  ours  ;  the  fun  ap* 
pears  nearly  one  half  as  large  to  him   (or  his  inhabit- 
ants) as  to  us.     This  planet  is  confiderably  lefs  than 
the  earth,  and  alib  borrows  his  light  from  the  fun. 

OF  JUPITER. 

13.  Jupiter  is  the  fifth  planet  in  the  fyftem,  ^and 
the  largeft  of  them  all  ;  being  above  a  thoufand  times 
bigger  than  the  earth  :  his  diameter  is  computed  at 
eighty  thoufand  miles,  which   is  more  than  ten  times 
the   diameter  of  oar  earth  ;  he  is  two  hundred  and 
twenty-tour  millious  of  miles  diftant  from    the   fun, 
and  is  about  twelve  years  in  revolving  round  him.  Ju- 
piter has  four  moons  that  revolve  round  him  at  cer- 
tain periods  ;    thefe  moons  borrow  their  light    and 
heat  from  the  fun,  and  refleft  the  fame   again  upon 
Jupiter — which  in  a   great   meafure  compenfates   foir 
the  frcall  proportion  of  heat  and  light  which  he  receives 
from  the  fun  ;  Jupiter  is  furrounded  by  faint   fubftan- 
ces  called  belts,  which  are    generally   thought    to    be 
tondenfed  'clouds  in  his    atmofphere,  that  remain  un> 
difperfed. 

OF  SATURN". 

14.  Saturn  is  the  next  planet  in  the  fyftem,  and  is 
about  feven  hundred  and  feventy.-fix  millions  of  miles 
from  the  fun  :  he  travels  at  the  rate  of  eighteen  thoufand 
miles  an  hour  and  performs  his  annual  circuit  round 
the  fun,  in  twenty,  nine  years,  and  one  hundred  and 
City  eight  days,  which  makes  only  one  year  to  that- 
planet:  his  diameter  is  fixty-feven  thoufand  miles  ;  lie 
is  near  fix  thoufand  times  larger  than  the  earth, 
£  2 


i3  INTRODUCTION. 

15.  This  planet  is  Cut-rounded  with  abroad  ring  or 
belt  ;  the  ring  appears  double  when  Teen  through  a 
telefc.ope;  it  is  inclined  thirty  degrees  to  the  ecliptic, 
and  near  twenty  thousand  miles  in  breadth — which  is 
equal  to  its  diftance  from  him  on  ail  fides.  The  fun 
as  feen  from  this  planet,  appears  ninety  times  lefs. 
than  to  us,  and  his  light  and  heat  from  the  fun  are  in 
the  fame  proportion  to  ours.  But  to  make  up  for  this, 
deficiency  of  light  and  heat  from  the  fun,  the  benefi- 
cent author  of  nature,  has  placed  feven  moons  round 
him,  which  together  \vith  the  light  he  receives  from 
the  ring,  fufftciently  illuminates  this  planet. 


OF  THE  GEORGIAN. 

16.  Until  of  late  years,  the  foregoing  planets   to- 
gether with  the  fun  ;  were  confidered   as    conftiftuting 
the    whole    of  the   folar,    or  Mundane  fyftem  :  But, 
Doclor  Herfchel,    a    celebrated  Aftronomer  now    in 
London,  has  lately    difcovered    another  planet  in  the 
iyftem,    which  he  has  called  the  Georgian,  it  is    about 
ninety  times  larger  than  our  earth,  and  nineteen  times 
farther  from  the  fan  ;   and  is  near  eighty-three  years 
in  revolving  round  him  :  the  ingenious  difcoverer  of 
this  planet,  has  already  found  out  three  moons  that 
revolve  round  him. 

OF  COMETS. 

17.  Comets  are  a  fpecies  of  planets  that  move  in 
different   directions   round  the   iuu,  and  are  at  fome- 
times  more  than    a   thouiand  times   nearer  him,  than 
at  others  :  feme  comets  are  fa  id  to  have  pafled  fo  near 
the  fun,  that  they  have  been  within  one  of   his  diam- 
eters ;   they  are  fo  immenfely  heated  wheii  they   pafs 
fo  near  him  that  they  projecl  trains  or  tails  to  a  pro- 
digious length  :  one  of  thefe  comets,  pafled  fo  near 
the  fun,  in  Sir   Jfaac  Newton's  time,  that  he    compu- 
ted its  heat  to  be  near  three  thoufand  times  greater 
than  that  of  red-hot  irone 


INTRODUCTION.  jg 

Or  THE  FIXEP  STARS. 

l8.  The  fixed  ftars  which  fhine  with  their  own 
native  1'ght,  and  arealfo  immoveable  in  their  refpec- 
live  places,  are  fuppolc-d  to  be  of  the  fame  nature 
with  the  fun.  The  reaton  why  our  fun  appears  to  us 
fo  great  and  bright  in  companion  of  the  (tars,  v  bofe 
veiiker  light  difappears  as  foon  as  the  fun  begins  with 
his  beams  to  refrelh  and  illuminate  our  habitation,  is 
that  the  earth,  at  an  immenfe  diftance  from  all  the 
reft  of  the  heavenly  bodies,  keeps  near  to  the  fun  ^ 
for  a  fpedator  placed  as  near  any  of  the  fixed  ftars  as 
\ve  are  to  the  fun,  would  fee  a  body  as  large  and  bright 
es  our  fun  appears  to  us.  and  in  all  rcfpecls  fimilar  to 
it  ;  and  o^'courfe  confider  that  ftar  only  to  which  he 
is  neareft  as  a  real  fun,  the  red  he  would  confider  as  fo 
many  fmall  mining  (tars  fixed  in  the  heavens. 

19.  The  fun  with  all  his  attendant  planets,  is  bat 
a  fmall  part  of  the  grand  machine  of  the  univerfe.  Eve- 
ry Jtar  though  in  appearance,  no  bigger  than  the  dia- 
mond that  glitters  upon  a  lady's  ring,   is  really  a  vaft 
glob-.  ,like  the  fun  in  fize,  and  in  glory  ;   no  lefs  fpatious 
no  lefs  luminous,  than  the  radiant  fource  of  our  day.  So 
that  every  ftar,   is.  not  barely  a  world,  but   the  center 
of  a  magnificent  fyftem  ;  has  a  retinue    of  worlds,  ir- 
radiated by  its  beams,  and  revolving  round  its  attrac- 
tive influence.     £.11  which  are  loll  to  our  fight,  in  un- 
meaiurable  wilds  of  a  ther. 

20.  That  the  (tars  appear  like  fo  many  diminutive, 
and  fcarce  diftinguifhable  points,  is  owing  to  their  im- 
menfe and  inconceivable  diftance — rainier  jfi?  indeed  it 
is  ; — Since   a  cannon  ball,  ft  ing  with  unabated    rapi- 
dity, muft  travel  at  this  impetuous  rate,  almoft  fever* 
hundred  thoufand  years,  before  it  could  reach  the  near- 
eft  of  thofe  twinkling  luminaries  ,  which  is  at   leaft  ten 
thoufand  times  farther  from  usthan  we  an-  from  the  fun* 

21.  Can  any  thing  br  more   wonderful  than   thii'fe 
obfervations  ?    Yes:  there  are  ti  uths  far  more  ftu'p^n- 
dous  ;  there  arc    fnreis  far  more  extenfive.   r-s  there 
is  no  end  of  the    ^Imi^hiy    irnker  s  great nefs  ,   fo   no 
imagination  can  fet  liu.Ls  to  iiis  creating  hand.    Could 


$a  INTRODUCTION; 

you  (bar  beyond  the  moon,  and  pafs  through  all  the 
planetary  choir  ;  and  lake  your  (land  on  one  of  tbofe 
loftieft  pinacles  of  Heaven  :— you  would,  there,  fee 
other  jki-s  expanded  ;  another  fun,  diltributing  his  in- 
exbauftable  beams  by  day  ;  other  Jiats,  that  gladden 
the  horrors  of  the  alternate  night  ;  and  other  perhaps 
nobler  fyjltmsy  eitablUhed,  in  unknown  profulionthro* 
the  boundlefs  diineniions  of -{pace  :  nor  dots  the  domi- 
nion of  the  unJverfal  fovereign  terminate  there.  Even 
at  the  end  of  this  vail:  tour,  you  would  iind  yonrfeif 
advanced  no  farther  than  the  i'uburbs  of  creation  :—  ar- 
rived only  at  the  frontiers  of  the  great  JEHOVAH's 
kingdom. 

22.  And  do  they  tell  me,  that  the  fun,  the  moon 
'Bnd  all  the  planets  are  but  a  liitle  part  of  HIS  works  ? 
How  great  then  are -hisfigns,  and  how  mighty  are  h?s 
\vonders  !f  And  if  fo,  what  is  the  CREATOR  himfelf! 
How  far  exalted  above  all  praife  i  who  is  fb  hi%h  that 
lie  looks  down  on  the  highelt  of  thefe  dazzling  fpheres 
and  fees  even  the  fummit  of  creaiion  in  a  vale;  fo  great 
that  this  prodigious  extent  of  (pace  is  but  a  point  ia 
his  pre fence. 

2.3.  Thou  mod  fublime  and  incomprehenfibly  glo- 
rious GOD,  how  am  1  overwhelmed  with  awe  !  when  I 
confider  thy  EXCELLENT  GREATNESS,  and  my  own  ut* 
ter  infignificancy  !• — 

And  have  I,  exceflively  mean  as  I  am,  have  I  enter- 
tained any  conceited  appreheniions  of  myfelf  ?  have  I 
felt  the  lead  elatement  of  thought  in  the  prefence  of  fo 
Hiajeftio  and  adorable  a  BEING  .'  How  fhould  this 
wound  me  with  forrow,  and  cover  me  with  confuiion  ! 
O  my  GOD,  was  1  poffrfTcd  of  all  the  high  perfections 
\vbich  accomplifh  and  adorn  the  angels  o/  light  ,  ainidil 
all  thefe  noble  endowments  1  would  fall  down  In  the 
deepeft  amazement  at  thy  feet :  loft  in  the  infinitely  f».i- 
perior  blaze  of  thy  uncreated  glories,  1  would  coniefs 
m  f^lf  to  be  nothing  ancl  lefs  than  nothing  ami  vanity* 
How  much  more  ought  I  to  maintain  the  raoil  u 

•»  ||.|(1|1 •!!>•  I    '    "7-M 

\  DAN.  i.v,  3. 


c 


INTRODUCTION.  21 

ed  humiliation  before  thy  divine  majefty  ;  who  am  not 
only  duft  and  afhes;  but  a  compound  tottgnorance  and 

iwp  trfetfion  /  — 

OF  THE  TERRESTRIAL  GLOBE. 

24.  The  circumference  of  the  globe  is  three  hun- 
dred and  fixty  degrees,  containing  fixty  geographical 
miles  to  a  degree,  or  fixty  nine  and  a  half  En  glifli  miles. 
Its  whole  circuit  being  about  twenty- five  thoufand  En- 
glifh,  or  American  miles,  and  its  diameter  near  eight 
thoufand. 

A  line  is  imagined  to  pafs  through,  the  center  of  the 
globe,  which  is  called  its  axis,  round  which  it  is  fup- 
pofed  to  move  every  twenty -four  hours  :  the  ends  of 
this  axis  are  called  the  poles  of  the  earth,  .and  deno- 
minated the  north  and  fouth  pole,  being  direclly  op- 
potite  to  each  other, — the  poles  are  marked  P.  P.  in 
figure  preceding  the  title  page. 

The  foregoing  figure,  will  enable  juvenile  minds  to 
form  fome  idea  of  the  feveral  imaginary  circles,  &c.  on 
the  furface  of  the  earth,  and  exhibited  on  the  artificial 
globe. 

25.  EQUATOR,  ")      The  equator,  divides  the  globe 
marked  IE..  JE,.    3  into   two  equal  parts,  called  the 

northern  and  fouthern  hemifpheres  :  on  this  circle  are 
marked  the  degrees  of  longitude,  eaft  or  well  from  the 
firft  meridian.  i  he  parallel  circles  are  fj  called  from 
their  running  parallel  to  the  equator  :  they  are  nine  in 
number  between  the  equator  and  either  pole,  and  ten 
degrees  dHtant  from  one  another — confequemly,  there 
is  ninety  degrees,  or  five  thoufand  four  hundred  miles 
between  the  equator  and  either  pole.  When  the  fun 
is  in  the  equator,  the  days  and  nights  are  equal. 

26.  IV.EKIDIAN]      is  a  great  circle  palling  through 
the  poles  :   when  the  fun  is  here  it  is  noon  ;   therefore 
there  -are  an  infinite  number  of  meridians  according  to 
the  diverfity  of  places.   Mo  ft  geographers  of  late  years 
place  thefirft  meridian  at  the  metropolis  of  the  country 
the}    write  in,    viz.     Outline,  at    i.onJon,   Morfe,   at 
Philadelphia,  &c.     Meridian  is  the  outfide  circle  ia 
the  foregoing  figure. 


xz  INTRODUCTION. 

27.  ZODIAC.]     The  zodiac  is  that  circle  which  cut's* 
the  equator  obliquely,  and  divides  it  into  twelve  parts 
or  figns,  through  which  the  fun  feems  to  pafs  within, 
the  f'pace  of  twelve  months  :  each  fign  contains  thirty 
degrees  of  longitude.     The  Englifh  names  and  charac- 
ters of  the  twelve  figns,  and  alfo  the  months   of  the 
year  in  which  the  fun  enters  each  of  them,  are  as  follow. 

Six  NORTHERN  SIGNS. 

1.  The  Ram,  <y>  March, 

2.  The  Bull,  8  April, 

3.  The  Twins.  n  May, 

4.  The  Crab,  zs  June> 

5.  The  Lion,  &  July, 

6.  The  Virgin,  «K  Auguft. 

Six  SOUTHERN  SIGNS. 

7.  The  Balance,  -ru  September> 

8.  The  Scorpion,  n^  October, 

9.  The  Archer,  f-  November, 

10.  The  Goat,  Vf  December, 

11.  The  Water-bearer,  ZZ  January, 

12.  The  Fifties,  >£  February. 
The  ecliptic  is  a  line  paffing  through  the  middle  of 

the  zodiac^  and  (hews  the  fun's,  or  rather  the  earth's 
path  or  orbit,  in  which  it  moves  annually.  The  eclip- 
tic line  is  marked  E.  E. 

28.  HORIZON.]      The  horizon,  is  the  broad   cir- 
cle in  wjbieh  the  globe  (lands,  dividing  it  into  the  up- 
per   and    lower    hemifpheres  ;  the  ienhble   horizon, 
feems  to   touch  the  furface  of  the  earth  and  is  th%  ut- 
jnoft  limits  of  our  fight. 

The  rational  horizon,  is  imaginary,  and  fuppofes 
the  eye  in  the  very-centre  of  the  earth,  beholding  the 
entire  upper  heinifphere  of  the  firmament.  The  hor- 
izon is  marked  H.  H. 

29.  The  poles  of  our  horizon    are  two    imagina- 
ry points  in  the  heavens,  denominated    the  zenith,  and 
nadir  ;  the    zenith  being  the   vertical   point    direclly 
over  our  heads — and  the  nadir,  that  point  of  the  hea- 
vens under  our  feet,  and  diametrically  oppolite  to  the 
zenith.     The  zenith  and  nadir  are  marked  Z.  N, 


INTRODUCTION,  23 

30.  The  two  ">      The  colures  are  two  meridians, 
COLURES.      5  Aiding    equinoctial    and   ecliptic 

Into  two  equal  parts  ;  one  of  thefe  palfes  the  equinoc- 
tial points  of  ancs  and  ilbray  and  is  called  the  equinoc- 
tial colure  ;  the  other  by  cancer  and  capricorn,  called 
the  folftical  colure.  The  polar  circles  are  fo  called 
becaufe  of  their  vicinity  to  the  poles  :  the  one  is  north, 
marked  A.  C.  the  other  Couth,  marked  An.  C. 

31.  TROPICS]     The  tropics  ihew  how  far  the  Cun, 
or  rather  the  earth,   proceeds  north  or  Couth  of  the 
equator  every  year  :   the  tropic  of  cancer  furrounds  the 
globe,  2 3i  degrees  north  of  the  equator,  and  the  tro- 
pic of  capricorn  234.  Couth  of  it.     The  polar  circles  are 
drawn  231  degrees  diftant  from  each  pole,  and  664. 
from  the*  equator.    The  tropics  are  marked  in  the  fore- 
going figure,  E  gs.  and  E  1^. 

32.  HOUR  CIRCLE."]     The  brazen  circle  fixed  on 
every  globe,   with  an  index,  fhews  how  many  hours, 
and  alfo  how  many  degrees  any  place  is  eaft  or  weft  of 
another  place  ;  for  as  every  fifteen  degrees  eaft  or  weft 
is  an  hour,  Co  alfo  every  hour  is  fifteen  degrees. 

33.  Elevation  ">      The  elevation  of  the  pole  is  the 
of  the  POLE,    ^height  of  the  pole  above  the  Jiori* 

z.on,  and  is  always  equal  to  the  latitude  of  any  place, 
as  New-York  lies  in  40°  40'  of  north  latitude,  Co  the 
north  pole  myft  of  courfe  be  elevated  40°  40'  above  the 
horizon  there,  for  which  reafon  the  latitude  of  a  place, 
aed  the  elevation  of  the  pole,  are  ufed  as  fynonimous 
terms. 

34.  QUADRANT  ?      The  quadrant  of  altitude  is  a 
of  ALTITUDE.      ^thin  piiant  piece  of  brafs,  divided 

into  ninety  degrees,  one  fourth  of  the  circumference  of 
the  globe,  by  which  the  di (lances  of  places  may  be 
found,  and  many  uCeful  problems  refolved. 

35.  CLIMATES.]     Climates  are   certain  Cpaces  on 
the  Curface  of  the  globe,  bounded  by  imaginary  lines 
parallel  to  the  equator,  and  Co  broad  that  the  length 
of  the  day  in  one  exceeds  that  of  another  half  an  hour  : 
the  climates  are  60  in  number,   viz.   24  from  the  equa- 
tor to  each  of  the  polar  circles,  and  6  from  either  of 


24  INTRODUCTION, 

the  polar  circles  to  the  refpective  poles,  between  which 
laft,  there  is  a  difference  of  an  entire  month  :  *the  fun 
appearing  in  the  firft  one  month  above  the  horizon 
without  fetting,  in  the  fecond  two  months,  and  fo  pro- 
greffively  to  the  poles,  where  the  days  and  nights  are 
fix  months  long,  alternately,  when  the  fLn  is  on  the 
oppofite  fide  of  the  equator. 

36.  Thefe  climates  are  of  a  very  unequal  breadth, 
thofe  near  the  equator  are  much  the  broadeft,  the  firft 
climate  next  the  equator  being  upwards  of  eight  de- 
grees wide  ;   whereas  the  nth  is  little  more  than  two. 

A  degree  of  longitude  counted  on  the  equator  is  60 
geographical  miles  ;  but,  as  the  meridional  lines  ap- 
proach nearer  each  other  as  you  advance  towards  the 
poles,  coniequently  the  number  of  miles  between  thofe 
lines  mud  Icflen  in  proportion  :  for  inftance,  a  degree 
of  longitude  in  41  degrees  of  latitude  contains  but  29 
miles,  though  it  be  full  60  miles  upon  the  equator. 

37.  A  RIGHT  SPHERE.]     The  inhabitants  of  the 
earth  are  diftingutihed  according  to  the  various  pofition 
of  their  horizon,  as  they  are  fituate  in  a  right  fphere, 
a  parallel  fphere,  or  an  oblique  fphere. 

In  a  right  fphere  the  equator  pafTes  through  the  ze- 
nith  and  nadir,  and  the  parallel  circles  fall  perpendi* 
cularly  on  the  horizon — which  is  the  cafe  of  thofe  peo- 
ple who  live  under  the  equinoctial  line^ 

38.  A  PARALLEL  SPHERE.]     In  a  parallel  fphere, 
the  poles  are  in  the  zenith  and  nadir ;  the  equator  is 
parallel  to,  and  coincides  with  the  horizon,  and  the 
parallel  circles  are  parallel  to  the  horizon — which  can 
only  be  faid  of  the  people  under  either  pole. 

39.  AN  OBLIQUE  SPHERE.]     In  an  oblique  fphere, 
the  inhabitants  have  one  of  the  poles  above,  and  the 
other  under  the  horizon,  and  the  equator  and  parallel 
circles  cutting  the  horizon  obliquely,  as  is  the  cafe  of 
all  people  that  do  not  live  under  the  equinoctial  or 
the  poles. 

40.  OF  MAPS.]     The  top  of  a  map  denotes  the 
north,  and  the  bottom  the  fouth,   the  right  hand  fide 
reprefents  the  e'aft,  and  the  left  or  oppofite  fide  the 


INTRODUCTION.  25 

weft.  The  figures  on  the  top  and  bottom  of  a  map, 
denote  the  number  of  degrees  of  eaftern  or  weftern  lon- 
gitude, ^that  all  places  which  lie  immediately  under 
thefe  figures  are  diftant  from  the  firft  or  fixed  meridian. 
The  figures  on  the  right  and  left  hand  fide  of  a  map, 
ihew  the  number  of  degrees  of  all  places  north  and 
fouth  from  the  equator. 

41.  A  coaft  is  reprefented,  on  maps  and  globes,  by 
a  ftrong  irregular  line,  fhaded  on  one  lide.  Rivers, 
ftrong  crooked  lines  gradually  widening  towards  the 
mouth.  Mountains,  by  large  fhaded  eminences  refem- 
bling  waves.  Forefts  and  woods,  by  fmall  trees* 
Lakes,  bogs,  &c.  by  fliaded  fpaces,  within  land.  — 
Shoals  and  fand  -banks,  by  dotted  fpaces  in  oceans,  feas, 
gulphs,  &c.  Winds^and  currents  of  water,  by  arrows. 
Cities,  by  fmall  circles.  Adjacent  countries  are  divi- 
ded by  mountains,  rivers,  and  ftrong  dotted  lines  ;  and 
fine  dotted  lines  bound  provinces  that  lie  contiguous. 
Land  is  generally  painted,  and  the  feveral  countries 
diftinguifhed  by  different  colors,  and  their  boundaries 
painted  more  confpicuous. 


PROBLEMS,    TO  BE  PERFORMED   BY  THE 

GLOBE. 


PROBLEM     I. 

42.     To  reftify  the  Globe,  m  order  to  find  the  trus 
fit  nation  of  any  placs  upon  it. 

The  globe  being  fet  upon  a  true  plane,  fay  a  level 
table,  and  the  brazen  meridian  (landing  due  north  and 
fouth ;  then  bring  the  given  place  to  the  brazen  meri- 
dian, and  let  there  be  90  degrees  between  that  place 
and  the  horizon  both  north  and  fouth,  and  the  given 
place  will  be  in  the  zenith  :  The  globe  being  thus 
you  may  proceed  to  folve  any  problem. 


26  INTRODUCTION; 

PROBLEM    II. 

43.  To  find  the  longitude  and  latitude  of  any  given 
place  on  the  globe. 

The  longitude  of  any  place  may  be  found,  by  num- 
bering on  the  equator  fo  many  degrees  as  the 
given  place  lies  eaft  or  weft  of  the  firft  meridian  .•*  and 
the  latitude  will  be  found  by  reckoning  fo  many  de- 
grees on  the  brazen  meridian  as  the  place  required,  lies 
north  or  fbnth  of  the  equator.  You  muft  turn  the  globe 
therefore,  either  eaft  or  weft,  till  the  given  place  is 
brought  to  the  brazen  meridian,  and  you  will  fee  the 
degree  of  longitude  marked  on  the  equator  ;  and  the 
latitude  is  found  at  the  fame  time,  only  by  numbering 
the  degrees  on  the  brazen  meridian,  either  north  or 
fouth  from  the  equator,  till  you  come  to  the  given  place, 

PROBLEM    III. 

44.  The  longitude  and  latitude  of  any  place  being 
gtvsny  to  find  that  place  on  the  globs. 

Bring  the  degree  of  longitude  to  the  brazen  meridi- 
an ;  count  upon  the  fame  meridian  the  degree  of  lati- 
tude, and  make  fome  mark  where  the  reckoning  ends  j 
the  point  exactly  under  the  mark  is  the  place  required. 

PROBLEM     IV. 

45.  The  latitude  of  any  place  being  given,  to  find  all 
iJ)ofe  places  that  have  the  fame  latitude. 

The  globe  being  rectified,  as  before  obferved,  accor- 
ding to  the  latitude  of  the  given  place,  and  that  place 
being  brought  to  the  brazen  meridian,  make  fome  mark 
exactly  above  the  fame — and  turning  the  globe  round, 
all  thofe  places  palling  under  the  {'aid  mark  have  exact- 
ly the  fame  latitude  with  the  given  place. 

PROBLEM     V. 

46.  To  find  the  fun's  place  in  the  ecliptic  at  any  time. 
The  month  and  day  being  given,  look  for  the  fame 


*  Tn  moft  of  ths  modern  globes  the  firft  meridian  begins 
at  London* 


INTRODUCTION.  27 

upon  the  wooden  horizon  ;  and  over  againft  the  day 
you  will  find  the  particular  fign  and  degree  in  which 
the  fun  is  at  that  time,  which  fign  and  degree  being 
noted  in  the  ecliptic,  the  fame  is  the  fun's  place. 

PKOBLEM     VI. 

47.  Ths  month  and  day  being  given,  and  alfo  the 
particular  time  of  that  day,  to-find  thofe  places  of  the  globe 
to  'which  the  fun  is  In  the  "meridian  at  that  very  time. 

The  pole  being  elevated  according  to  the  latitude  of 
the  given  place,  bring  the  faid  place  to  the  brazen  me- 
ridian,—and  fetting  the  index  of  the  horary  circle  at 
the 'hour  of  the  day,  in  the  given  place,  turn  the  globe 
round  till  the  index  points  directly  at  the  upper  figure 
of  12.  Which  being  done,  fix  the  globe  in  that  fitua- 
tion,  and  obferve  what  places  are  exactly  under  the 
upper  hemifphere  of  the  brazen  meridian — they  being 
the  places  required. 


PROBLEM     VII. 

48.  To  know  the  length  of  the  day  and  night  in  any 
place  of  the  earth  at  any  time*  ^ 

Elevate  the  pole  according  to  the  latitude  of 
the  given  place  \  find  the  fun's  place  in  the  eclip- 
tic at  that  time,  which  being  brought  to  the  eaft  fide 
of  the  horizon,  fet  the  index  of  the  horary  circle  at 
noon,  or  the  upper  figure  XII.  and  turning  the  globe 
about  till  the  aforefaid  place  of  the  ecliptic  touch  the 
weft  fide  of  the  horizon,  look  upon  the  horary  circle, 
and  wherever  the  index  pointeth,  count  the  number  of 
hours  between  the  fame  and  the  upper  figure  12,  which 
is  the  length  of  the  day,  the  complement  whereof  to  24 
hours  is  the  length  of  the  night. 

PROBLEM     VIII. 

49.  To  find  what  o'clock  it  is  by  the  globe  In  any  part  , 
of  the  ivor Id,  at  any  particular  time,  allowing  you  know 
the  hour  of  the  day  where  you    are  at  the  fame  time. 

Bring  the  place  you  are  in  to  the  brazen  meridian, 
the  pole  being  raife'd  according  to  the  latitude  thereof, 


23  INTRODUCTION. 

and  fet  the  index  of  the  horary  circle  to  the  hour  of 
the  day  at  that  time  :  then  bring  the  place  required  to 
the  brazen  meridian,  and  the  index  will  point  out  the 
prefent  hour  at  that  place. 


PROBLEM     IX.      > 

50.  The  month  and  day  being  given,  to  find '  thofe  pla- 
cts  on  the  globe,  to  which  the  fun,  when  on  the  meridian, 
Jhali  be  vertical  on  that  day. 

Find  the  fun's  place  in  the  ecliptic,  and  bring  the 
fame  to  the  brazen  meridian,  in  which  make  a  fmall 
jnark  exactly  above  the  fun's  place  ;  then  turn  the 
globe,  and  thofe  places  which  have  the  fan  vertical  in 
the  meridian,  will  federally  pafs  under  the  feud  mark. 

PROBLEM     X. 

51 .  To  find  by  ths  globe  the  length  of  the  tongeft  and 
ftorteft  days  and  nights,  in  any  part  of  the  world. 

Elevate  the  pole  according  to  the  latitude  of  the 
given  place,  and  bring  the  firft  degree  of  cancer,  if  in 
the  northern,  or  capricorn,  if  in  the  fouthern  hemi- 
fphere,  to  the  eaft  fide  of  the  horizon  ;  and  fetting  the 
3ndex  of  the  horary  circle  at  noon,  turn  the  globe  about 
till  the  fign  of  cancer  touch  the  weftern  fide  of  the  ho- 
rizon, and  then  obferve  on  the  horary  circle  the  num- 
ber of  hours  between  the  index  and  the  upper  figure  of 
32,  reckoning  them  agreeably  to  the  motion  of  the  in- 
dex, for  that  is  the  length  of  the  longeft  day  j  the 
ihorteft  night  being  the  revcrfe  of  the  former. 


PROBLEM     XL 

52.  When  the  hour  oj  the  day  is  given,  in  any  place, 
to  know  thofe  places  of  the  earth  where  it  is  either  noon  or 
wid-nigh,  or  any  other  particular  hour  at  the  fame  tivie. 

Let  the  given  place  be  brought  to  the  brazen  meri- 
dian, -and  fet  the  index  of  the  horary  circle  at  the  hour 
of  the  day  in  that  place.  Then  turn  the  globe  till  the 
index  point  at  the  upper  figure  of  12,  and  obferve  what 
places  are  exactly  under  the  upper  fengicircle  of  the 
brazen  meridian,  for  in  them  it  is  mid -day  at  the  time 


INTRODUCTION.  2? 

given.  This  "done,  turn  the  globe  till  the  index  point 
at  the  lower  figure  of  12,  and  thofe  places  that  are 
then  in  the  lower  femicircle  of  the  meridian,  in  them 
it  is  mid-night  at  the  given  time. 

PROBLEM     XII. 

53.  To  find  the  true  diftance,  between  any  two  given 
f  laces  on  the  globs. 

By  laying  the  graduated  edge  of  the  quadrant  of 
altitude  over  both  the  places,  the  number  of  degrees 
intercepted  between  them  will  be  their  true  diftance 
from  each  other,  computing  every  degree  at  604  En- 
glifh,  or  American  miles. 


PROBLEM     XIII. 

54.     When  the  month  and  day  are  given,  together  with 
the  place  of  the  moon  in  the  zodiac  9  and  alfo  her  true  /ati~ 
tude  ;  to  find  thereby  th$  exact  hour  when  fhe  /hall  rife  or  ' 
fef,  and  likewife  her  fouthmg,  or  coming  to  the  meridian, 
of  the  place. 

Let  the  pole  be  elevated  according  to  the  latitude 
of  the  given  place,  and  find  the  fun's  place  in  the  eclip- 
tic at  that  time  and  mark  it,  and  alfo  the  moon's  place 
at  the  fame  time  ;  bring  the  fun's  place  then  to  the  bra- 
zen meridian,  fetting  the  index  of  the  horary  circle  afc 
noon  ;  then  turn  the  globe  till  the  moon's  place  fuccef- 
fively  meet  with  the  eaflern  and  weftern  fide  of  the  ho- 
rizon, as  like  wife  the  brazen  meridian,  and  the  index 
will  point  exa&ly  at  the  particular  hours  of  her  riling, 


€  * 


PART     I. 


A    COMPENDIOUS    SYSTEM    OF 
GEOGRAPHY. 


rEOGRAPHY  teacheth  the  knowledge  of  the 
furface  of  the  globe,  as  divided  into  land  and  water. 

The  land  is  divided  into  continents,  iflands,  penin- 
fulas,  £c. 

2.  The  waters  that  encompafs  the  earth  are  called 
the  ocean  ;  the  three  principal  oceans  are,  the  Atlantic, 
contained  between  Europe  and  America  ;  the  Indian 
Ocean,  1}  ing  between  the  Eaft-Indies  and  Africa  ;  and 
the  Pacific,  lying  between  Afia  and  America  :  the  two 
firft  are  reckoned  to  be  three  thoufand  miles  wide  each> 
and  the  laft  ten  thoufand. 

liluflratlon  of  GEOGRAPHICAL  Terms. 

3.  The  whole  body  of  the  earth  and  fea  is  called  the 
Terraqueous  Globe  ;  three  iburths  of  which  is  water, 
and  one  fourth  land.     The  equator,  commonly  called 
the  Equinoctial  Line,  is  a  great  circle,  equally  diftant 
from  the  poles,  and  divides  the  globe  into  two  equal 
parts,  called  the  northern  and  fouthern  hemifpheres — 
the  poles  are  two  points  on  the  furface  of  the  terraque- 
ous globe,  and  diametrically  oppofite  to  each  other, 
denominated  the  north  and  fouth  pok. 

4.  Latitude  is  the  diilance  of  any  particular  p'ace, 
fouth  or  north  from  the  equator.     The  longitude  of 
any  place,  is  the  eait  or  weft  diftance  of  its  meridian, 
from  fome  fixed  meridian,  where  longitude  is  reckoned 
to  begin.     A  continent  is  a  large  trad  of  land,  con- 
taniing  feveral  countries,  &c.     An  ifland  is  any  quan- 
tity of  land  (unrounded  by  water,    A  peninfula  is  a 


32  GEOGRAPHY. 

piece  of  land  encompafTed  by  water,  except  on  one  Me, 
where  it  is  joined  to  the  continent,  or  other  land. — 
An  ifthmus  is  a  narrow  neck  of  land,  which  joins  a  pe- 
ninfula  to  the  continent  or  other  land.  A  promontory 
is  a  point  of  land  running  out  into  the  fea,  the  extre- 
mely of  which  is  called  a  cape.  An  ocean  is  a  vaft 
body  of  water  ;  a  fea  or  gulph,  a  fmaller  one.  A  lake 
is  a  body  of  water,  furrounded  by  land.  A  bay  is  a 
part  of  the  fea,  contained  between  two  fhores.  A 
ftrait  is  a  narrow  paflage,  whereby  feas,  gulphs,  &c. 
communicate  with  the  ocean. 

GENERAL  DESCRIPTION  of  the  four  quarters 
of  the  GLOBE. 

Difcovery,  Peopling^  &c.  0/ AMERICA. 

5.  This  vaft  continent  which  is  near   two  thoufand 
miles  longer  than  Europe  and  Africa  taken  together^ 
was  firft  difcovered  by  the  celebrated  CHRISTOPHER. 
COLUMBUS,  a  native  of  the  Republic  of  Genoa  in  Italy, 
in  the  year  1492.     The  great  Columbus  was  the  fir  ft 
man  who  formed  the  grand,  and  at  that  time  aftonifh- 
ing,  defign  of  failing  to  the  Eaft-Indies  by  taking  a 
weftern  courfe.    Being  a  man  of  exalted  ideas,  an  able 
navigator  and  an  accurate  mathematician  ;  he  was  ful- 
ly convinced  of  the  fpherical  form  of  the  earth  ;  this, 
together  with  the  accounts  he  had  learned  from  thofe 
travellers  who  had  vifited  India  by  land,  or  by  way  of 
Egypt  or  the  red  fea,  who  informed  him  that  its  weft- 
ern  boundary  was  then  unknown:  from  thefe  circum- 
fiances  he  concluded,  that  Afia  either  extended  beyond 
the  Atlantic  Ocean  on  the  well ;  or  that  there  muft  be 
fome  other  vaft  tract  of  land  that  bounded  that  ocean 
to  the  weftward. 

6.  Columbus,  fully  perfuaded  of  the  exigence  of  a 
weftern  continent,  and  anxious  to  put  his  favorite  plan 

•'into  actual  pradice,  applied  repeatedly  to  the  govern- 
ment of  his  native  country,  the  Senate  of  Genoa,  the 
courts  of  France,  Portugal,  England  and  Spain  ;  and 
after  fpending  near  eighteen  years  ia  fruitless  folicita- 


GEOGRAPHY.  33 

tions  at  thefe  refpective  courts  ;  at  length  met  with 
the  countenance  of  the  famous  Ifabella,  then  queen  of 
Spain  and  Caftile,  who,  to  the  perpetual  honor  of  her 
fex,  even  fold  her  jewels  to  defray  the  expences  of  the 
intended  expedition. 

7.  Three  fmall  veflels  were  then  got  ready  for  Co- 
lumbus, and  manned  with  about  a  hundred  men,  and 
provifions  fufficient  for  one  year  ;   with  thefe  he  failed 
from  Spain  in  the  month  of  Auguft,  1492, — upon  the 
mofl  interefting  and  intrepid  expedition  ever  underta- 
ken by  man  ;   and  after  failing  upwards  of  thirty-three 
days   in  unknown  feas  without  difco-vcring  land,  his 
men  began  to  mutiny  in  defpair  of  ever  finding  any  ; 
and  came  to  the  defperate  refolution  of  throwing  Co- 
lumbus overboard,  or  compelling  him  to  return   to 
Spain.      In  this  awful  dilemma,  he  was  compelled  to 
comply  fo  far  with  their  felicitations,  as  to  promife 
them,  that  if  they  did  not  difcover  land  in  three  days 
from  that  time,  he  would  then  direcl  his  courfe  back 
for  Spain  :  but,  to  the  inexpreffible  joy  of  Columbus 
and  his  men,  they  difcovered  St.  Salvadore,  one  of  the 
Bahama  iflands,  in  lefs  than  three  days.     In  this  ex- 
pedition Columbus  difcovered  the  iflands  of  Hifpaniola 
and  Cuba,    and  afterwards  returned  to  Spain.     In  a 
fecond  voyage  he  difcovered  mod  of  the  Weft-India 
iilands ;    and  in  a  third)  difcovered  the  continent  of 
South  America. 

8.  North- America  was  difcovered  by  Cabot,  a  native 
of  England,  in  1498.     T.he  firft  fettiements  in  North- 
America  were  made  in  Newfoundland  and  Canada,  the 
former  by  the  Englifh,  and  the  latter  by  the  French. 
Soon  after  the  difcovery  of  America  by  Columbus, — - 
Ainericiis  Vefpafiusy    a    native  of   Florence,    made  a 
voyage  to  the  fouthern  continent  of  America,  and  how- 
ever unwarrantable,  had  the  honor  of  giving  name  to 
the  new  world  ;  which  was  only  due  to  the  memory  of 
its  illudrious  difcoverer. 

9.  "  *  It  is  an  old  obfervation  of  Solomon,  "  He 

*Jv  Bclknaf9  D.  D.  author  of  American 


34  GEOGRAPHY. 

that  increafeth  knowledge  increafeth  forrow."  This 
may  juftly  be  applied  to  the  enlargement  of  fcience, 
\vhich  is  made  by  the  difcovery  of  America.  The  field 
is  extended,  but  difficulties  have  arifen  which  are  ilot 
yet  folved.  Though  we  have  learned  more  of  the 
works  of  creation  and  providence  than  was  known  to 
preceding  ages,  yet  we  find  that  there  is  (till  more  be- 
hind the  curtain. 

10.  "  Among  thefe  difficulties  we  may  reckon  the 
quertion,  whence  was  America  peopled  ?    For  three  cen- 
turies this  has  been  a  fubjedt  of  debate  among  the  learn- 
ed ;  and  it  is  amufmg,  to  fee  how  national  prejudice 
has  become  involved  with  philofophical  difquifition,  in 
the  attempts  which  have  been  made  to  folve  the  queftion, 
The  claims  of  Hanno  the  Carthaginian,  of  IVladoc  the 
Welchman,  of  the  feven  bifhops  of  Spain,  and  the  ten 
tribes  of  Ifrael,  have  had  their  feveral  advocates  ;   and 
after  all,  the  claim  of  the  fix  nations  is  as  well  founded 
as  any,  that  their  anceftors  fprung  like  trees  out  of 
the  foil.    The  true  philofopher  will  treat  them  all  with 
indifference,  and  will  fufpend  his  judgment  till  he  has 
better  information  than  any  which  has  yet  appeared," 

We  will  venture  the  following  hypothecs,  refpecl> 
ing  the  peopling  of  America,  which  is  perhaps  as  well 
founded  as  any  that  have  gone  btfore  it. 

11.  Hiftory  informs  us,  that  Noah  fettled  in  Arrne* 
ma,   in  Alia,  after  the  deluge  ;   and  being  difguited 
\vith  the  profligacy  of  his  immediate  defcendants,  he 
and  feveral   of  hk  favorites  left  them,  and  travelled 
as  far  as  China,  to  tlie  eaft  ward  ;  and  we  are  creditably- 
informed  by  hiftorians,  that  there  is  a  great  probability 
that  Noah  was  the  celebrated  Confucius  of  the  Chinefe. 

12.  If  we  admit  that  the  old  patriarch  and  his  aflfo- 
ciates,  travelled  as  far  as  China  to  the  eaft  ward  j  may 
\ve  not  likewife  luppojfe,  that  fome  of  his  ent'  rpriiing 
and  roving  defcendants  travelled  nearly  the  fame  dif- 
tance  to  the  weftward  ;  which  would  bring  them  to 
fome  part  of  North-America  ;  fay  Labrador,  where  the 
two,  continents  of  Afia  and  America  are  fuppofed  to 
unite,    That  America,  was  peopled  by  the  immediate 


GEOGRAPHY*  35 

defendants  of  Noah,  foon  after  the  confufion  of  lan- 
guages, at  the  tower  of  Babel,  is  fully  corroborated, 
by  the  following  fads,  namely,  that  the  Spaniards, 
upon  their  firft  landing  in  this  country,  found  feveral 
nations  of  the  aborigines  of  America,  poflefled  of  cer- 
tain traditions  refpecting  the  general  deluge,  the  build- 
ing of  the  Tower  of  Babel,  the  confufion  of  languages, 
&c.  This  together  with  the  multiplicity  of  dialedts 
fpoken  by  the  aborigines  of  America  (none  of  which, 
as  fome  authors  relate,  have  the  lead  analogy  to  each 
other)  tends  to  convince  us  that  this  ftrange  diverfity 
of  incongruous  tongues,  originated  at  the  general  con* 
fufion  of  languages  at  the  tower  of  Babel. 

13.  If  we  admit,  that  the  aborigines  of  America, 
were  the  immediate  defendants  of  Noah,  the  difficul- 
tfes  refpeding  the  late  difcovery  of  the  remains  of  re- 
gular fortifications  and  bulwarks  in  theAmerican  forefts 
will  evidently  vanifh,  as,  they  may  with  the  greateft 
propriety  be  afcribed  to  the  enterpriiing  oiFspring  of 
Noah.  It  is  quite  probable,  that  the  original  conftruft- 
ors  of  thefe  ancient  ftru&ures,  were  fome  of  the  build- 
ers of  the  famous  Toiusr  of  Babel,  or  their  immediate 
defeendants. 

With  regard  to  the  migration,  or  tranfportation  of 
quadrupeds,  from  the  eaftern  to  the  weftern  continent, 
that  difficulty  might  be  readily  folved  ;  but  the  limits 
of  the  prefent  plan  will  not  admit  of  our  entering  into 
any  farther  difquifition  on  this  fubjecl:  at  prefent. 

14.  America  is  fituated  between  eighty  degrees  north, 
and  fifty-fix  degrees  fouth  latitude  ;  and  between  thir- 
ty-five and  one  hundred  and  thirty-fix  degrees  of  weft- 
ern  longitude  from  London.  It  is  reckoned  to  be 
ebout  nine  thouland  miles  in  length,  and  three  thou- 
fand  feven  hundred  in  breadth — Being  bounded  on  the 
eaft  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  which  feparates  it  from 
^Europe  and  Africa  ;  on  the  weft  and  fouth  by  the  Pa- 
cific Ocean,  which  divides  it  from  Afia.  Its  northern 
boundary  is  unknown,  being  thought  to  extend  to  the 
north  pole. 

15.  America  enjoys  all  the  advantages  of  the  o.her 


36  GEOGRAPHY. 

three  quarters  of  the  globe  ;  being  in  general  extreme- 
ly fruitful  and  well  ^vatered,  with  fome  of  the  largeft 
rivers  and  lakes  in  the  world.  This  weftern  continent 
is  divided  into  two  parts,  namely,  North  and  South 
.America — by  the  ifthmus  of  Darien,  which  is  a  neck 
of  land  about  iixty  miles  wide. 

Or  EUROPE. 

16.  Europe  is  fituated  between  the  tenth  degree 
\veft,  and  the  fixty-fifth  degree  eaft  longitude  from 
London  ;  and  between  the  thirty-fixth   and  feventy- 
fecond  degrees  of  north  latitude  : — being  bounded  on 
the  north  by  the  Frozen  Ocean  ;  on  the  ,eaft  by  Alia  ; 
on  the  Couth  by  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  which  Cepa- 
rates  it  from  Africa  ;  and  on  the  weft  by  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  which  divides  it  from  America.     It  is  three 
thoufand  miles  long,  and   two  thoufand  five  hundred 
wide,  and  contains  three  empires,  Ceventeen  kingdoms, 
and  three  confiderable  republics. 

17.  It  is  generally  believed,  that  Europe  was  peo- 
pled foon  after  the  flood,  by  the  pofterity  of  J&fhet, 
the  third  Con  of  Noah  ;  who  came  over  the  Hellespont 
from  Afia  minor,  into  Greece. 

Tho  Europe  is  the  fmalleft  of  the  four  quarters  of 
the  globe  ;  it  is  in  many  refpecls  Cuperior  to  any  of 
the  other  three,  particularly  in  regard  to  the  beauty, 
courage,  ingenuity  and  wiCdom  of  its  inhabitants, — 
and  efpecially  the  fan&ity  of  their  religion. 

Or  ASIA. 

1 8.  This  quarter  of  the  world  is  famous  for  the 
many  remarkable  events  that  have  happened  in  it. — 
Here  the  firft  man  and  woman   (Adam  and  Eve)  were 
formed.     It  was  here  alfo,   that  Noah  and  his  family 
fir  ft  fettled  after  the  deluge.     Here  God  placed  his 
once  peculiar  and  highly  favore«!  people,  the  Hebrews. 
In  Afia  alfo,  the  gracious  and  miraculous  work  of  our 
redemption  was  accompli Ihed  by  our  blefled  Redeemer. 
It  was  from  hence  that  the  light  of  the  glorious  gof- 


GEOGRAPHY,  37 

pel  was  carried  into  all  the  then  known  nations  of  the 
world,  by  the  difciples  and  followers  of  our  Savior. 
In  Afia  the  nrft  empire  was  founded  by  Nimrod,  firlt 
king  of  Babylon,  and  great  grand  fon  of  Noah. 

19.  This  country  is  famous,  for  the  richnefs  of  its 
foil,  the  falubrity  of  its  air,    the  delicioufnefs  of  its 
fruits,  the  vaft  quantity,  beauty,  variety  and  value  of 
its  gems,  &c.     The  inhabitants  of  Aiia,  efpecially  the 
ftates  of  Greece,  were  cnce  fatuous  for  arms,  arts  and. 
fcience  :  but  are  now  defpicably  degenerated  ;  being 
remarkably  ignorant,  fuperftitious,    and  effeminate  £ 
—Such  is  the  fatal  concomitants  of  defpotic  govern- 
ments !     It  is  earnelHy  to  be  wifhed,  that  the  noble 
and  patriotic  fpirit  of  their  intrepid  anceftors, — may 
roufe  them  once  more  to  endeavor  to  reclaim  their  na- 
tural rights. 

Let  us  for  the  prefent  forget  the  wretched  fituatioti 
of  fo  many  millions  of  the  human  fpecies,  that  groan 
under  the  oppreffive  yoke  of  arbitrary  power,  in  Aiia 
and  elfewhere;  and  heartily  congratulate  the  brave 
fons  of  6W//V?,  in  their  prefent  noble  and  fuccefsiul  ef- 
forts in  the  caufe  of  univerfal  liberty ! 

20.  May  we  not  hail  the  happy  period  (that  is  fad 
approaching1)   when,  all  local  prejudices  (hall  vanilli^ 
before  the  refulgent  blaze  of  univerfal  knowledge  !— - - 
ivhsrij  all  religious   animofity  fhall  ceafe  ;  and  every 
man  fhall  enjoy  the  facred  privilege  of  following  that 
manner  of  worfhip,  which  he  deems  molt  acceptable 
to  the  deity  !  when,  nations  fliall   only  emulate  with 
each  other,  in  acts  of  mutual  friendfhip  and  benevo- 
lence !  when,  fociety   fhall   reject  all   abftird  titles  of 
diftinction  ;  and  virtue,  talents,  and  patriotifm,  fhall 
only  entitle  men  to  places  of  public  milt  and  honor  ! 
•whin,  all   the  defendants   of  Adam,  fhall  enjoy  the 
rights  of  man,  Whether  their  hue  be  white,  brown,  or 
black,  and  general   happinefs,  liberty,   and  equality, 
fhall  pervade  the  whole  human  fpeties ! 

2T.  Afia  is  a  confiderable  deal  larger  than  Europe 
or  Africa  -f  being  four  thoufand  eight  hundred  miles  ia 
D 


$3  GEOGRAPHY. 

length,  and  foifr  thoufand  three  hundred  in  breadth. 
Jt  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Frozen  Ocean  ;  on 
tke  eaft  by  the  Pacific,  which  divides  it  from  America  ; 
on  the  weft  by  Europe,  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  &c. 
and  on  the  fouth  by  the  Indian  Ocean,  which  feparates 
it :  rom  Africa. 

OF  AFRICA. 

22.  Africa  is  the  largeft  peninfula  in  the  world  ; — 
being  four  thoufand  three  hundred  miles  in  length,  and 
three  thoufand  eight  hundred  in  breadth — This  quar- 
ter of  the  world  is  encompafTed  on  all  fides  by  the  fea, 
except  on  the  eaft,  where  it  is  joined  to  Afia,  by  the 
ifthmus  of  Suez,  a  neck  of  land  faid  to  be  about  fixty 
miles  wide. 

23  The  Europeans  are  acqusintedwith  but  very  little 
of  this  country,  except  along  the  fca  coaft.  The  foil 
in  fome  places  is  extremely  fruitful,  and'  in  others  quite 
a  defart.  The  principal  rivers  in  Africa,  are  the  fa- 
mous river  7V//V,  and  Senegal  ;  the  former  running 
through  it  from  fouth  to  north.  This  country  abounds 
V/lth  cattle,  camels,  lions,  tigers,  £c.  A  fmall  feed, 
gathered  from  the  top  of  an 'herb 'found  here,  produces 
a  deadly  poifon  ;  the  tenth  part  of  a  grain  of  which, 
kills  a  man  immediately. 

A  general  Description  of  the  UNITED  STATES  of 
AMERICA. 

24.  This  part  of  North- America  was  firft  fettled  by 
the  Englilh,  about  one  hundred  and  eighty  years  ago, 
\vho  remained  mafters  of  it  until  1774,  when  the  Bri- 
tifli  parliament  pafied  an  aft,  laying  certain  duties  on 
all  teas,  &c.  imported  into  America  ;  and  declared 
their  right  of  taxing  the  colonies  in  all  cafes  whatfo- 
ever  :  this  the  Americans  coniidered  as  a  grievance, 
and  being  apprehenfive  that  it  was  only  a  prelude  to 
other  encroachments  upon  their  liberty, — declared 
themfelves  independent  of  Great-Britain  on  the  fourth 
of  july,  1776,  under  the  title  of  the  Thirteen  United 
&Kin  of 'America. 


GEOGRAPHY,  39 

25.  EXTENT  and  BOUNDARY.]    Thefe  ftates  extend 
upwards  of  twelve  hundred  miles  in  length,  and  about 
one  thoufand  in  breadth  ;    bounded  on  the  north  by 
the  Britim  territory  of  Canada  and  the  weftern  Lakes  ; 
on  the  fouth  by  the  Floridas  and  the  river  St.  Mary  j 
eaft,  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  Nova-Scotia  ;  and  on 
the  weft  by  the  river  MiffiGppi, 

26.  PRODUCE.]     Small  grain  of  all  kinds,  Indian 
corn,  tobacco,  cotton,  indigo,  hemp,  flax,  timber  of 
various  kinds;  mines  of  iron,  copper,  coals,  lead,  &c. 
cattle,  fheep,*  venifon  of  various  kinds  ;    fifh,  fowl> 
fruits,  vegetables,  £:c.  all  in  great  abundance. 

27.  MANUFACTURES.]    Naval  rtores,  powder,  can- 
non, and  fmall  arms  ;  iron  utenfils  of  various  kinds, 
tar,  turpentine,  pot  and  pearl  afhes,  linen,  woollens, 
cottons,  potteries,  paper,  glafs,  maple  fugar,  &c. 

28.  RIVERS.]     The   largeft    rivers   in   the  United 
States,  are  the  JMiffiiippi  and  the  Ohio  ;   the  former  is 
faid  to  be  above  three  thoufand  miles  long,  and  the 
latter  upwards  of  one  thoufand. 

-  29.  CAPITAL  CITIES.]  The  moft  populous  cities  in 
the  United  States  are,  Philadelphia,  New-York,  Bof- 
ton,  Charleston  (S.  C.)  and  Baltimore  :  the  firft  men- 
tioned of  which  is  the  prefent  feat  of  the  federal  go* 
vernment,  and  is  fituated  on  the  banks  of  the  river 
Delaware,  about  one  hundred  and  twenty  miles  from 
the  ocean. 

30.  GOVERNMENT,  &c.]     The  government  here  is 
democratical — The  executive  and  legiflative  officers  of 
the  federal  union  conflll  of  a  Preiident,  VicePrefident,* 
a  Senate  and  Houfe  of  Reprefentatives— The  Prefident 
and  Vice-  Prefident  are  elecled  for  four  years,  the  Se- 
nators for  fix,  and  the  Reprefentatives  for  two. 

31.  The  judicial  power  in  the  United  States  is  vefted 
in  a  chief  judge,  £,e  atlbciate  judges,  and  an  attorney 

•  The  'Vks-Prefid.jii  is  Irefidtnt  of  the  Senate,  and 
in  csife  of  the  remwal  of '/&  Prep  dent  of  the  Un;tcd  States 
from  ojfict,  by  dtath,  refgnatioH,  or  Qthenvtfc,  the  frs~ 
fidentjhip  devolves  upon  him* 


4*  GEOGRAPHY. 

general ;  together  with  fixteen  diftricl  judges,  and  an 
attorney  and  marfhall  for  each  diftricl.  The  fiates 
individually  have  their  legiflature,  executive  and  ju- 
dicial departments,  and  retain  every  power  of  an  in- 
dependent republic,  or  fovereignty  ;  except  fo  much 
thereof  as  is  delegated  to  the  general  Congrefs  of  the 
Federal  Government. 

32.  The  United  States  are  excelled  by  no  country 
upon  earth,  in  regard  to  the  fertility  of  its  foil — the 
number  and  (ize  of  its  rivers,  bays,  lakes,  mountains, 
&c.*  The  Proteftant  is  th.e  prevalent  religion  thro'- 
out  the  United  States — all  feds  and  denominations 
enjoy  the  freedom  of  following  that  manner  of  wor- 
ihip  which  to  them  feems  moft  acceptable  to  the  deity. 


Of  tke  Eaftcrn^.  or  NEW-ENGLAND  STATES. 

33.  The  dates  of  New-Hampfliire,  Maflachufetts, 
Rhode- Iflancl,  and  Connecticut,  go  by  the  general  ap- 
pellation of  New-England — They  are  five  hundred  and 
iifty  miles  in  length,  and  two  hundred  in  breadth  ; — 
bounded  on  the  weft  and  north  by  Canada  and  the  (late 
of  New-York;   on  the  north-eaft  by  the  Britifh  terri- 
tory of  Nova-Scotia  ;   and  on  the  fouth  by  the  Atlantic 
Ocean  and  the  Sound,  which  feparates  it  from  Long- 
Jfland. 

34.  This  part  of  the  United  States  was  firft  fettled 
in  the  year  1620,  by  a  company  of  intrepid  adventur* 
ers,    who    emigrated  hither    from  Old  England,  on 
account  of  religious  pcrfecution. 

NEW-HAMPSHIRE. 

35.  EXTENT,  BOUNDARY,  CHIEF  TOWNS,  &c.] — • 
Length  about  two  hundred  miles,  breadth  one  hundred 

*  A  particular  defcript ion  ofthejc  natural  productions 
would  prove  too  long  for  the  prefint  pla?i  ;  thi  principal 
tbjtfi  of  which  is,  to  give  youth  foitie  general  ideas  oj  the 
outline  j  of  Geography  y  and  particularly  that  of  their  own 
/fates,  and  to  ferve  by  way  of  a  remsmbrancGr  to  iktw 
after  leaving  fchool. 


GEOGRAPHY.  4X 

and  fixty  ?  bounded  on  the  north  by  Canada ;  on  the 
eait  by  the  Province  of  Main  and  the  Atlantic  ;  on  the 
fouih  by  MafTachufetts  i  and  on  the  weft  by  Connecti- 
cut river — The  principal  town  here  is  Porifmouth, 
latitude  43°  10'  north,  longitude  70°  20'.  weft;  con* 
taining  about  five  thoufand  inhabitants. 

36.  RIVERS,  SOIL,  &c.]    The  mod  confiderable  ri- 
vers are  Pifcataque  and  Merrimack.     The'  lower  part 
of  this  (late  is  a  level  country,  the  upper  part  is  broken 
and  mountainous;    but  in  general  fertile,  producing 
Indian  corn/  rye,  fruits,   vegetables,  good  pafturage, 
cattle,  horfes,   fheep,  &c.  in  great  abundance. 

37.  Of  the  many  feminaries  in  this  ftate,  Dartmouth 
college  at  Hanover,  is  the  principal,  and  is  at  prefent 
in  a  flounming  (late.     This  ftate  contains  upwards  of 
one  hundred  thousand  inhabitants. 

38.  CLIMATE.]     The   air  here  is  very  falubrious, 
and  though  the  inhabitants  experience  the  extremes  of 
lieat  and  cold  in  their  feafon,  yet  it  is  thought  that 
few  people  on  earth  enjoy  a  greater  degree  of  health 
than  thofe  of  New-Hampfhire  and  iNew-England  ia 
general. 


to' 


MASSACHUSETTS. 

39.  EXTENT,  BOUNDARY,    CHIEF  TOWNS,  &c.}-— 
Length,  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  (exclufive  of  the 
territory  of  Main)  breadth  fixty-five  ;  bounded  on  the 
north  by  New-ITampfliire  and  the  (late  of  Vermont; 
by  the  ftate  of  New- York  on  the  weft  ;  by  Connecticut 
and  Rhode-Ifland  on  the  fouth  ;  and  by  the  Atlantic 
Ocean   on  the  eaft  ;    chief  town,  Bofton,  containing 
eighteen  thoufand  inhabitants  ;  latitude  42°  24' north, 
longitude  71°  weft  ;  diftance  two  thoufand  feven.. hun- 
dred miles  weft  from  London. 

40.  RIVERS  and  ISLANDS.]  Of  the  many  rivers  that 
run  through  this  ftate,  the  molt  confiderable  are, — 
Taunton,  Charles,   DeerneU,  Kenneb^ck,  &c. 

To  this  commonwealth  belong  the  iftands  of  Nai> 
tucket;  Kappawack,  Martha's  Vineyard;  &c* 
D  a 


42  GEOGRAPHY. 

41.  This  (late  exports  annually,  vad  quantities  of 
fifh,  oil,  lumber,  pot-afh,  &c.     The  univerfity  at  Cam- 
bridge, a  few  nrles  from  Bodon,  is  the  olded  feminary 
in  the' United  States  :  it   is  faid   to  be  at  prefent  in  a 
flourifhing  (late.     The  inhabitants  of  Mailacbufetts, 
amount  to  near  three  hundred  and  feventy  thoufand. 

To  this  (late  belongs  the  extenfive  territory  of  Main; 
which  is  about  to  be  ere&ed  into  an  independent  (late. 

42.  CHARACTER.]     The  inhabitants  of  this  and  the 
other  New-England  dates  are  a  humane,  indudrious, 
and  enterprifing  race  of  people  ;  many  of  whom  have 
a  great  turn  to  maritime  matters  ;   tlu  New- England 
failors  are  generally  allowed  to  be  as  a&ive  aud  hardy 
a  race  of  men  as  any  in  the  world.' 

RHODE-ISLAND. 

45.  EXTENT,  BOUNDARY,  &c.]  Length  fixty  miles, 
breadth  forty  ;  bounded  on  the  north  and  ead  by  the 
Hate  of  Maflachufetts  ;  on  the  fouth  by  the  Atlantic  ; 
and  on  the  weft  by  Connecticut.  Chief  towns,  Provi- 
dence and  Newport;  the  latter  is  fituated  in  41°  35' 
north  latitude,  and  contains  near  6000  inhabitants. 

44.  ISLANDS,  SOIL,  &c.]  There  are  feveral  final! 
iilands  belonging  to  this  (late,  the  mod  coofiderable  of 
which  is  Rhode-  idand,  on  which  Newport  is  fituated. 
This  ifland  is  famous  for  the  ialubrity  of  its  air,  and 
the  exceeding  fertility -of  its  foil ;  it  is  about  thirteen, 
miles  in  length,  and  four  in  breadth.  The  productions 
here  are  the  fame  with  thofe  of  the  adjacent  dates. 


CONNECTICUT. 

45.  EXTENT,  BOUNDARY,  &c.]  Length  eighty 
jniles,  breadth  fixty  ;  bounded  on  the  north  by  Mafla- 
chufetts ;  on  the  eaft  by  Rhode-Ifland  ;  on  the  fouth 
and  wed  by  the  Sound  and  the  date  of  New- York. — 
The  principal  cities  in  this  date  are,  Hartford,  New- 
Haven,  and  New-London  ;  the  two  former  are  alter- 
nately tUe  feat  of  government.  New- London  is  (Ita- 
ated  in  north  latitude  41°  35',  \veft  longitude  72°  5 a7, 


GEOGRAPHT,  45 

diftance  two  tlioufand  eight  hundred  miles  weft  from 
London. 

46.  RIVERS.]  The  mod  confiderable  rivers  in  this 
ftate  arej  Connecticut,  and  Oufatonic. 

47.  CLIMATE,  &c.]  The  air  here  is  exceedingly  falu- 
bfious  ;  the  land  is  fomewhat  broken  and  mountainous, 
but  in  many  places  fertile,  producing  all  things  com- 
mon to  the  adjacent  ftates.  The  inhabitants  of  Con- 
necYicut,  in  general,  are  a  Juimane,  induftrious  people, 
particularly  the  females,  whofe  induftry  and  frugality 
are  well  worthy  the  imitation  of  all  the  ypung  ladies 
in  the  union. 

48.  There  are  feveral  excellent  literary  inftitutions 
in  this  ftate,  the  principal  of  which  is  Yale-College, 
\vhich  has  produced  as  many  eminent  literary  charac- 
ters as  any  feminary  of  its  ftze  in  Europe  or  America. 
The  number  of  inhabitants  in  this  ftate,  at  prefent, 
amount  to  near  two  hundred  and  twenty  thoufand. 


NEW-YORK. 

49.  EXTENT,  BOUNDARY,  &c.]    Length  about  three 
hundred  and  iifty  miles,  breadth  three  hundred  ;  bound- 
ed on  the  north  by  Canada  ;   on  the  fouth  and  eaft  by 
the   Atlantic   Ocyean,    and   the  ftates  of  Connecticut, 
Mafliichufetts,  and  Vermont ;   on  the  northweft  by  the 
river  St.  Lawrence,   Lake  Ontario,  &c.   on  the  fouth- 
weft  by  the  dates  of  New-jerfey  and  Pennfylvania. 

50.  The  city  of  New-York,  is  the  metropolis  of 
this  ftate,   fituated  on  the  fouth  end  of  York  iiland  ; 
and,  with  regard  to  the  elegance  of  its  buildings,  its 
convenience  for  trade,  and  the  politenefs  and  hofpital- 
ity  of  its  inhabitants,  is  excelled  perhaps  by  nacity  of 
its  fize,  in  ^urope  or  America  :  it  contains  about  thirty 
thoufand  inhabitants  ;   and  lies  in  40°  40' of  north  lat- 
itude, and  74°  western  longitude  ;   diftance  two  thou- 
fand eight  hundred  and  forty  Tniles  weft  from  London, 
Albany,  and  ITudfon,   on  the  banks  t/f  Hudfon's  River, 
are   flonrifhing  cities  ;    the  former  is  laid  to  be  the 
«Ideft  towa  in  North-America  :   the  other  towns  ar® 


44  GEOGRAPHY. 

Poughkeepfie,  Scheneclady,  Kingfton,  and  Lanfing- 
burgh.  The  vaft  improvements  carried  on  at  prefenr, 
in  ti.e  weftern  parts  of  this  ftate,  will  greatly  enhance 
the  value  of  lands  here,  in  a  few  years. 

51.  ISLANDS,  RIVERS,   £c.]     To  this  (late  belong 
Long  Ifland,  which  is  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles 
in  length,  and  near  fifteen  in  breadth  in  fome  places  j 
Staten-ifland,  length   fifteen  miies,  breadth  feven  ; — • 
Yar^  Ifland  (on  which  the  city  of  New-York  is  fitua- 
ted)  being  fifteen  miles  long  and  about  three  wide. 

52.  Principal  rivers,  the  fluclfon  (or  North -River) 
and  the  Mohawk  ;   the  former  is  navigable  to  Albany 
(which  is  1 60  miles)   for  veillj3s  of  near  one  hundred 
tons  ;   on  the  Mohawk  river  is  a  remarkable  cataract, 
known  by  the  name  of  the  Cohoes,    where  the  water 
falls  down  feventy  feet  perpendicular  :  here  the  river 
is  laid  to  be  fonie  hundred  yards  wide. 

There  are  feveral  lakes  within  the  boundaries  of  this 
ftate,  the  molt  confiderable  cf  which  are  Oneida,  and 
•Chatoque. 

53.  Literature  is  in  as  flourifiiing  a  condition  here, 
at  prefent,  as  in  any  (late  in  the  union  ;    there  »r*?  fc- 
veral  academies  ami  refpeclable  grammar  and  IvngHfh 
fchools   in  this  ftate.     The  principal  feminary  in  this 
ftate  is  Columbia  College,   which  is  at  prefent,    in   a 
flouriming  ftate  ;   the  president  and  profcffors  of  which 
are  men  of  reputation  and  approved  abilities. 

54.  New- York  was  firft  fettled  by  the  Dutch  (about 
one  hundred  and  (events-fix  years  22,0 Ns  \vho  remained 
mafters  of  it  unti]  they  exchanged  it  with  the  EngliHi 
for  Surinam,  in  1667. 

55.  PRODUCE.]      Indian  corn,    wheat,    rye,    buck- 
wheat, barley,  hemp,  flax,  fruits,   and  vegetables  in 
great  variety  and  abundance.    This  ftare  contains  near 
two  hundred  and  fixty  thoufand  inhabitants. 

56.  The  following  is  extracted  from  Dr.  Mitchell's 
remarks  upon  the  climate  of  New- York. 

"  The  ftate  of  New- York  lies  between  the  fortieth 
and  forty -fifth  degrees  of  north  latitude  ;  and  on  com- 
paring it  upon  the  globe;  with  the  parts  of  Europe 


GEOGRAPHY.  43 

fituated  between  the  fame  parellels,  a  ftranger  might 
be  led  to  conjecture  that  its  climate  refembled  that  of 
the  country  between  Naples  and  Venice,  or  Oporto 
and  Bourdeaux— yet  there  is  undoubtedly  a  conlidera- 
ble  difference  ;  fince  it  has  been  long  known,  that  the 
temp  "atures  of  countries  are  to  be  eitimated,  not 
v\r  j  by  their  diftance  from  the  equator,  but  alfo  by 
their  remotenefs  from  the  margin  and  level  of  the 
Ocean. 

57.  "  On  Long-Tfland,  Indian  corn  is  planted  after 
the  beginning,  or  about  the  middle  of  May  :  and    the 
new  crop  is  fit  for  grinding  in  one  hundred  and  fifty 
days  ;  but  the  fame  kind  of  grain,,  brought  from  No- 
va-Scotia, grows  here  to  maturity  in  ninety-fix  days  ; 
while  that  imported  from  Carolina,  does  not  ripen  in 
lefs  than  one  hundred  and  ninety.     Buckwheat  grow* 
from  the  feed  to  perfection,  in  eighty-four  days. 

58.  "  Froft  commonly  occurs  in  every  month  of  the 
year,  excepting  June,  Ju'.y,  and  Auguft  ;  and  has  hap- 
pened even  in  june  and  Auguft.     It  comes    frequently 
about  the    id  of  September  ;  and  1  remember  that  on 
the  4th  of  fcay  I  774,  a  confiderable  quantity   of  fnowr 
fell.   In  the  fpring,  the  bioflbms  of  peach,  apple,  and 
other  fruit  trees  and  the    fprouring   foliage  of  other 
plants,  are  often  hurt  by  it  ;  yet  itisnot  uiiiverfal  over 
the  face  of  the  country  ;  but  from  caufcs,  which  I  do 
not  fully  comprehend,   prevails  in    low  lands,  valleys 
and  plains. — Droughts  of  fix  or  eight  weeks  continu- 
ance.fometimes  parch  us  ;  and    again  rain  falls  to  the 
depth  of  five  or  fix  inches  on  a  level  in  four  hours. 

59  "  vVinds  are  very  variable.  The  fea  breezes, 
which  blow  from  the  fouth,  are  exceedingly  regular  ; 
they  are  our  cooled  in  fummer^and  warm^t  in  winter. 
In  winter  the  north  weft  winds  are  the  moil:  boifterous 
and  piei'cing  ;  though  the  hortheaft  are  generally  at- 
atended  with  ftormsof  fnow  and  fleet.'* 


NEW-JERSEY. 

60.     EXTFNT  BOUNDARY,  &c.]     Length  one  hun- 
dred and  ftxty  miles;  breadth  fixty  ;  bounded  on  th» 


46  GEOGRAPHY, 

eaft,  and  fouth,  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ;  on  the  weft 
by  the  river  and  bay  of  Delaware  ;  on  the  north  by  the 
Hudfon. 

The  moft  populous  town  in  this  (late  is  Trenton, 
which  is  the  ieat  of  government,  (ituated  in  40°  20' 
north  latitude,  and  74°  50'  welt  longitude,  from 
London. 

6 1  The  other  tovvrs  here,  are  Burlington,  Brunf- 
V'ick,  Newark,  and  Elizabeth-Town.  iNaifau  College, 
at  Princeton,  is  a  refpecrable  fjiniuary,  feveta)  diftin- 
guifhed  and  literary  characters  have  been  educated  at 
it. 

The  exports  of  this  (late,  are  flour,  provifions,  iron, 
fkx  feed,  &c.  New-Jerfey,  was  firft  fetrled  in  the  year 
lixteen-  hundred  and  fourteen,  by  a  colony  from  Swe- 
tlen,  anci  ibme  butch  fet tiers  from  the  (late  of  New- 
York. 

The  climate,  foil,  and  exports  of  this  (late,  are 
nearly  the  fame  with  the  reft  of  the  middle  dates* 
The  inhftitants  here  are  computed  to  be  about  one 
hundred  and  fix ty  thoufand. 

62.  RIVERS.]  fhe  moft  considerable  rivers  in  thia 
ft'te  are  t»he  Raritan,  the  K-akkenfack,  and  Pailaic: 
on  the  lalt  mentioned  is  a  remarkable  Lataradt,  where 
the  water  falls  down  a  rock  about  feventy  feet  perpen* 
dicular.  • 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

6?.  EXTENT,  BOUNDARY,  &c.]  Length  about  thres 
hundred  miles,  breadth  one  hundred  and  fixty  ;  bound- 
ed on  the  call  by  the  Delaware  River;  on  the  north 
by  the  (late  of  New- York  ;,  on  the  fouth  by  Maryland 
and  Delaware  dates  ;  and  on  the  fouth  weft  by  Vir. 
ginia.  Capital  city,  Philadelphia, ***tpntaining  abou^ 

*  This  beautiful  and  fio  'rijbing  city,  experienced  an 
awfulvicifjit'iide  fom?  months  a?o,  by  the  p,  tvalsncy  of  a 
drc  r-dfui  dij order,  commonly  called  the  yellow f ever )  which 
carr  icii  ojf  upwar&s  of  jour  thoufand  oj  its  inhabitants^  in 

aboii  t  two  7/,GLt/'i  ;  avion,?  whom    •were   fovsral   c?i-tnent 

o  J.A 

and  nfeful  citizens  j  -it  has  however,  for  ferns  Months  fa  ft 


GEOGRAPHY.  47 

fifty  thoufand  inhabitants  ;  north  latitude  39°  57-', 
and  weft .  Jongitude  75°  10',  diitance  two  thoufand 
ei^ht^  hundred  and  fixty  miles  fouth  'weft  from  London. 

64.  The  other  towns  in  this  (late,  are   Lancaiter, 
German  town,    York- Town,  Carlifle,  Pittfburgh,  £c. 
There  is  an  unlveriity  and  a  college  at  Philadelphia, 
and  feverai  other  excellent  literary  inftitutions,  among 
which  may  be  reckoned  the  friends  public  grammar 
fchool :  which  is  one   of  the  oldeft  feminaries  in   the 
United  States,  and  in  regard  to  reg  ;  arity  and  folid 
learning,  is  inferior  to  none  of  its  fize  on  the  con- 
tinent. 

This  (tate  was  nril  fettled,,  abont  the  year  1682,  by 
William  Penn,  a  diitinguiflied  ciiarader  of  the  people 
called  Friends,  or  Quakers.  And  at  preient  contains 
upwards  of  three  hundred  and  fixty  thoufand  inha- 
bitants. 

65.  RIVERS.]  The  principal  rivers  are,  Delaware 
(on  the  banks  of  which  Philadelphia  ftands)  the  Skuyl- 
kill  and  Sufquehannah. 

66.  CLIMATE.]  Whether  we  confider  Pennfylvania 
withjrefpeA  toihe  falabrity  of  its  air,  the  fertility  of 
its  foil,  or  the   liberal  encouragement  given  here    to 
literature,  agriculture,  and  manufactures,  it  is  excel- 
led by  none  of  the  United  States. 

67.  PRODUCE.]  The  produce  of  this  is  much  the  fame 
\vith  the  neighboring  ftates,  viz.    Indian  corn,    fmall 
grain   of  various  kinds,    hemp,  flax,    fruits    vegeta- 
bles, &c. 

DELAWARE. 

68.  EXTENT,  BOUNDARY,  &c.l   Length  ninety- five 
.miles,  breadth  about   twenty  ;  bounded  on  the  north 

by  Pennfylvania  ;  on  the  eatt  by  the  river  and  bay  of 
Delaware  ;  on  the  fouth  and  weit  by  Mar)  land  :  chief 

rcfinned  its  former  prefperity,  and  whtitwer  the  invidious 
misinformed,  ruiiy  think,  t  is  ihs  candid  opinion  of  the 
tijt  informed  people,  that  i  hiuufuphia  is  as  fafe  from  a 
relapfe  of  the  tqte  difoidcr  as  a;iy  oihtr  town  nfon  the 
continent. 


4$  GEOGRAPHY. 

towns,  Wilmington  and  Dover;  the  latter  is  the  feat 
of  government,  but  Wilmington  is  the  moft  populous, 
and  fltuated  in  north  latitude  39°  40'  and  well  lon- 
gitude 75°« 

69.  The  face  of  the  country  here,  and  I'kewife  the  - 
foil  and  product  ions,  are  much  the  fame  as   thofe  of 
the  adjoining  ftates. 

This  ftate  was  fettled  fome  years  prior  to  Pennfyl- 
vania.     The  inhabitants  "amount  to  near  40,000. 

MARYLAND. 

70.  EXTENT,  BOUNDARY,  &c.j    Length    one  hun- 
dred and  forty  miles,  breadth  one  hundred   and  ten  5 
bounded  on  the  north  by  the  commonwealth  of  Penn- 
fylvania  ;  on  the  eaft  by   the  ftate  of  Delaware  ;  on 
the  fouth  and  weft  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  Virginia  : 
chief  towns,  Annappolis  and  Baltimore,  the  latter   of 
\vhichisthemoft  populous  and  flouriihing  ;  and    con- 
tains about  fifteen  thoufand  inhabitants,  many  of  whom 
are  inferior  to  no  citizens  in  the  union  with  regard  to 
commercial    enterprife,  patriotifm,     and    hofpitality. 
Annappolis  is  the  feat  of  government,  .fituated  in   39° 
20'  north  latitude,  and  in   76°  55'  weftern   longitude, 
diftance  two   thoufand  nine  hundred  miles   weft  from 
London. 

71.  CLIMATE,    &c.]    The  land  here   is  generally 
level,  and  the  air  fereneand  healthy. 

Produce  —  Indian  corn,  wheat,   hemp,  flax,  fruits, 
vegetables,  &c. 

This  ftate  was  fettled  about  one  hundred  and  fifty- 
years  ago,  by  Lord  Baltimore,  a  native    of  Ireland, 
who  brought  out  with  him  a  number  of  his  country- 
,  men.  

VIRGINIA. 

72.  EXTENT,  BOUNDARY,  £c.]  Length  feven  hun- 
dred and  fifty  »miles,  breadth  two  hundred  and  thirty  ; 
bounded  by  Maryland  and  Pennfylvania  on  the  north  ; 
by  the  Atlantic  Ocean  on  the  ea(t  :   by  North-Caroli- 
na on  the  fouth;  and  by  the  river  Miffifippi  ou  the  weft  ,' 


GEOGRAPHY.  49 

chief  towns  Richmond  and  William  {burg,  the  former 
is  the  feat  of  government  of  late  years  :  Williamfburg 
is  fituated  in  37°  30'  north  latitude,  and  in  76°  40' 
weftern  longitude.  Norfolk  is  the  moft  populous  town 
in  this  ftate,  and  carries  on  a  very  confiderable  trade. 

73.  RIVERS.]  No  Hate  in  the  union    (nor  perhaps 
any  part  of  the  world  of  its  iize)  is  equal  to    this  for 
inland  navigation  ;  the  moft  confiderable  rivers  here,, 
are    the    Potowmack,    James,    Rappahannock,    and 
York  River. 

This  (late  abounds  with  natural  curiofities,  fuch  as 
caverns,  cataracts,  and  fpr ings  (fome  of  which  poflefs 
rare  and  medicinal  virtues)  a  particular  defcription  of 
which  cannot  be  given  here,  confident  with  the  brevity 
of  our  prefent  plan. 

74.  CLIMATE,  &c.]    This  extenfive  territory  com- 
prehends various  climates  ;  the  air  in   general   is  fe- 
rene  and  healthy,  particularly  in  the  upper  parts  of 
the  ftate. 

75.  PRODUCTIONS,  &c.]  Indian  corn,  wheat,  rice, 
tobacco,    indigo,  cotton,  hemp,  flax,  fruits,  vegeta- 
bles, &c. 

William  and  Mary  college,  at  William  (burg,  is 
the  principal  feminary  in  this  ftate.  Virginia  was 
fettled  in  1606.  And  contains  near  four  hundred 
thoufand,  white  inhabitants,  befides -upwards  of  two 
^hundred  thoufand  Africans. 

76  CHARACTER.]  The  Virginians  are  generally 
allowed  to  be  a  polite,  humane,  and  hofpitable  people. 

Virginia  was  fettled  fome  years  previous  to  any  of 
the  Thirteen  States. 

NORTH-CAROLINA. 

77-  EXTENT,.  BOUNDARY,  &c.]  Length  feven  hun- 
dred and  forty  miles,  breadth  one  hundred  ;  boundel 
on  the  north  by  Virginia  ;  on  the  eaft  by  the  Atlantic; 
on  the  fouth  by  the  (late  of  South-Carolina  and  Geor- 
gia :  and  on  the  weft  by  the  Miflifippi  ;  the  moft  con- 
considerable  town  in  this  ftate  is  Newbera, 
E 


5*  GEOGRAPHY. 

78.  RIVERS,  £c.]  Of  the  many  rivers  in  this  (late, 
the  mod  confiderable  are  Cape- Fear,  TennefTee,  and 
Roanoke.  The  produce,  foil,  &c.  here,  is  much  the 
fame  with  the  adjacent  dates. 

SOUTH-CAROLINA. 

79.  EXTENT,  BOUNDARY,  &c.]  Length  two  hundred 
miles,  breadth  one  hundred  and  thirty  ;  bounded  on 
the  north  by  the  ftate  of  North-Carolina  ;  on  the  etft   , 
by  the  Atlantic  ;    by  Georgia  on  the  fouth.     Its  weft- 
crn  boundary  is  not  exactly  known. 

The  metropolis  of  this  ftate  is  Charlefton,  contain- 
ing upwards  of  ten  thoufand  white  inhabitants  befides 
blacks  ;  latitude  32°  45' north,  and  79°  10'  weftern 
longitude,  dillance  three  thoufand  miles  fouth  weft 
from  London. 

80.  CLIMATE.]  Along  the  fea  coaft  in  this  and  the 
fouthern  ftates,  in  general,  the  air  is  fomewhat  un- 
healthy, particularly  in  the  fummer  feafon  ;  but  in  the 
back  parts  quite  ferene  and  falutary. 

81.  RIVERS,  &c.]   The  principal  rivers  in  this  ftate 
are,  Santee,  Pedee,  Edifton,  and  Broad  River. 

82.  PRODUCE.]  Wheat,  rice,  barley,  Indian  corn, 
tobacco,  cotton,  indigo,  hemp,  flax,  fruits,  vegetables, 
&c. 

8q.  CHARACTER.]  In  regard  to  the  politenefs,  hof- 
pitality,  and   wealth  of  its  inhabitants,  this  ftate  is-: 
inferior  to  none  in  the  union. 


GEORGIA. 

84.  EXTENT,  BOUNDARY,  £c.]  Length  fix  hundred 
niiles.  breadth  two  hundred  and  fifty  ;   bounded  by  S. 
Carolina  on  the  north  ;  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean  on  the 
eaft  ;  by  the  Floridas  on  the  fouth,  and  on  the  weft  by 
the  MimTippi. 

85.  CHIEF  TOWNS.]     Principal  towns,  Savannah 
and  Augufta ;  the  latter  is  a  flourilhing  inland  town, 
and  is  the  prefent  feat  of  government;   Savannah,  the 
former  capital  of  this  ftate,  is  fituated  in  32°  nprth 
latitude^  and  in  81°  10'  weftern  longitude. 


GEOGRAPHY.  $r 

86.  RIVERS.]  The  principal  rivers  in  this  ftate  are, 
the  Savannah  and  Alatarnaha. 

87.  CLIMATE,  &c.]   The  climate,  foil,  productions, 
&c.  of  this  ftate,  are  fimilar  to  thofe  of  South-Carolina, 

S8.  Georgia  is  the  mod  fouthern  ,and  latefl:  fettled 
ftate  in  the  union,  it  being  but  about  fixty  years  fines 
the  firft  fettlement  was  made  here. 


VERMONT. 

89.  This  ftate  makes  the  fourteenth  pillar  of  tha 
Union,  having  lately  adopted  the  federal  conftitution. 

QO.  EXTENT  and  BOUNDARY.]  Length  one  hundred 
and  fixty  miles,  breadth  about  fixty  ;  bounded  on  the 
north  by  the  Britifh  territory  of  Canada  ;  on  the  eaft 
by  Connecticut  river  ;  on  the  fouth  by  the  common- 
wealth of  Maifachufetts,  and  on  the  \yeft  by  the  ftate 
of  New- York.  « 

91.  The  foil,  and  productions  here,  are  much  the 
fame  as  the  adjacent  ftates.     This  ftate  abounds  with 
fmall  rivers,  lakes,  &c.     The  chief  town  here,  is  Ben* 
nington,  fituated  in  43°  15'  north  latitude,  and  75° 
20'  weftern  longitude,  from  London.     The  ftate  of 
Vermont  is  faid  to  contain  near  one  hundred  thoufand 
inhabitants. 

KENTUCKY. 

92.  This  territory  was  formerly  a  part  of  the  ftate 
ef  Virginia,  but  is  now  erected  into  an  independent 
ftate,  and  as  filch  was  admitted  into  the  Federal  Union 
(on  the  firft  day  of  June,  1792;  by  the  name  and  ftiie 
of  the  ftate  of  Kentucky. 

93.  EXTENT  and  BOUNDARY.]  Length  two  hundred 
and  fixty  miles,  breadth  about  two  hundred  ;  bounded 
on  the  north  and  weft  by  the  rivers  Ohio  and  Cumber- 
land ;  and  on  the  fouth  and  eaft  by  the  ftate  of  North- 
Carolina. 

94.  CLIMATE,  &c.]   The  climate  here  is  ferene  and 
healthy,  and  the  foil  extremely  fertile  :  gentlemen  of 
veracity   (who  have  been  there)  affirm,  that  it  will 
yield  from  (eventy-five  to  one  hundred  buflicls  of  In- 


52  GEOGRAPHY. 

cHan  corn  to  an  acre,  and  from  twenty-five  to  thirty 
bufhels  of  wheat  or  other  fmaJl  grain,  to  an  acre. 

This  ibte  contains,  at  prefent,  about  one  hundred 
thoufand  inhabitants,  tho  fettled  but  a  few  years  agot 

Of  the  WESTERN  TERRITORY. 

95.  The  United  States  poflefs  an  extenfive  territo- 
ry, fituated  north  weft  of  the  Ohio,  which,  for  fVrti- 
lity-of  foil,  and  inland  navigation,  is  inferior  to  no 
country  upon  earth  j  being  watered  by  the  gj-eat  river  I 
IVliflifippi    (which  forms  its  wetter  n  boundary)     the  I 
Ohio,  and  feveral  other  valuable  rivers. 

96.  This  Weftern  Territory  (which  contains  more  ' 
fquare  miles  than  Great-Britain  and  France  taken  to- 
gether) has  lately  been  erected  by  Congrefs  into  ten 
Independent  States,,  which  are  to  be  admitted  into  tha- 
Federal  Union  at  fome  future  period. 

A  covcife  VIE\V  of  the  feveral  KINGDOMS, 
STATES,  ISLANDS^  &c.  m  the  four  quarters 
oj  the  Globe* 

ABYSSINIA. 

97.  A  country  of  Africa,  length  nine  hundred  miles, 
breadth  feven  hundred  ,and  fifty  j   capital  town  Amba- 
ra,  longitude  .  55oeaft,  latitude  13°  north,  diftance  two 
thoufand  nine  hundred  miles  fouth  ea{t  from  London. 
Abounds  with  corn,  cattle,  wine,  oil,  gold-duft,  &o. 
Hence  came  the  famous  queen  of  Sheba,  to  fee  Solomcn,  - 
and  the  Ethiopean  eunuch,  fpoken  of  in  fcripture. 


*  The  different  places  in  each  quarter  of  the  globe  ar- 
ranged m  alphabetical  order9  indtfcrimiftattlj)  as  they 
ecsurred* 


GEOGRAPHY.  ffj 

and  populous  country,  fubject  to  feveral  petty  princes. 
Here  the  .Europeans  carry  on  the  diigraceful  traffic  of 
purchafmg  Haves, 

ARMENIA. 

90.  At  prefent  called  Turcomania,  a  province  of 
Afiatic  Turky  ; — length  near  four  hundred  miles, — 
breadth  three  hundred  j  capital  town  Edzorum  :  lon- 
gitude 41°  eaft,  latitude  50°  north,  diftance  one  thou- 
(and  nine  hundred  miles  fbuth  eaft  from  London.  Soil 
and  productions  much  the  fame  with  the  reft  of  Afiatic 
Turky.  On  Mount  Ararat,  in  this  country,  Noah  is 
faid  to  have  landed  after  the  deluge.  Religion,  Chri£- 
tlans  of  the  Greek  Church,  Jews  and  Mahometans* 

ALGIERS* 

loo.  A  kingdom  of  Africa,  length  fix  hundred  mile^ 
breadth  four  hundred  ;  capital  city,  Algiers,  contain- 
ing one  hundred  and  twenty  thousand  inhabitants ;  — 
longitude  3°  16'  eaft,  latitude  36°  50'  north  ;  diftance 
ijine  hundred  and  twenty  miles  fouth  from  London; 
bounded  by  the  Mediterranean  on  the  north  ;  by  Tu- 
nis on  the  eaft  ;  by  Mount  Atlas  on  the  fouth,  and  the 
empire  of  Morocco  on  the  weft.  Produce,  corn,  cat- 
tle, wine,  oil,  £c.  Governed  by  its  Dey,  or  King, 
who  is  abfolute.  Revenue,  one  hundred  and  fifty  thou- 
fand  pounds  fterling.  Land  forces,  nine  thoufand  men, 
and  a  few  fliips  of  war.  Mahometans. 


AMAZONIA. 

TOT.  A  Spanim  province  of  South-America,  length 
twelve  hundred  milis,  breadth  nine  hundred  and  fixty  ; 
capital  town/imazon  ;  longitude  70°  5o7  weft,  latitude 
10°  fouth  :  very  fertile  ;  but  no  gold  duft  being 
found  here,  the  inhabitants  are  ftill  a  free  people^— 
governed  by  their  own  monarchs.  Pagans. 

To  this  country  belongs  the  river  Amazon;  thought ' 
to  be  the  largeft  In  the  known  world, 
£  3 


54  GEOGRAPHY, 

AMBOYNA. 

102.  An  Eafl  India  ifland,  length  forty  miles,  breadth 
thirty -five  ;  capital  ot  the  fame  name  ;  longitude  120° 
eaft,  latitude  4°  2o7fouth.  Produce,  cloves,  cinnamon, 
&c.  This,  with  all'  the  other  valuable  fpice  iilands, 
b«loag  to  the  Dutch,  who  expelled  the  Englifh  in  1622^ 
and  have  retained  it  ever  fmce. 


AHIAN. 

1-03..  A  Country  of  Africa,  length  nine  hundred 
miles,  breadth  four  hundred  ;  chief  town  Brava  ; 
longitude  forty  degrees  fifty  minutes  eaft,  latitude 
twelve  degrees  north ;  abounds  with  all  the  necefia- 
ries  of  life  :  gold,  wax,  ivory,  &c. 


ANTIGUA. 

TO4-  Antigua  is  a  Britifh  Weft-India  ifland,  length 
twenty- one  miles,  breadth  twenty  ;  capital  town  St. 
Johns  ;  longitude  fixty-two  degrees  five  minutes  weft, 
latitude  feventeen  degrees  north.  Produce,  fugar, 
cotton,  ginger,  &c.  It  contains  feven  thousand 
nd  twenty  thoufand  blacks.  Proteftants.* 


ARABIA. 

105.  A  country  of  Afia,  length  thirteen  hundred 
miles,  breadth  twelve  hundred  ;  capital  city  Mecca 
(the  birth  place  of  Mahomet)  longitude  forty-one 
degrees  eaft,  latitude  twenty  degrees  forty  minutes 
north  ;  diftance  two.  thoufand  fix  hundred  and  forty 
miles  fouth  eaft  from  London  ;  bounded  by  Turky 
on  the  north  ;  by  Perfia  on  tiie  eaft  ;  on  the  fouth  by 
the  Indian  Ocean,  and  by  the  Red  Sea  and  the  ifth- 
mus  of  Suez,  on  the  weft.  The  north  part  is  a  bar- 
ren defart;  the  fouthern  part  produces  fpices,  drugs, 
&c.  In  this  country  ;{tands  the  famous  Mount  Sinai, 
on  which  the  law  was  delivered  to  Mofes — It  is  chi'e£* 
ly  fubjedt  to  the  Turks.  Mahometans, 

*  Ths  greateft  want  hsr^  isfrefe 


GEOGRAPHY.  J5 

ASSYRIA, 

ro6*  Anciently  comprehending  two  thoufand  miles 
in  length,  and  eighteen  hundred  in  breadth  ;  capital 
cityNinevah  (fpoken  of  in  fcripture)  which  once  con- 
tained three  millions  of  inhabitants.  This  Empire 
Jailed  twelve  hundred  years,  from  Nimrod,  its  foun- 
der, until  the  time  of  Sardanapalus  j  but  at  prefent 
belongs  to  the  Turks  and  Perfians. 

AUSTRIA. 

107.  A  Dutchy  of  Germany,  length  one  hundred 
miles,  breadth  feventy  miles  ;  capital  city,   Vienna  i 
containing  two  hundred  and  fifty  thoufand  inhabitants  ; 
longitude  16°  20' eaft,  latitude  48°    20'  north.     Pro- 
duce, corn,  cattle,  wine,  &c.  (abject  to  the  Emperor 
of  Germany.     The  revenue  of  this  and  his  other  do- 
minions, amounts  to  feven  millions  and  an  half  flee* 
ling.     Forces   one   hundred  thoufand.     Roman   Ca^» 
tholics. 

AUSTRIAN  NETHERLANDS. 

108.  Or  the  Ten    Provinces,  length  two  hundred 
inUes,  breadth  one  hundred  and  thirty  ;  capital  city 
Bruffels ;  containing^ one  hundred   and  fifty  thoufand' 
inhabitants;    longitude  4°  8 '  eaft:,    latitude    50°   51' 
north.     Produce,  corns  cattle,    aiid  fruits  in    great 
abundance.     This  country,  from  its  great  fertility,  is 
reckoned  the  granary  of  France  and  Germany, 

AZORES. 

109.  Azores,  are  ifles  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ;  ca* 
pkal  city  Angra,  longitude  2?°  5'  weft,  latitude  ^9° 
10'  north  ;  nine  in  number  ;    fituate  between  Eurape 
and  America  ;  belong  to  the  Portuguefe.     Catholics> 


BAVAaiA. 

I  TO.  An  ele&orate  5n  Germany,  length  one  hundred 
and  forty  miles,  breadth  near  one  hundred  ;  capital 
town  Munic,  longitude  11°  qo^afi:,,  latitude  50°  north, 
ftx  hundred  niiles  fQuth  eaft  from  London* — . 


56  GEOGRAPHY. 

Produce,  corn,  cattle,  wines,  &c.  Governed  by  its 
own  prince.  Revenue,  one  million  fteriing.  Forces, 
thirty  thoufand.  Religion,  Roman  catholics. 


BRANDENBURG. 

111.  A  marquifate  in  Germany,  length  about  two 
hundred  miles,  breadth  one  hundred  and  twenty  ;— 
capital  city,  Berlin,  containing  one  hundred  and  twen- 
ty thoufand  inhabitants,  longitude  i  3°  30'  eaft,  lati- 
tude 52°  53'  north,  diftance  five  hundred   miles  eaft 
from  London.    Soil  and  productions  fimilar  to  the  reft 
of  Germany.  Subject  to  the  king  of  PrufGa.   Religion^ 
Lutherans  and  Ca4vinifts. 

BABYLON. 

112.  Once  a  famous  empire  and  city  of  Afia  ;  Ion* 
gitude  44°  eaft  ;  latitude    32°  north;  fituate   on  the 
river  Euphrates  ;  hereabouts  is  fuppofed  to  have  been 
the  feat  of  Paradife  ;   but  all  lies  now  in  ruin. 


BAHAMA-ISLANDS. 

113.  In  the  Weft- Indies,  five  hundred  in  all  ;  ca- 
pital St.  Andrefe  ;  longitude  73°  60'  weft  ;  latitude 
21°  27'  north.  They  are  claimed  by  the  Spaniards. 
St.  Salvadore,  one  of  thefe  illands,  was  the  firft  land 
Columbus  difcoVered^  when  his  men  mutinied  in  def- 
pair  of  finding  any. 


BARBADOES. 

114.  A  Britifh  Weft-India  Hland  ;  length  twenty- 
one  miles,    breadth  fourteen  ;    capital   Bridgetown  : 
containing  thirteen  thoufand   inhabitants  ;    longitude 
59°   55' weft,  latitude  13°. north;    produce,  tobacco,* 
cotton,  indigo,  fugar,  rum,  oranges.  £c.     The  inha- 
bitants amount  to  twenty  thoufand  whites,  and  eighty 
thoufand  blacks. 

BARBARY. 

115.  A  large  country  of  Africa ;  length  two  thou- 
&ud  aules;  breadth  ieyett  hundred  i 


GEOGRAPHY,  tf 

containing  three  hundred  thoufand  inhabitants  ;  lon- 
gitude 6Q  weft,  latitude  33°  40' north ;  comprehends 
the  countrie&of  IVlorocco,  Fez,  Tafilet,  Algiers,  Tu- 
nis, and  Tripoli;  fubjeft  totfeveral  abfolute  princes. 
Mahometans. 

BATAV1A. 

1 1 6.  A  colony  belonging  to  the  Dutch,  in  Java  ; — 
length  feven  hundred  miles,  breadth  one  hundred  ; — 
capital  Batavia  ;   longitude  105°  57eaft,  latitude  4°  30' 
fouth  :  produce,  various,  kinds  of  fpices,  &c.    This  be- 
ing the  capital  of  all  the  Dutch  colonies,  is  ftrongly 
fortified  with  a  ftone  wall,  and  garrifoned  with  twen- 
ty thoufand  land  forces,  befides  fhipping. 

BENGAL. 

117.  A  kingdom  in  the  Eaft-Indies  ;  length  four 
hundred  miles,  breadth  three  hundred  ;   capital   Pat- 
na  ;  longitude  83°eaft;    latitude,    18°  north;    pro- 
duce, corn,  fugar,  cane  &c.   I  fie  Biitifh,  French  and 
Dutch  have  factories  here. 


BERMUDAS. 

118.  Four  hundred  fmall  iflands  in  the  weft-Indies, 
belonging  to    Britain  ;   capital    city  St.  George  ;  lon- 
gitude 65°    weft;   latitude    32°  30'  north;    produce, 
flelh,  fifli,  fruits,  &c.  &c.      The  inhabitants  amount 
to  twelve  tboufand  whites,    beiides  blacks.     Protef- 
tants.  . 

BOHEMIA. 

119.  An  European  kingdom  ;   length  three  hundred 
miles,  breadth  two  hundred  and  fifty  ;  capital  Prague, 
containing  eighry-three  thoufand  inhabitants  ;  longi- 
tude 14°  207  eaft,  latitude  13°  fouth;   produce,  corn, 
cattle,  wines,  £c.     Subject  to  the  emperor  of  Germa- 
ny. Revenue  five  hundred  thoufand  pounds.    Catholics. 

BORNEO. 

120.  An  Eaft-India  ifland,    length  eight  hundred 
breadth  fcven  hundred ;    coital  of  the 


P  GEOGRAPHY. 

name,  longitude  rn'  27' eaft,  latitude  4°  45' north  r 
abounds  with  gold,-  diamonds,  and  bees-wax,  which 
is  ufed  here  Snftcad  of  money.  The  fea  coaft  is 
overflowed  half  the  yean.  The  inhabitants  here  have 
floating  houies. 

BRAZIL. 

1 21.  A  country  of  South- America,  belonging  to  the 
Portuguefe;  length  two  thoufand  five  hundred  miles, 
readih  feven  hundred  ;  capital  St.  Salvadore  ;  longi- 
tude 38°  weft,  latitude  13-  fouth  ;  diftancefix  thoufand 
miles Mouth  from  London.  Produce,  tobacco,  indtea, 
Brazil  wood,  mines  of  gold,  flyer,  and  diamonds' 
Catholics  and  pagans. 

CANADA. 

J22.  A  BritiOi  province  in  North- America,  length 
about  one  thoufand  miles,  breadth  upwards  of  three 
hundred.  Chief  town  Quebec,  longitude  6o'°  48'  weft, 
latitude  46°  55'  north.  This  country  is  bounded  on 

?  north  by  New-Britain  ;  on  the  fouth  and  eaft  by 
united  States  and  Nova-Scotia  ;  its  north-weftejn 
boundary  is  unknown.  The  great  river  St.  Lawrence 
is  the  largeR  in  Canada.  Produce,  wheat,  rye,  oats, 
£c.  u(h,  towl,  deer,  &c.  1  he  number  o  inhabitants- 
amount  to  two  hundred  and  twenty  thoufand. 

CAPE-BRETON. 

123.  A  Britifh  ifland  in  North-America,  lengthens 
hundred  and    twenty  miles,  breadth   fifty  ;    principal 
town  Louifburg,  longitude  6ru  ^'  wett,  latitude  45° 
58'  north.    An  exceffive  cold  and  barren  country,  be- 
ing tiie  moft  northern   fettlement  in  America.    ^Fere 
an  excellent  and  lucrative  fifliery  is  carried  on.     This 
Jiland  is  fcparated  from  Xova-Scotia  by  a  narrow  ftrait, 
Pxeligion,  catholics  and  pagans. 

CYENNE. 

124.  An  ifland  belonging  to  the  republic  of  France, 
length  forty  miles,   breadth  ei^hteea.     Chief  tow.n, 


GEOGRAPHY.  59 

Bourg,  longitude  52°  45'  weft,  latitude  52°fouth; 
produce,  Indian  corn,  tobacco,  fugar,  cotton,  coffee, 
&c.  This  is  the  principal  fettleme'ut  of  the  French  in 
South- America,  who  expelled  the  Dutch  from  it  about 
;an  hundred  years  ago. 

CEPHALONIA. 

12?.  -An  ifland  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  fubjecltd 
-the  republic  of  Venice  ;  chief  town  Cephalonia,  longi- 
tude 24°  eaft,  latitude  36°  2^  north,  produce,  muf- 
.cadine  wines,  oil,  vegetables,  £c.  The  climate  is  fo 
extremely  hot  here,  that  the  trees  are  fa.id  to  blollbm 
every  moffth  in  the  year. 

CEYLON. 

126.  A  cinnamon  ifland,  in  the  Eaft-Indies.     The 
Dutch  engrofs  the  whole  trade  of  this  ifland  -,  length 
about  three  hundred  miles,  breadth  two  hundred  ;   ca- 
pital town  Candy,  longitude  75  °  ea(l>  latitude  7°  north, 
remarkably  fruitful, —  produces  abundance  of  fruits — 
fpices,  line  cottons,  filks,  gold,  copper,  &c.     Religion 
pagans. 

CIRCASSIA. 

127.  Situated  weft  of  the  Cafpian  Sea  ;  length  five 
hundred  miles,  breadth  four  hundred  and  thirty  ;  prin- 

-  cipal  town  Tenruc,  longitude  40°  457  eaft,  latitude 
45°  50'  north.  A  rambling  people,  living  chiefly  up- 
on milk,  vegetables,  &c.  famous  for  their  beautiful 
children,  with  whom  they  furniili  the  Turkifhieraglio, 

COLOGN. 

122.  An  electorate  of  Germany,  length  forty  miles, 
breadth  twelve  :  capital  town  Lologn  containing  one 
hundred  and  fifty  thoufand  inhabitauis  :  longitude  6* 
40r  eaft,  latitude  50°  45'  north  :  a  fruitful  country, 
producing  corn,  wine,  &:c.  lrTas  a  confiderable  tr^dc. 
Revenue  one  hundred  and  thirtv  thoufand  pounds  ,— « 
forces  nine  thoulaud  men,  Catholics. 


60  GEOGRAPHY. 

CONGO. 

129.  A  country  of  Africa,  length  one  thoufand  miles, 
breadth  four  hundred  ;  famous  for  the  great? quantities 
of  tea  of -that  name,  brought  from  hence.     Subject  to 
feveral  Negro  princes.    The  European  merchants  car- 
ry on  a  barbarous  traffic  here,  by  purchafmg  tke  inno- 
cent natives  for  flaves. 

CURASSOU. 

130.  A  Weft-India  ifland,  belonging  to  the  Dutch, 
length  thirty-five  miles,  breadth  ten  ;  chief  town  Ca- 
raflbu,  longitude  68°  20'  weft,    latitude   12°  north; 
the  Dutch  export  vaft  quantities  of  fugar  and  tobacco 
from  here  annually. 


CAFFRARIA. 

131.  A  country  of  Africa,  commonly  called  the 
Hottentot  country,  length  eleven  hundred  and  twenty 
miles,  breadth  feven  hundred  ;  Cape  of  Good-Hope, 
the  capital  ;  longitude  19°  35'  eaft,  latitude  34°  jf 
fouth.  Produce,  vegetables,  drugs,  &c.  The  Dutch, 
pofTefs  this  country. 

CHILI. 

T  34.  A  kingdom  of  South-America,  fubjecl:  to  Spain, 
length  twelve  hundred  miks,  breadth  feven  hundred ; 
capital  St.Jago,  longitude  77°  weft,  latitude  34°  fouth, 
producing  all  kinds  of  grain,  gold,  &c.  Catholics  and 
pagans.  .  .. 

CHINA. 

133.  An  empire  in  Afia,  length  near  two  thoufand 
miles,  breadth  twelve  hundred  ;  bounded  on  the  north 
by,  the  river  Amur ;  by-the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  eaft 
and  foath,  and  by  Thibet  on  the  weft  ;  capital  Pekin  ; 
containing  two  millions  of  inhabitants,  longitude  1 1  7° 
28 '  eaft,  latitude  40°  north  ;  diftancc  four  thoufand 
live  hundred  miles  fouth  eaft  from  London;  abounds 
with  all  the  neceflaries  and  comforts  of  life,  efpecially 
the  article  of  tea,  which  is  peculiar  to  itfelr.  There 


GEOGRAPHY,  6r 

is  a  remarkable  wall  in  this  country,  built  (for  the 
purpoie  of  repelling  the  attacks  of  the  neighboring 
nations)  near  two  thoufand  years  ago,  and  but  little 
impaired  at  this  day  ;  it  is  fifteen  hundred  miles  long> 
and  thirty  feet  wide.  This  country  is  fubjecl;  to  its 
own  emperor,  whofe  revenue  amounts  to  twenty  mil- 
lions (ierling.  Land  forces  five  millions.  Pagans. 


ST.  CHRISTOPHERS. 

134.  An  Atlantic  ifle,  belonging  to  Britain,  length 
twenty  miles,  breadth  feven  ;  capital  Bafleterre  ;  lon- 
gitude 62°   weft,  latitude  18°   north.     Produce,  cot- 
ton, indigo,  tropical  fruits,  &c.  Exports  ten  thoufand 
hogflieads  of  fugar  annually.     This  is  one  of  the  Carl- 
bees. — Proteftants. 

CORSICA. 

135.  An  ifland  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  now  fub- 
jecl: to  France,  length  ninety  miles,    breadth  fort/. 
Produce  corn,  wine  oil,  &c.  capital  city  Baftia  j  lon- 
gitude 9°  40 /  eaft,   latitude  42°    20'  north.     The  in- 
habitants of  this  iiland  are  famous  for  their  late  ftriig- 
gles  for  liberty,  under  their  brave  countryman,  Gen. 
Paoli,     Catholics. 


CRIM-TARTARY. 

136.  A  Turkilh  province ;  Capital  Bacbaferia  ;  lon- 
gitude 40°  eaftjlatitude  44°  40'  north.  Produce,  wine, 
olives,  &c.  The  Cham  is  obliged  to  furnifh  the  Turks 
with  thirty  thoufand  men,  who  fubfiil  upon  plunder, 
having  no  pay. 


CUBA. 

137.  A  Weft -India  ifland,  belonging  to  Spain, 
length  feven  hundred  miles,  breadth  feventy  ;  capital 
city  Havannah  ;  longitude  84°  weft,  latitude  23° 
north.  Produce,  tobacco,  i'ugar,  drug*,  £c.  It  h«6 
many  fine  harbors  in  it. 

F 


62  GEOGRAPHY. 

DARIEN. 

138.  Or  new  Caledonia,  in  Terra-Firma  (South- 
America)  length  three^hundred  miles,  breadth  iixty  ; 
capital  Panama  ;  longitude  81  "weft,  latitude  9  °  north 
Produce,  gold,  filver,  &c.  The  Scots  attempted  to 
fix  a  colony  here,  in  King  William  the  third's  reign  '; 
but  he  to  pleafe  his  Dutch  friends,  and  others,  made  it 
death  to  afliit  them,  and  i'o  they  dropped  it. 

DENMARK. 

139.  An  European  kingdom,  (ituated  on  the  ifland  of 
Zealand,  length  two  hundred  and  forty  miles,  breadth 
one  hundred  and  eighty;  capital  city  Copenhagen; 
containing  one  hundred  thoufand  inhabitants  j  longi- 
tude 12°  15'eaft,  latitude  55°  44'  north  ;  diftance  five 
hundred  miles  from  London ;  bounded  on  the  north 
by  Norway  ;  on  the  fouth  by  part  of  Germany  ;  on  the 
call  by  Sweden,  and  on  the  wed  by  the  Ocean.  Pro- 
duce, corn,  cattle,  tar,  pitch,  iron,  furs,  &c.  Reve- 
nue eight  hundred  thoufand  pounds.  Land  forces, 
feventy-two  thoufand  ;  naval  force  fixty  mips  of  war. 
Lutherans.  . 

DOMINICA. 

140.  A  Weft-India  ifland,  length  twenty  eight  miles, 
breadth  thirteen;  capital  Rofeau  ;  longitude  61°  21' 
weft,  latitude  16°  north.  Produce,. fu gar,  coffee,  &c. 
Contains  about  five  thoufancl  whites  and  twelve  thou« 
fand  blacks — fubjecl:  to  Britain. 

EUSTATIA,  ST. 

141.  An  American  ifland,  belonging  to  the  Dutch  ; 
chief  town  Euftace,  longitude  63°  56'  weft,  latitude 
17°  52'  north.  Produce,  fugar,  cotton,  tropical  fruits, 
&c.    It  is  reckoned  the  granary  of  the  adjacent  iflands. 

EAST-INDIES. 

142.  Or  Indoftan/  in  Afia  ;    length  two  thoufand 
miles,  breadth  fourteen  hundred  ;  capital  Agra  ;  con- 
taining five  hundred  thoufand  inhabitants  j  longitude 


GEOGRAPHY.  1 63 

79°  eaft,  latitude  26*  north.  Produce,  fpiceries,  gold, 
diamonds,  &c  Manufactories,  filks,  chintzes,  &c. 
Greatly  reforted  to  by  Europeans,* 

EGYPT. 

143.  An  African  kingdom  ;•  length  five  hundred  and 
eighty  miles,  breadth  two  hundred  and  fifty.  Bounded 
on  the  fouth  by  Nubia ;  on  the  north  by  the  Mediter- 
ranean Sea  ;  by  the  Red  Sea,  and  the  iilhmus  of  Suez, 
on  the  eaft ;  and  by  the  unknown  parts  of  Africa,  on 
the  weft;  capital  city,  Grand  Cairo  (near  which  (land 
the  famous  pyramids)  longitude  32°  catt,  latitude  30* 
north  ;  dift-ance  nineteen  hundred  miles  from  London. 
Produce,  corn,  cattle,  fruits,  £c,  Subject  to  the  Turks* 
Jews  and  -Mahometans. 

ENGLAND. 

144.  Sonth  part  of  Great-Britain  ;    length  three 
hundred  and  fixty  miles,   breadth  two  hundred  and 
eighty  ;  capital  London,  containing  one  million  of  in- 
habitants (fixed  meridian  here)  latitude  51°  32'  north. 
Its  principalTivers  are,  the  Thames,  and  the  Severn. 
Produce,   corn,  cattle,  fifh,  fowl,  mines,  minerals,  &c. 
Proteftants — though  all  religions  are  in  a  great  mea- 
fare  tolerated. 

ETHIOPIA. 

145.  A  country  of  Africa;    length  two  thoofand 
miles,  breadth   fix  hundred  ;   capital  Dancala,  longi- 
tude  34°  35'  eaft,    latitude  15°  north;  comprehends 
the  countries  of  Abyffinia,  Nubia,  &c.    Produce,  corn, 
wine,  fngar,   tropical  fruits,  &c.      Chnflians,  Jews^ 
and  Mahometans,  r 

FLANDERS. 

146.  One  Df  the  ten  Auftrian  provinces  in  the  Ne- 
therlands;  length  fixty  miles,  breadth  fifty;  capital 

*  Several  vejfels  from  ihe  United  States  have  wade  fuc- 
tefsjul  voyages  here  of  late  years, 


$4  GEOGRAPHY. 

city  Ghent,  containing  near  one  hundred  thoufatid 
inhabitants  ;  longitude  4°  eaft,  latitude  51°  25'  north* 
A  fertile  foil,  abounds  with  fmall  e;rain  of  various 
kinds,  cattle,&c.  manufactures  fine  lace,  tapeftry,  toys, 
&c.  Extremely  populous. 

FERDINANDO. 

147.  An  ifland  in  the  Pacific  Ocean  ;  length  tea 
miles,  breadth  fix  ;  chief  town  juan-Ferdander  ;   lon- 
gitude 83°  well,  latitude  33°  fouth.     Produce,  fruits, 
and  herbs.     Alexander  Selkirk,  a  native  of  Scotland, 
lived  here  four  years  alone,  during  which  time  he  ex- 
iited  on  goat's  milk  and  herbs. 

FLORIDA. 

148.  Eaft  and  Weft, 'in  North- America,  belongs  to* 
the  Spaniards  ;  length  five  hundred  miles,  breadth  four 
hundred  and  forty  ;    capital  St.  Auguftine  ;    longitude 
Si  °  weft,    latitude   29°  55' north.      Produce,  Indian 
corn,    rice,  indigo,    wines,   timber,  &c.      Florida   is 
bounded  on  the  north  by  the  United  States  ;  on  the 
fouth  by  the  gulph  of  Mexico,  and  on  the  weft  by  the 

MiiEfippi. 


FRANCE. 

149.  Formerly  an  abfolute  monarchy;  but  at  pre- 
fent  a  great  republic  ;  length  fix  hundred  miles,  breadth 
five  hundred  ;  bounded  by  the  Englifh  Channel  and 
the  United  Netherlands  on  the  north  j  by  Germany, 
Switzerland  and  Italy  on  the  eaft, ;  by  the  Mediterra- 
nean and  the  Pyrenean  Mountains,  which  feparate.s  it 
from  Spain  on  the  fouth  ;  and  by  the  Bay  of  Bifcaj  on 
the  weft.  Its  principal  rivers  are,  the  Seine,  the  Rhone, 
and  the  Loire  ;  capital  city,  Paris,  containing  eight 
hundred  thoufand  inhabitants;  longitude  2°  25'  eaft, 
latitude  48°  20'  north  ;  diftance  two  hundred  and  ten 
inileb  fouth  eaft  from  London  :  produces  all  the  necef- 
faries  of  lire  ;  has  feveral  mines  of  iron,  copper,  chalk, 
and  oker,  and  extenjive  manufactories  of  various  kinds . 


GEOGRAPHY.  6j 

Revenue  eighteen  millions.  Forces  from  three  to  four 
hundred  -thoufand,  and  two  hundred  and  fixty-fix  (hips 
of  war.  Religion,  Catholic,  Proteftant,  &c.* 

GERMANY. 

150.  An  European  empire  >  length  fix  hundred  miles, 
breadth  five  hundred  and  fifty  ;  bounded  partly  by  the 
Ocean,  and  by  Denmark  on  the  north  ;  by  Poland  and 
Hungary  on  the  eaft  ;   by  the  Alps  on  the  fouth,  and 
by  France  and  the  Netherlands  on  the  weft  ;  the  prin- 
cipal  rivers  in  this  country  are,  the  Danube  (the  lar-_ 
gelt  river  in  Europe)  the  Rhine  and  the  Weier  ;  capital 
city  Vienna,  containing  two  hundred  and  twenty  thou- 
fand  inhabitants;  longitude  16°  15' eaft,  latitude  48° 
50'  north  ;    diftance  lixteen  hundred  miles  fouth  eafl 
from  London.    Produce,  corn,  cattle,  wines,  minerals, 
&c.     This  country  .is  governed  by  an  emperor   (who 
is  elected)    and  near  three  hundred  petty  princes.-— 
Forces  about  three  hundred  thoufand.     Revenue  from 
five  to  feven   millions  fieri  ing.      Religion,    Catholic, 
Calyiuift  and  Lutheran, 

GUADALOUPE: 

151.  A  Weft-India  ifland  belonging  to  the  republic 
of  France,  length  fixty  miles,  breadth  forty  ;    chief 
town  Abymes,    longitude  61°  weft,  latitude  16°   30' 

north.  Produce,  fugar,  cotton,  indigo,  £c.     Here  is  a 

*  This  nation,  who  for  many  centuries  back,  has  groaned 
under  the  oppreffive  yoke  cf  arbitrary  fewer  ;  have  lately 
given  to  mankind  the  fgnal  of  a  grand  rejection  of  all 
prejudices  ;  and  by  brave  and  fttccefsful  Efforts  have  ob- 
tained their  natural  rights  /  dnd9  notwith {landing  the 
prefint  powerful  combination  again fl  their  libcrties^wuft 
finally  fTtcceid,  in  ettablijhing  an  equitable  mode  of  go- 
vernment—on the  firm  hafis  oflaiv,  reafon  and  equality  ! 
The  National  Convention  of  Franc-  have  lately  abolifhed 
(ill  futile  titles  ;  the  only  mark  of  difinfl'ron  there  atfre* 
fentj  being  virtue;  talents,  and  patrigtHin, 
F  a 


66  GEOGRAPHY. 

remarkable  burning  mountain,  called  Soufriere,  which 
emits  vaft  quantities  of  fire  and  fmoke.     Catholics. 


GUERNSEY. 

152.  A  French  iflancl,  at  prefent  belonging  to  Great- 
Britain  ;  length  twelve  miles,  breadth  ten  ;  principal 
town  St  Peter  le  Port,  longitude  4°  45'  weft,  latitude 
49°  30'  north;  fituated  about  thirty  miles  from  Cape 
La  Hogue  in  Normandy.  Produce,  corn,  wines,  &c* 
JLutherans. 


GREECE. 

153.  Or  Romelia,  length  one  thoufand  miles,  breadth 
nine  hundred  and  eighty  ;  capital  city  Canftantinople, 
contains  one  million  of  inhabitants  ;  longitude  29°  20' 
caft,  latitude  41  °  north  ;  diftance  fifteen  hundred  miles 
fouth  eaft  from  London.  Produce,  corn,  cattle,  wine, 
&c.  The  prefent  inhabitants  of  this  country  are  great- 
ly degenerated  from  their  anceftors,  who  were  famous 
for  their  learning  and  valor,  It  is  now  fubjecl:  to  the 
Turks,  who  took  its  capital  about  three  hundred  and 
thirty  years  ago. 

GREENLAND. 

154.  Eaft  and  Weft ,  capital  Spitfbergen  ;  longitude 
10°  30'  eaft,  latitude  77°"  82'  north  ;  an  exceffive  cold, 
barren  country.  Abounds  with  deer,  bears  and  foxes. 
Has  an  excellent  whale  fifhery  on  its  coaft. 


GREAT-BRITAIN. 

1 5*5.  An  Suropean  iile  and  kingdom,  metropolis 
London,  comprehending  Scotland,  England  and  Wales, 
length  fix  hundred  miles,  breadth  sAove  four  hundred  ; 
bounded  on  the  weft,  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  die  Irifii 
Sea.  and  St.  George's  Channel  ;  on  the  eaft,  by  the 
German  Ocean  ;  and  on  the  fouth  by  the  Engiifh  Chan- 
nel, and  Straits  of  Dover,  \vhich  feparates  it  from 
France  :  fcienee,  agriculture  and  inanufadlures  ftourifh 
here.  Revenue  fourteen  j»illions  fiye  hundred  thou- 


GEOGRAPHY,  '67 

fand  pounds :  forces  fifty-eight  thoufand,  and  the  moft 
powerful  fleet  in  Europe,  compiling  of  four  hundred 
and  iixtv-five  fhips  of  war. 

GUIANA. 

756.  A  country  in  South-America,  length  feven  hun- 
dred and  eighty  miles,  breadth  four  hundred  and  fifty  ; 
capital  Surinam  ;  longitude  57°  weft,  latitude  7°  north. 
Produce,  fugar,  cotton,  tobacco,  drugs,  &c.  belongs 
to  the  Dutch  and  French.  Calviniils  and  Catholics. 


GUINEA. 

157.  A  coad  of  Africa  ;    length  eighteen  hundred 
miles,  breadth  four  hundred  ;   capital  town  Cape-coaft 
Cattle  ;    longitude  17°   eaft,    latitude  18°  fouth.      its. 

f  productions  are  chiefly  gold,  ivory,  &c.     Governed  by 
a  number  of  petty  princes.     Pagans, 

HANOVER. 

158.  An  electorate  of  Germany,  fubjeft  to  the  king 
of  England  ;   length  two  hundred  miles,  breadth  one 
hundred  and  fift)  ;   capital  town  Hanover,  containing 
about  fifteen  thoufand  inhabitants;  longitude  pu  45' 
eaft,  latitude  52°  30'  north,     Revenue  four  hundred- 
thoufand  pounds.     Religion,  Lutherans. 


HESSE. 

159.  A  principality  in  Germany  fubjeft  t<o  its  owft 
prince  ;  length  one  hundred  riiili-s,  breadth  ninety-five, 
capital  city  Caflel,  longitude  9°  20'  eali-  latitude  51° 
20'  north.  Produce,  corn,  'cattle,  wine,  fruits,  mines, 
&c.^  Revenue  one  hundred  and  twenty  rhouDnJ 
Religion/  Catholics,  Lutherans,  and  C' 


BISPANIOLA. 

1  60.  Or  St.  Domingo,  a  Weft.Indn  ifland,  be  long- 
mg  to  the  French  and  Spaniards  ;   length  four  him 
and  fifty  miles,  breadth  one  hundred  and  fifty  ;   ca 
e^  longitude  70°  weft;  latitude  1  8 


63  GEOGRAPHY. 

north.     Produce,  fugar,  cotton,  tobacco,  indigo,  Sic. 
Catholics. 

HOLLAND. 

161.  One  of  the  Seven  Provinces   of  the  United 
Netherlands  ;  length  one  hundred  miles,  breadth  thir- 
ty ;  capital  city  Amfterdam,  containing  two  hundred 
and  forty  thoufand  inhabitants  ;  longitude  4°  30'  eaft,. 
latitude  52°  25'  north  j    diftance  two  hundred  miles 
eaft  from  London.        __ 

H9NDURAS. 

162.  A  province  in  South-America,  partly  belong- 
ing to  Spain,   but  chiefly  inhabited  by  the  Mofkitto  In- 
dians ;  chief  town  Nalodolia,  longitude  85°  49'  weft, 
latitude  12°  16'  north.      The  Britiili  cut  large  quanti- 
ties of  logwood  here  annually. 


HUNGARY. 

163.  An  European  kingdom  ;  length  three  hundred 
miles,  breadth  two  hundred  ;    bounded  on   the   north 
by   the   Carpathian  Mountains  ;    by  Tranfylvania  and 
Turky  on  the  eaft  ;  by   Sclavonia  on   the   fouth  ;   and 
by  Germany  on  the  weft ;   metropolis  Buda,  contain- 
ing fifty  thoufand  inhabitants  ;  longitude  17°  30'  weft, 
latitude  48°  north,  difuvnce  fix  hundred  and  forty  miles 
eaft  from  London.  Produce,  corn,  cattle,  wines,  mines 
of  gold  and   filver.     Revenue- live  hundred  thoufand 
pounds.     Forces  fixty-five  thoufand  men  ;    fubject  to 
the  jioufe  of  Auftria>T.  Greeks  and  Catholics. 

___^ 

.  JAMAICA. 

164.  A  Britifli  Weft- hull*  iiland  ;  length  one  hun- 
dred and   forty    miles,    breadth  fixty ;     capital  town 
Kingfton^    containing  twelve  thousand  inhabitants;  — 
Jongho£je  770  weft,  latitude  17°  pa7  north;    diftance 
four  th  oufand  four  hundred  miles  fouth  weft  from  Lon- 
don.      Produce,   fugar,  rum,  tobacco,  cotton,  coffee, 
&c>       This  iiland  contains  twenty-five  thoufaud  whites, 
and  n(  ,ar  one  hundred  thoufand  blacks.     Religion  the 

*•  with  the  reft  of  the  Britifli  dprninioas, 


GEOGRAPHY.  65 

JAPAN,  ORNIPHON. 

165".  An  empire  and  ifle  of  Alia  ;  length  fix  hundred 
miles,  breadth  two  hundred  ;  capital  Jeddo,  contain- 
ing one  million  of  inhabitants  ;  longitude  1 39°  call, 
latitude  36°  2O7  north  ;  produces  all  the  neceflaries  of 
life;  governed  by  its  own  fovertigns.  Revenue  from 
twenty  to  thirty  millions.  Forces  thirty  thoufand  horfe, 

fixty  thoufand  foot,  and  five  thoufand  elephants. *- 

Pagans.  — — 

JUDEA,  OR  PALESTINE. 

1 66.  In  the  fcriptures  called  Canaan,  the  Holy  Land, 
and  Land  of  Promife,  anciently  inhabited  by  the  jews, 
now  3  province  of  Aliatfc  I  urky  ;  length  one  hundred 
and  fifty  miles,  breadth  eighty  ;  metropolis  Jerufalcm, 
once  the  molt:  famous  of  all  the  cities  in  the  eaft,  before 
it  was  dettroyed  by  Titus  Vefpaiian  ;  longitude  30° 
eaft,  lathade  -?2°  north  •,  diftance  nineteen  hundred  and 
twenty  miles  fouth  call  from  London.  Produce,  corn, 
cattle^  wine,  oil,  milk,  honey,  &c. 

167.  Palefline  wss  anciently  divided  into  four  parts, 
namely,  Jdumea,  Juden,  Samaria,  and  Galilee  ;  and 
in  Solomon's  time  extended  from  the  Euphrates  to  the 
Mediterranean  Sea.  judea  is  peculiarly  famous,,  as 
being  the  place  of  our  Saviour's  incarnation,  mjracles, 
and  death.  In  this  country  is  the  river  jordon,  famous 
for  the  baptifm  of  Chrift  our  Saviour,  as  alfo  tor  {eve- 
ral  miraculous  events  recorded  in  fcriptuifc. 

Chriftians,  Jews,  and  Mahometans. 


INDIA  PROPER. 

*  Or  Mogul  empire,  in  Afia  ;  length  two 
miles,  breadth  fixteen  hundred  ;  capital  city  Del- 
ly  ;  longitude  j^°  eaft,  latitude  29°  north  ;  distance 
three  thoufand  four  hundred  miles  from  London,  Pro- 
duce, corn,  wine,  oil,  fiik,  &c. 

Fere  the  males  marry  at  fourteen,  and  the  females 
at  eleven.  Revenue  forty  millions  of  pounds.  Forces 
two  hundred  and  fifty  thoufand  horfe,  and  five  tbou- 
fcuid  elephants.  Pagans, 


?0  »      GEOGRAPHY. 

IRELAND. 

169.  An  European  ifland,  fubje£  to  the  king  of  " 
Great-Britain  ;  length  two  hundred  and  eighty  miles, 
breadth  one  hundred  and  fixty.  Ireland  is  feparated 
from  Britain  by  the  Irifh,  Sea  and  St.  George's  Channel. 
From  Donachadee,  in  Ireland,  to  Fort  Patrick,  in  the 
\veft  of  Scotland,  is  only  a  paflage  of  twenty  two  miles. 
The  principal  rivers  in  Ireland  are,  the  Shannon  and 
Liffy,  on  the  banks  of  the  latter  {lands  Dublin,  the 
metropolis  of  Ireland,  which  contains  one  hundred  and 
forty  thoufand  inhabitants;  longitude  6°  28'  weft,  la- 
titude 53°  20'  north  ;  diftance  two  hundred  and  feven- 
ty  miles  north  weft  from  London.  Produce,  corn, 
cattle,  hemp,  flax,  wool,  &c.  This  country  was  con- 
quered by  king  Edward  the  firft  of  England,  about  five 
hundred^1  ears  ago.  Revenue  from  five  to  fix  hundred 
thoufand  pounds.  Catholics  and  Proteftants.  * 

ITALY. 

1 70.  An  European  country,  length  fix  hundred  miles, 
breadth  near  five  hundred  ;  bounded  by  Switzerland 
and  the  Alps  on  the  north  ;  by  the  gulph  of  Venice  r 
&c.  on  the  eaft  ;  by  the  Mediterranean  Sea  on  thefcuth, 
and  by  the  Alps,  which  fepa  rates  it  from  France,  on 
the  weft.  The  principal  rivers  in  Italy  are,  the  Po, 
and  the  Tiber  ;  on  the  latter  (lands  the  city  of  Rome, 
the  capital  of  Italy  ;*  containing  one  hundred  and  fifty 
two  thoufand  inhabitants  ;  longitude  13°  eaft,  latitude 
42°  north.  Italy,  from  its  falubrity  ^and  fertility,  is 
called  the  Garden  of  Europe.  It  contains  the  Pope's 
dominions,  and  feveral  other  independent  dates. 


*  In  Italy  there  are  nine  cities,  known  by  theft  humor- 
ous appellations  ;  Rome,  the  holy  ;  Naples',  the  noble  ; 
Venice,  the  wealthy  ;  Genoa,  the  proud ;  Milan,  the 
great-,  Florence,  ike  fair  ;  Bologna  r  the 'fat  / 
th?  ancient  ,•  Padua,  ths  learned. 


GEOGRAPHY.  71 

KAMTSCHATKA. 

i"i.  A  northern  coaft  of  Alia;  difcovered  about  fifty 
years  ago;  capital  town  Kamzatkai ;  longitude  119° 
eaft,  latitude  52°  north  ;  abounds  with  bears,  deer, 
iilh,  &c.  The  natives  are  a  barbarous  people,  and 
live  upon  veniibn,  filh,  and  vegetables. 

LEWIS, 

172.  An  ifland  in  Scotland;  length  eighty  miles, 
breadth  forty-five;    chief  town  Stornway,   longitude 
8°  weft,  latitude  58°  $9' north.     Produce,  corn,  cat- 
tle, fifli,  fowl,  &c.    has  many  excellent  harbors,  aril 
extremely  well  fituated  for  the  herring  and  cod  fifhery. 
Religion  Calvin  ids. 

LIEGE. 

173.  A  principality  and  bifhoprick  of  Germany  -} 
length  fifty  miles,  breadth  forty  ;  longitude  5°  4o'ea(l, 
latitude  50°  35*  north.     Produce,  corn,  cattle,  iron, 
lead,  &c.     Extremely  populous.     Revenue  near  three 
hundred  thoufand  ducats.     Religion  Catholics, 


LUCIA,  ST. 

174.  One  of  the  leeward  iflands,  belonging  to  the 
republic  of  France  ;  length  twenty-two  miles,  breadth 
twelve  ;  longitude  8r°  weft,  latitude  13°  30'  north  ; 
"-principal  to\vn  St.  Lucia,  an  extremely  rich  foil,  has 
fevera!  good  harbors,  and  is  ftrongly  fortified. 


LUCONIA. 

175.  One  of  the  Philippines,  an. ifland  belonging  to 
Spairt  ;  length  four  hundred  miles,  breadtii  near  two 
hundred;  chief  town  Manilla,  longitude  117°  23'. 
calt,  latitude  12°  19'  north.  Extremely  fruitful,  pro- 
duces all  the  necedaries  of  life  in  great  abundance  :  — 
this  is  eftecmed  the  Spanidi  ftore-hou(e  for  their  £aft 
and  Welt- India  poilefiions.  Religion  Catholics. 


72  GEOGRAPHY. 

LAPLAND. 

176.  The  moft  northern   part   of  Europe ;  length 
live  hundred   miles,  breadth   two  hundred  and  forty  ; 
chief  town  Kola  :  longitude    35°   eaft,    latitude   73° 
north ;  a  barren  inhofpitable  clime,  produces  no  grain, 
the  inhabitants  live  upon  fifli  and  venifon  ;  fubjedt  to 
Sweden,  Denmark,  and  Rudia — The  inhabitants  here 
are  a*>  ignorant,    rude   people,    rather  Pagans  than 
Chriftians. 

MALABAR. 

177.  A  country  on  the  fouth  weft  coaft  of  Jndia  ;  — 
this  was  the  fim  land  the  Portuguese  difcovered  in  tlie 
Eaft- Indies ;  length  four  hundred  miles,  breadth  one 
hundred  ;  principal  town  Caficut,  longitude  70°  eaft, 
latitude  ri°2i/ north.      Produce,  Indian  corn,  rice, 
fruits,  &c.   vaft  quantities  of  filks,  chintzes,  calicoes, 
&c.  are  manufactured  here. 

MARTINICO. 

178.  A  Weft-India  ifland,  betanghrg  to  France  ; — . 
length  fixty  thre'e  miles,    breadth  thirty-five  ;    chief 
town  Saint  Pierre,    longitude  61°  weft,    latitude  14° 
north.     Produce,  fugar,  cotton,  indigo,  cocoa,  fruits, 
&c.     It  has  feveral  commodious  harbors.     Catholics, 
and  Pagans. 

MECKLENBURG. 

179.  A  dutchy  of  Germany  ;  length  about  one  hun- 
dred miles,  breadth  lixty  ;    princij-'al   town  Strelitz, 
longitude  n  °  eaft,  latitude  34°  north.  Produce,  corn, 
cattle,  &c.      Revenue  thirty- three  thoufajid  pounds. 
Forces  five  thoufind  men.    The  prefent  duifee  is  brother 
to  the  queen  of  England.     Proteftants. 

MEXICO,  NEW. 

I  So.  A  country  of  South- America  ;  length  two 
thoufaud  miles,  bread  ill  fifteen  hundred  ;  capital  town 
Santa  Fe,  longitude  ii§°  3  j7  weft,  latitude  30°  north 
produce,  Indian  corn,  fruits;  filb,  mines,  &c.  Cathoiks. 


GEOGRAPHY.  73 

MALTA. 

181.  An  ifland  in  the  Mediterranean  ;  length  twen- 
ty miUs,  breadth  twelve  ;  chief  town  Valette,  con- 
taining five  thoufaad  inhabitants  ;  longitude  14°  30' 
eaft,  and  latitude  46°  north  ;  abounds  with  vegeta* 
bles,  fruits,  £c.  Governed  by  its  own  knights. 


MADEIRAS. 

182.  lilands  in  the  Atladfcic  Ocean  :  principal  town 
Fonchal  ;  longitude  18°  weft,  latitude  32°  33'  north  ; 
the  Barged  of  them   are  called  Mattera  ;  here    great 
quantities  of  that  excellent  wine  is  made  that  keeps  for 
any  period  of  time  in  the  hoteft  climates. 

MEXICO,  OLD. 

183.  Or  New  Spain,    in  South-America  ;    length 
two  thoufand  miles,  breadth  fix  hundred,  isfeparated 
from  South- America  by  theifthmus  of  Darien  ;   metro- 
polis Mexico,  containing  eighty  thoufand  inhabitants  ; 
longitude    103°   weft,,  latitude    20°   north  ;  diftance 
four  thoufand  eight  hundred  miles  fouth  weft  from  Lon- 
don.    Produce,  fugar,  gold,  and  filver   mines,  fruits 
of  all  kinds,  cocoa,  cochineal,  &c.    Subject  to   Spain, 
Revenue  twenty -four  millions. 

MOROCCO. 

184.  An   Empire  of  Africa  ;    length    five  hundred 
miles,  breadth  four  hundred  and  eighty  ;   bounded  on 
the  north  by  the  Mediterranean  ;   on  the  fouth  by  Bil- 
dulgered  ;  on  the  eaft  by  the  kingdom  of  Algiers,  and 
on  the  eaft  by  the    Atlantic  Ocean  ;  metropolis   Fez^ 
containing  three  hundred  and  twenty  thoufand  inhabi- 
tants ;     longitude   6°  weft;    latitude  32°   30'  north. 
Produce,  corn,  cattle,  hemp,   flax,  Morocco  leather, 
camels,   dromedaries,    horfes,    mules,    &c.     Revenue 
three  hundred   and   twenty  thoufand  pounds.     Ma- 
•hometans. 

G 


74  GEOGRAPHY. 

NATOLIA. 

185.  A  country  of  Aila;  length   feven  hundred  and 
fifty  miles,  breadth  near  four  hundred  :    chief  town 
Symrna,   longitude    27°    25'    eaft>   latitude    38°    20' 
north  ;    abounds   with    all    the    neceflaries     of  life, 
coffee,    myrrh,    frankincenfe,    raw-filk,    drugs,   &c.  I 
Chriilians  and  Mahometans. 

NEGR«PONT. 

186.  Anifland  of  the  Archipelago,  length  95  miles, 
breadth  25,  chief  town  of  the  fame  name,  longitude 
24°  30' eaft,  latitude  38°  25'  north.     Produce,  cor-n, 
\vine,  fi(h,  fowl,  fruits,  &c.     The  tides  ebb  and  flow- 
here  twelve  or  fifteen  times  in  twenty-four  hours,  on 
certain  days  of  the  moon. 

NEWFOUNDLAND. 

187.  An  ifland  belonging  to  Britain.     Here  the  En- 
glifSi  made  the  firft  fettlement  in  NorthAmerica;  length 
near  four  hurdred  miles,  breadth  two  hundred;  chief 
town  Placentia,  longitude  55°  weft,  latitude  47°  30' 
north  y  diftance  two  thoufand  miles  well  from  London, 
an  cxcedive  cold,   and  barren   country ;  an  extenfive 
cod-fifhery  is  carried  on,  on  the  banks  of  Newfound- 
land, which  annually  employ  upwards  of  three  thou- 
fand veffels.  and  near  ten  thoufand  hands. 

* 

NAPLES,  OR  SICILY. 

188.  A  kingdom  in   Italy;  length  three  hundred 
and  forty  miles,  breadth   one   hundred  ^and  twenty; 
capital  city  Naples,  containing  three  hundred  and  fifty 
thoufand  inhabitants  ;  longitude  15°  I2'leaft,  latitude 
41°   north.     Produce,    corn,    cattle,    wine,    oil,    &c. 
Revenue  one  million.     Forces  thirty  thoufand  men, 
end  a  fmail  fleet.     Catholics. 

NEGRITIA. 

189.  A  large  country  in  Africa  ;  length  two  thou- 
gwad  two  hundred  miles,  breadth  nine  hundred  ;  me- 


GEOGRAPHY,  75 

tropolis  James's  Fort;  longitude  16°  eaft,  latitude 
17°  north.  Produce,  Indian  corn,  topical  fruits, 
gold,  ivory,  Sec.  Containing  fixteen  kingdoms.  Mar 
hometans  and  Pagans. 

NEW-BRITAIN,  OR  ESKIMAUX. 

•190.  In  North-America,  faid  to  be  fixteen  hundred 
miles  in  length,  twelve  hundred  in  breadth  ;  chief 
town  Rupert  fort;  longitude  80°  weft,  latitude  51° 
north  ;  abounds  with  fifh?$fowl,  elks,  rein  deer,  bears* 
tygers,  buffaloes,  beavers,  &c,  No  grain  grows  here. 

NEW-HOLLAND. 

191.  Said  to  be  the  largeft  ifle  in  the  known  world  ;. 
length  two  thoafand   miles,  breadth  fifteen  hundred  > 
longitude  no  °  eaft,  latitude  10°  fouth.     The  natives- 
are  a  rude  favage  people,  devoid  of  art  or 'mduftry. 

NORWAY. 

192.  An  European  kingdom,  fubjecl:  to  the  king  of 
Denmark  ;  length  near  one  thoufand  miles,  breadth 
two  hundred  and  fifty  ;  bounded  by  Lapland  on  the 
north ;  on  the  eaft  by  the  Dofrine  Mountains,  which 
feparates  it  from  Sweden  ;  on  the  weft  by  the  Ocean, 
and  on  the  fouth  by  the  Scaggeracto  Sea  ;   capital    city 
Bergen,  longitude  5°  40'  eaft,  latitude  60°  ic1  north, 
Produce,  corn,  copper,  iron,  lead,  allum,    &c.     Re- 
venue one  hundred  and  fixty   thoufand  pounds.     Lu- 
therans. — ••••       — 

NOVA-SCOTIA,  OR  ACADTA. 

193^  A  Britim  province  in  North- America  ;  length 
three  hundred  and  fifty  miles,  breadth  two  hundred 
and  thirty  ;  chief  town  Halifax/ containing  twenty- 
five  thoufand  inhabitants  ;  longitude  64°  welt,  latitude 
44°  5'  north.  This  country  is  bounded  on  tlv§  north  by 
the  Gulph  of  St.  Laurence  ;  o«  the  eaft  -ancfc  fouth  by 
the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  by  the  United  States  and  Ca- 
nada on  the  weft.  Part  of  this  country  has  lately  been 
longed  into  a  diftinct government  from  that  of  Nova- 


76  GEOGRAPHY. 

Scotia,  and  is  called  New- Erunfwick.  Produce,  corn, 
cattle,  naval  Itores,  fifh,  fowl,  deer,  beaver,  &c. 
It  is  fa,5d  to  contain  one  hundred  and  feventy  thoufand 
inhabitants.  • — 

OZNABURG. 

194.  A  principality  and  bifhoprick  of  Germany  ;— — 
length  forty  miles,  breadth  thirty  ;  chief  town  of  the 
fame  name,  longitude  8°i  3'  eaft,  latitude  52°287  north. 
Soil  and  productions  the  fame  with  the  reft  of  Germany. 
The  prefent  bifliop  of  Oznaburg  is  the  fecond  foil  of 
the  king  of  England.  Revenue  thirty  thoufand  pounds. 
Forces  three  thoufand.  Proteilants  and  Catholics. 


OTAHETTE. 

195.  An  iftand  in  the  Pacific  Ocean;  length  fixty 
miles,    breadth  forty-five;    longitude  149°  12'  weft, 
latitude  17°  45'  fouth.     Produce,  fugar  canes,  fruits, 
herbs,  &c.     The  natives  are  robuft  and  well  made,  of 
a  browniih  tomplexion,  with  long  black  hair.     The 
facred  and  facial  compact  of  marriage  is  quite  aegledt- 
cd  by  thefe  rude  people,  and  the  tender  ties  of  confai> 
guiaity  unknown  among  them. 

OELAND. 

196.  An  illand  in  the   Baltic,  fubjecl:   to  Sweden; 
length  fixty  miles,  breadth  fifty ;    chief  town   Bon- 
holm  ;  longitude    16°   eait,    latitude    51°  20'   north.    * 
Produce,  corn,  cattle,  timber,  &c.     The  air  here    is 
cxceflive  cold  ;   the  inhabitants  plow,  fow,  and  make 
their  barveflin  three  months  time. 


PORTO  RICO. 

197.  A  Spaniih  iile  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ;  length 
one  hundred  and  twenty  mil-es,  breadth  fixty  ;  chief 
town  Porto  Rico,  longitude  65°  g5x  well,  latitude  18° 
qo1  north.  Very  fertile,  produces  fagar,  cotton,  caf- 
iia,  oranges,  lemons,  &.c.  This  ifland  once  contained 
upwards  of  half  a  million  of  natives,  who  were  all  ex- 
tirpated by  the  yslen-tiefa  Spaniards, 


GEOGRAPHY.  "77 

PARAGUA,  OR  LA  PLATA. 

198.  A  Spaniih  territory  in  South-America;    length 
fifteen  hundred  miles,  breadth  one  thoufand  ;  bounded 
on  the  north  by  Amazonia  j  on  the  eaft  l)j  Brazil  ;  on 
the  fouth  by    Patagonia,  and  on  the  weft  by  Peru  ; 
capital  city  Buenos-Ayres,  containing  thirty  thoufand 
inhabitants;    longitude    60°    weft,    latitude    35°   45* 
fouth  ;  diftance  fix  thoufand  miles  fouth  weft  from  Lon- 
don.    Produce,  cotton,    indigo,    tobacco,    gold,    and 
filver  mines,  and  cattk  in  great  abundance.* 

PERSIA. 

199.  An  empire  in  Afia  ;  length    thirteen  hundred 
miles,  breadth  one  thoufand  one  hundred  ;  bounded 
by  Tartary  on  the  north  ;  by  Indoftan  on  the  eaft  ;  by 
the  Indian  Ocean  on  the  fouth,  and  by  Turky  on  the 
weft  ;  metropolis  Ifpahan,  containing  one  million  of 
inhabitants  ;  longitude  52°  50'  eaft,   latitude  32°  40' 
north  ;    difknce    two   thoufand  four  hundred    miles 
fouth  eaft  from    London.     Produce,  corn,  wine,   oil, 
&c.  Manufactures  filks,  carpets,  gold,  and  filver  lace, 
&c.  Subject  to  its  own  Emperor,  or  Sophi,  who  is  ah» 
folute.     Forces,  one  hundred  and  fifty  thoqfand* 

Mahometans. 

PERU. 

see.  A  territory  belonging  to  Spain  in  South-Ame- 
rica ;  length  eighteen  Hundred  and  eighty  miles, 
breadth  five  hundred  ;  bounded  by  the  Cordilleras  on 
the  eaft  ;  by  Terrafirma  on  the  north  ;  by  Chili  on  the 
fouth  ;  and  by  the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  weft  ;  capital 
city  Lima,  containing  (ixty  thoufand  inhabitants  ;  lon- 
gitude 77°  50'  weft,  latitude  12°  15'  fouth  ;  produces 
all  the  neceHaries  of  life  :  famous  for  the  filver  mines 
of  Potofi,  which  are  now  pretty  well  exhauftcd. 

Catholics. 

*  To  this  country  belongs  the  river  La  Plata,  faidto  Is 
zns  hundred  and  fifty  wiksw  mites  wit' 

faux*  G  3 


53  GEOGRAPHY. 

POLAND. 

201  An  European  kingdom,  length  feven  hundred 
irtiles,  breadth  fix  hundred  and  eighty  ;  bounded  by 
the  Baltic,  and  part  of  Ruflla  on  the  north  ;  by  Ruffia 
on  .the  eaft  ;  by  Turky  and  Hungary  on  the  fouth  ;  and 
by  Germany  on  the  weft  ;  capital  city  Warfaw,  longi- 
tude 21°  cart,  latitude  52°  15'  north;  produce,  com, 
cattle,  naval  (lores,  filv^r,  iron,  &c.  The  king's  pow- 
er here  is  quite  limited,  and  may  rather  be  called  an 
ariliocratical  than  tnonarchial  government.  Revenue 
one  hundred  and  forty  thoufand  pounds  :  Forces  twen- 
ty thoufand  horfemen.  Catholics. 

PORTUGAL. 

202.  An  European  kingdom  ;  length  three  hundred 
miles  i   breadth  one  hundred  and  twenty  ;   bounded  on 
the  north  and  eaft,  by  Spain  ;  and  on  the  fouth  and  weft 
by  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ;  capital  city,  Lifbon,  contain- 
ing one  hundred  and  fifty  thoufand   inhabitants;   lon- 
gitude 8°  sV  weft  ;    latitude  38°  40'  north  ;  'diftanee 
eight  hundred  and  fifty  miles  fouth  weft  from  London  ; 
produce^  corn,  wine,  oil,  &c.     Government  abfolute  : 
Keverrue,    one  million  and  an  half  fterling  :    Force;* 
twenty  thoufand  men,  and  near  thirty  ihips  of  war, 

Catholics.  ._  ____ 

PRUSSIA. 

203.  A  kingdom  in  Europe;  length  about  two  hun- 
dred miles,  breadth  one  hundred  ;  bounded  on  the  eail, 
•weft,  and  fouth  by  Poland,  and  on  the  north  by  the 
Baltic;  metropolis  Koningfburg,    longitude  21°  eaft, 
"latitude  54°  30'  north  ;   produces  all  the  neceflaries  of 
life.     Revenue  five  millions  fterling.     Forces  one  hun- 
dred  and  twenty  thoufand  men.     Catholics  and  Lu- 


RUSSIA,  OR  MUSCOVY. 

204.  A  large  European  empire  ;   length   (including 
the  territories  that  belong  to  it  in  Afia)  three  thoufand 
miles,  breadth  near  two   thoufand  ;   bounded  on  the 
by  Lajlarul  ;  by  C  rim-Tartar  v  and 


GEOGRAPHY.  7? 

the  fcuth  ;  by  Poland,  Sweden,  and  the  Baltic  on  the 
•weft  ;  and  by  Chhiefe-Tart-ary,  and  the  Ca'.pian  Sea  on 
the  eaft ;  capital  city  Peteriburg,  containing  four  hun- 
dred thoufand  inhabitants,  longitude  30°  eaft,  latitude 
59°  57' north  ;  diftaiice  eleven  hundred  and  fifty  mil^s 
north  eaft  from  London.  The  principal  rivers  are,  the 
Wolga,  and  the  Don.  Produce,  corn,  cattle,  naval 
Gores,  mines  of  fiiver ,  lead,  and  iron.  Revenue  four- 
teen millions  (lerliug.  Forces  four  hundred  and  fifty 
thoufand  men,  and  fixty- three  (hips  of  war.  ChrilUans 
of  the  Greek  Church. 


SARDINIA. 

205.  An  European  iile  and  kingdom;  length  one 
hundred  and  twenty  miles,  breath  iixty  ;  chief  town 
Cagliari,  longitude  9°  15'  eaft,  latitude  39°  lo'nort'i. 
Produce,  corn,  wine,  oil,  and  fruits.  Revenue  five 
hundred  thoufand  pounds  fterling.  Eorces  forty-five 
thoufanxij-  and  thirty-two  fhips  of  war.  Catholics. 


SCOTLAND. 

206.  The  north  part  of  Great- Britain,  anciently 
called  Caledonia  ;  length  three  hundred  miles,  breadth 
one  hundred  and  fifty;  metropolis  Edinburgh,  con- 
taining one  hundred  thoufand  inhabitants  ;  longitude 
3°  weft,  latitude  55°  56*  north  ;  ciiftnnce  four  handled 
miles  from  London  :  produces  all  the  necefiaries  of  life 
in  great  abundance  ;  an  extensive  fklmon  and  herring 
fifhery,  mints  of  filver  and  lead  ;  manufactures  linen, 
lawn,  cambrkks,  and  woolens.  The  principal  rivers 
in  Scotland  are,  the  Frith,  the  Tay,  the  Spey,  the 
Clyde,  and  the  Tweed,  which  laft  partly  feparates 
North  from  South-Britain.  The  moft  noted  lakes,  or 
lochs,  are,  Loch-lomond,  and  Loch-ncfs ;  near  the 
latter  (oppofite  to  the  famous  fall  of  Foyers)  (lands  a 
remarkable  mountain-,  on  the  top  of  which  is  a  lake  of 
freili  water  that  never  freezes,  and  fo  deep  that  it  ne- 
ver could  be  fathomed  ;  a  few  miles  from  thence  ij 
aoorher  lake  thai;  is  covered  with  ke  all  the  yer.r. 


g^  GEOGRAPHY. 

SIBERIA,  OR  SCYTHIA. 

207.  Length  two  thoufand  miles,    breadth   fevert 
hundred  ;  chief  town  Toboliki,  longitude  69°  eaft,  la- 
titude 58°  25'  north  -,  a  cold  barren  country  (in  Afia) 
but  little  cultivated.     Subject  to  Ruiiia. 

SICILY. 

208.  An  Italian  ifland  ;  length  two  hundred  miles, 
breadth  one  hundred  and  twelve  ;  capital  city  Palmero^ 
longitude  14°  eaft..  latitude  38°  30' north.     Produce, 
com,  wine,  fruits.  -nous  for  the  burning 

tain,  called  .JEtna.     S^hje«fc  ro  Naples.     Catholics. 


SPAIN. 

209,-  One  of  the  largeft  and  rooft  fouthern  kingdoms 
in  Europe;  length  feven  hundred  miles,  breadth  five 
hundred  ;  bounded  by  the  Bay  of  Bifcay  and  the  Pyre- 
nean  Mountains  un  the  north  ;  by  the  Straits  of  Gibral- 
tar and  the  Atlantic  Ocean  on  the  fouth  ;  by  the  Me- 
diterranean on  the  eaft^  and  by  Portugal  on  the  weft  ; 
metropolis  Madrid;  containing  three  hundred  thoufand 
. jitants  ;  longitude  4°  i5/weft,  latitude  40°  35' 
ftorth  ;  dillance  63o  miles  fouth  weft  from  London. 
Produce,  corn,  cattle,  wine,  oil,  fruits,  vaft 
quantities  cf  fine  wool,  &c.  Revenue  fix  millions  fter- 
ling.  Forces  fixty  thoufand,  and  one  hundred  and 
thirty  fliips  of  war.  Government  abfolute.  Catholics. 

SWEDEN. 

210.  The  largeft  kingdom  in  Europe  ;  length  eight 
hundred  miks,  breadth  five  hundred  ;  bounded  by 
Ruffia  on  the  eaft  ;  by  Denmark  and  Norway  on  the 
weft  ;  by  Lapland  on  the  north,  and  by  the  Baltic  on 
the  fouth  ;  capital  city  Stockholm,  containing  ninety 
thouiand  inhabitants  ;  longitude  25°  eaft,  latitude  59° 
20'' north.  Produce,  corn,  cattle,  gold,  fiiver,  copper, 
lead,  amethyfts,  &c.  ReveniiC  one  million  ilcrling. 
Forces  fixty  thoufand  men,  eighty -five  {hips  of  war, 
abfolute  of  late  years,.  Luthcrr 


GEOGRAPHY,  £l 

SWITZERLAND. 

2ii.  A  (mall  republic  in  Europe  ;  length  two  hun- 
dred and  fixty  miles,  breadth  one  hundred  and  twemy  ; 
bounded  by  Germany  on  the  north;  by  the  lakes  of 
Conftance  and  Ferol  on  the  eaft  ;  by  Italy  oh  the  fouth, 
and  by  France  on  the  weft ;  capital  city  Bern,  longi- 
tude 7°  eaft,  latitude  45°  30'  north.  Produce,  corn, 
wine,  &c.  This  territory  is  divided  into  thirteen  di- 
ftricls,  or  cantons,  who  hold  a  general  diet  or  con- 
grefs,  on  the  twenty-fourth  of  June  annually,'  at  Ba- 
den. All  the  males  in  the  country  are  bred  to  arms. 
Religion,  CalvinilU  and  Catholics,  who  live  in  drift 
amity  together  of  late  years. 

TOBAGO. 

212.  Oneof  theCaribbee  iilands,  in  the  Weft -Indies, 
at  prefent  belonging  to  Britain  ;  length  thirty -two 
miles,  breadth  twelve  ;  largeit  town  Tobago,  longi- 
tude 61°  weft,,  latitude  11°  15'  north.  This  iiland  is 
extremely  fruitful,  and  produces  every  thing  common 
ta  the  Weft- Indies,  in  great  variety  and  abundancei 


TARTARY. 

213.  An  extenfive  country  in  Alia  ;  length  four  thou- 
fand  miles,  breadth  two  thoufand  four  hundred  ;  chief 
town  Bochara>  longitude  65°  50'  eaft,  latitude  40° 
north ;  fubjecl:  to  liuffia,  China,  &c.  The  foutherti 
part  produces  corn,  cattle,  medicinal  herbs,  vegeta- 
bles, &c.  Towards  the  north  it  is  exceflively  cold, 
and  bat.  little  cultivated,  being  covered  with  fnow  the 
greater  part  of  the  year.  Subject  to  China  and  Kufiia, 

TERRAFIRMA. 

214.  An  extenfive  territory  in  South- America,  be- 
longing to  Spain  ;  length  fourteen  hundred  miles, 
breadth  icven  hundred  and  fifty  ;  bounded  on  the  north 
and  eaft  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ;  on  the  weft  by  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  snd  on  the  fouth  by  Peru,  and  Amaze- 
sua  ;  chief  cown  Porto  Bello;  longitude  82°  weft,  la- 


Sz  GEOGRAPHY. 

titude  10°  fouth.     Produce,  corn,  fruits,  gold,  filveiy 
iron,  copper,  &c. 

TRIPOLI,  OR  BARCA. 

21,5.  A  kingdom  in  Africa  ;  length  eleven  hundred 
miles,  breadth  two  hundred  and  fifty  ;  bounded  by  the 
Mediterranean  on  the  north  ;  by  the  country  of  the 
Beriberies  on  the  fouth  ;  by  Egypt  on  the  eaft,  and  by 
Tunis  on  the  weft  ;  capital  city  Tripoli,  longitude  14° 
eaft,  latitude  33°  20'  north.  Produce,  corn,  wine,,* 
oil,  camels,  and  excellent  horfes.  Mahometans. 


TURKY,  IN  ASIA. 

216  An  extenfive  territory,  fubjecl  to  the  Grand 
Seignior;  length  one  thoufand  miles,  breadth  eight 
hundred  ;  bounded  on  tire  eaft  by  Perfia  ;  by  the  Black. 
Sea,  and  Circaifia  on  the  north  ;  by  Arabia  on  the 
fouth  ^  and  by  the  Hellefpont  and  Propbntis  on  the 
weft;  capital  city  Aleppo  ;  longitude  37°  eaft,  lati- 
tude 35°  40'  north  ;  diftance  eighteen  hundred  and. 
fifty  miles  fouth  eaft  from  London.  Produce,  corn,, 
wine,  oil,  fruits,  coffee,  drugs,  £c. 

TURKY, 

Or  the  Grand  Seignior* s  Dominions  in  Europe. 

217.  An  European  empire;  length  one  thoufand 
miles,  breadth  nine  hundred  ;  bounded  by  RufEa, 
Poland,  and  Sclavonia  on  the  north  ;  by  the  Meditera- 
nean  on  the  fouth  ;  by  the  Black  Sea,  the  Hellefpont, 
&c.  on  the  eaft  ;  partly  by  the  Mediterranean  and 
the  territories  of  Venice  and  Auftria  on  the  weft.  The 
principal  rivers  are  the  Danube,  the  Save,  and  Neiper; 
metropolis  Conftantinople,  containing  one  million  of 
laiiabitants ;  longitude  28°  eaft,  latitude  41  °  50'  north, 
diftance  thirteen  hundred  and  fifty  miles  fouth  eaft 
from  London — Very  fertile  producing  all  the  necefla- 
ries  oflife.  A  vaft  land  force,  and  fifty  mips  of  war* 
Revenue  from  ten  to  twelve  millions.  Mahometans* 


GEOGRAPHY.  83 

TUNIS. 

2 1 8.  A  kingdom  in  Africa  ;  length  three  hundred 
and  fifty  miles,  breadth  two  hundred  and  forty  ; 
bounded  by  Tripoli  on  the  eaft  ;  by  Algiers  on  the 
weft  ;  by  the  Mediterranean  on  the  north  ;  and  by 
Mount  Atlas  on  the  fouth.  Chief  city  Tunis  ;  longi- 
tude 10°  50' eaft,  latitude  36°  north;  produce,  corn, 
cattle,  wine,  &c.  Royalty  here  is  very  precarious  ; 
their  Deys  or  Kings,  are  elecled  by  the  Turkifh  fol- 
diers,  who  frequently  depofe  and  murder  them. 


UNITED  NETHERLANDS. 

219.  An  European  republic  ;  length  one   hundred 
2nd  fifty  miles,  breadth  one   hundred  and  forty  five  ; 
bounded  on  the  north  by    the  German  Sea  ;  oil    the 
Ibuth  by   the    Vuftrian  and  French   Netherlands;  by 
Germany  on  the  eaft  ;  and  by  the  Englifh  Channel  on 
the  weft. — The  names  of  the  Seven  United  Provinces 
are  as  follows,  viz.  i.  Holland,   2.  Zealand,  3.  Frief- 
<land,    4.  Gr(jnningen,    5.  Overyflel,    6.  Gelderland, 

7.  Utrecht.  Produce,  corn,  cattle,  fidi,  fowl,  tobac- 
co, fruits,  iron,  &c.  Principal  cities,  Amfterdam, 
Rotterdam,  and  the  Hague;  thelaft  mentioned  is  the 
feat  of  Government,  and  contains  forty  thoufand  inha- 
bitants ;  it  is  deemed  one  of  the  moft  beautiful  cities 
in  Europe  of  its  fize  ;  longitude  4°  20'  eaft,  latitude 
52°  15'  north.  The  paflage  betwixt  this  country  and 
England  is  only  ninety  five  miles. 

220.  This  fmall  territory    contains   upwards    of 
fifteen  hundred  cities  and  villages,  and  is  perhaps  the 
moft  populous  part  of  its  fize   of  any  in  the  known, 
•world — the  principal  rivers  here  are,  the  Scheldt  and 
the  Rhine  ;  the  latter  is  deemed  one  of  thelargeft  and 
fineft  rivers  in  Europe. 

The  Dutch  excel  in  feveral  branches  of  manufac- 
tures, particularly  in  the  articles  of  fine  linen,  tobacco- 
pipes,  ftarcb,  &c.  Forces  thirty- feven  thoufand  men, 


§4  GEOGRAPHY. 

and  ninety  five  {hips  of  war.     Revenue  four  millions 
flerling.     Calvinilts.* 

VINCENT,  ST. 

221.  ,One  of  the  Britifh  Weft-India  iflands  ;  lengthy 
twenty-four  miles,  breadth  eighteen  i  chief  town  St.| 
Vincent,    longitude  61°  20'  weft,  latitude  13°  north. 
Productions,  tobacco,  fjgar,  indigo,  &c.     This  ifland 
is  inhabited  by  the  Caribbean  Indians. 

VENICE. 

222.  An  Italian  republic  ;  length  one  hundred  and.H? 
feventy  miles,  breadth  one  hundred  ;    metropolis    of 
the   fame  name  ;    containing   one  hundred    thoufand 
inhabitants;    latitude  45°  30'    north,    longitude  12° "•- 
eaft.     Produce,    corn,  wine,  oil,  fruits,  &c.     Manu- 
factures    filk,    velvets,    gold    and  filveV     ftufFs,    &c. 
This  republic  was  once  famous  for  its  conftitution  and 
commeixe.     Revenue  twelve  hundred  thoufand  pounds. 
Forces  twenty-five  thoufand  men,  and  thirty-two  fhips 
of  war.     Catholics. 


*  The  Seven  Provinces  threw  off  the  SpantjJ}  yoke  in 
X  570,  and  after  many  brave  flruggles  for  their  liberties, 
for  thirty  years,  we  declared  independent  ft  ates  in  1600.. 


PART     II. 


OF  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

A  HE  fcience  of  natural  hiftory,  confifts  in  contem> 
plating  the  works  of  God,  as  manifeftly  difplayed  in 
the  mineral,  vegetable,  and  animal  creation  ;  and 
tends  to  teach  ns  to  admire  and  adore  the  wifdom  and 
providence  of  the  beneficent  Creator  of  the  Univerfe. 

OF  THE  ELEMENTS,  &c. 

"     OF  WATER. 

T.  In  contemplating  nature  we  ihall  often  find  the 
(time  fubftaiices  poUeiled  of  contrary  qualities,  and 
producing  oppofite  effects.  Air  which  liquifies  one 
fubitanee,  dries  up  another.  That  fire  which  is  feen 
to  burn  up  the  dcfart,  is  often  found,  in  other  places, 
to  affiil  the  luxuriance  of  vegetation  ;  and  water,  which 
next  to  fire,  is  the  moil:  fluid  fubftance  upop  earth,  ne- 
verthelefs,  gives  all  other  bodies  their  [irrnnefs  and 
durability  ;  ib  that  every  element  feems  to  be  a  pow- 
erful fervant,  capable  either  of  good  or  ill,  and  only 
.awaiting  external  direction,  to  become  the  friend  or 
enemy  of  mankind.  Thefe  oppofite  qualities,  in  this 
fubftance  in  particular,  have  not  failed  to  excite  the 
admiration  and  enquiry  of  the  curious. 

2.  That  water  is  the  moil  fluid  penetrating  body 
Text  to  fire,  and  the  molt  difficult  to  confine,  is  incon- 
teftably  proved  by  a  variety  of  experiments.  A  veflel 
through  which  water  cannot  pafs,  may  be  faid  to  re- 
tain any  thing.  It  may  be  objected,  indeed,  that  fy- 
rups,  oils,  and  honey,  leak  through  fome  veflcls  thac 
\vat<*r  cannot  pafs  through  ;  but  this  is  far  from  being 
the  refult  of  their  greater  tenuity  ana  fmenefs  of  their 
H 


86  NATURAL  PIISTORY. 

parts  ;  it  is  owing  to  the  rofm  wherewith  the  wood  of 
fuch  vefTels  abound,  which  oils  and  fyrups  have  a  pow- 
er of  diflblving  ;  ib  that  thefe  fluids,  initead  of  finding 
their  way,  may  more  properly  be  faid  to  ear  their  way 
through  the  vefTel  that  contain  them.  However,  wa- 
ter will  at  laft  find  its  way  even  through  thefe  ;  for  it 
Is  known  to  efcape  through  vefTels  of  every  iubftance, 
j*lafs  only  excepted. 

3.  Other  bodies  may  be  found  to  make  their  way- 
out  more  readily  indeed  ;  as  air,  when  it  finds  a  vent, 
•will   efcape   at  once  ;  and  quick-filver,  becaufe  of  its 
••weight,  quickly  penetrates  through  whatever  chinky 
veilel  confines  it;  but  water,  though  it  operates  more 
ilowly,  yet  always  finds  a  more  certain  ifliie.     As,  for 
jnftance,  it  is  well  known  that  air  will  not  p-;fs  through 
leather;  which  water  will ^ery  readily  penetrate. — 
•And  thofe  who  drive  this  towe  greateft  degree  of  pre 
cilion,  pretend  to  fay,  that  it  will  pafs  through  por 
ten  times  fmaller  than  air  can  do. 

4.  Be  this  as  it  ma4,  we  are  very  certain  that  its 
parts  are  fo  fmall  that  they  have  been  actually  driven 
through  the  pores  of  gold.     This  has  been  proved  by 
the  famous  Florentine  experiment,  in  which  a  quantity 
of  water  was  ihut  up  in  a  hollow  ball  of  gold,  and  then 
prefled  with  an  huge  force  by  fcrews,  during  which 
the  fluid  was  feen  to  ooze  out  through  the  pores  of  the 
metal,  and  to  (land,  like  a  dew,  upon  its  furface. 

5.  As  water  is  thus  penetrating,  and  its  parts  thus 
minute  ;  it  may  eafily  be  fuppofed  that  they  enter  into 
the  composition  of  all  bodies,  both  vegetable,  animal, 
and  fpflil.     This  every  chymiuVs  experience  convinces 
him  of,  and  the  mixture  is  the  more  obvious,  as  it  can 
always  be  feparated,  by  a  gentle  heat,  from  thofe  fub- 
itances  with  which  it  had  been  united.     Fire  will  pene- 
trate where  water  cannot  pafs  ;  but  then  it  is  not  fo 
eaftly  to  be  feparated  :  but  there  is  fcarce  any  fubftance 
from  which  its  water  cannot  be  divorced.  The  parings 
or  filings  of  lead,  tin,  antimony,  &c.  by  diftillation, 
yield  water  plentifully. — The  horded  (lone,  fea-falt, 
nitre,  vitriol;  and  fulphur;  are  found  to  conlift  chiefly 


NATURAL  HISTORY;  gf 

of  water,  into  which  they  refolve  by  force  of  fire, 
"  All  birds,  beaft  andfifnes,"  fays  Newton,  "  infers, 
trees,  -and  vegetables,  with  their  parts,  grow  from 
water;  and  by  putrefaction,  return  to  water  again." 
In  fliort,  almoft  every  fubitance  that  we  fee  owes  its 
texture  and  firmnefs  to  the  parts  of  water  that  mix 
with  its  earth  ;  and  deprived  of  this  fluid,  it  falls 
away  into  a  mafs  of  fhapelefs  duft  and  afhes. 

6.  From  confiderations  of  this  kind,  Thales,  and 
niany  of  the  ancient  philofophers,  held  that  water  vvas 
the  tirft  principle  of  all  things  ;  and  fome  have  thought 
that  Moles  himfelf  was  of  the  fame  opinion  ;  fince  be- 
fore any  thing  was  created,  he  tells  us  —  Theffirit  of 
God  moved  u£  on  tb^  face  of  the  ivatzrs, 


OF 

7.  It  is  difficult  to  fay  what  is  the  real  nature  and 
eflence  of  fire,  *but  fome  of  its  properties  and  effects 
ma?  be  readily  defcribed,  and  eafily  underftood.  One 
effect,  and  that  which  moft  particularly    diftinguiihes 
it,  is  heat.     Another  is  motion,  which   it  communi- 
cates to  all  bodies  ;   nay,  fome   fuppofe,  that  all  the 
motion  in  matter  proceeds  only  from  fire,   which  re- 
fides  more  or  lefs  in  all  bodies  whatfoever,  and    that 
if  this  fire  could  be  extracted  and  taken  quite  away, 
ail  nature  would  grow  into  one  folid  body,  hard  and- 
immoveable. 

8.  Another  effect  of  fire  is,  that  it  dilates  all    folid 
bodies,  and  rarities  all  fluids,     It  melts,  calcines,  or 
virrities,  according  to  the    nature   of  the  body   that  is 
offered  to  its  power,     it   is   thought  by   fome,  to  be 
the  caufj  of  light,  but  this  is  doubtful  —  It  is  certain 
there  may  be  fire  without  light,  as  in  a  Dutch  (love, 
which  warms  the  room  without  enlightening  it  ;  and 
there   may  be  light  without  (ire,   as   the  light  of  the 
moon,  which  gives  no  heat  at  all.      In    fhort  the    aif 
we  breathe,    the    water  we    drink,    the  earth    from 
whence  we  draw  our  food,  are  all  enlivened  and  ren- 
dered fit  for  the  ufe  of  man  by  this  warm  principle  re» 
feding  in  them, 


SS  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

OF  AIR. 

9.  Air  is  a  thin  tranfparent  fluid  in  which  we  live, 
and  move,  and  breathe  ;   and  without  which  we  cannot 
fubfift.     It  furrounds  this  terraqueous  globe  to  a  cer- 
tain height,  and  is  called    its  atmofphere,  is  carried 
along  with  it,  and  partakes  of  all  its  motions  both  annu- 
al and  diaraal.     In  this  atmofphere  the  clouds  and  va- 
pors which  are  exhaled  from,  the  earth,  are  fu  pended 
and  float  about —It  isacomprtifibleand  dilatable  body  ; 
that  is,  it  may  be  contra-cled  to  a  fmaller  fpace  than  it 
naturally  fills,  or  extended    to  a    larger,  as  may  be 
proved  by  many  experiments.     It  is  -fitted  by  its   na- 
ture to  penetrate  and  pervade  other  bodies,  by   which 
means  it  animates  and  excites  ail  nature,  and  is  one  of 
the  principal  caufes  of  vegetation.      It  is  the  breath 
and  life    of  the  whole  animal   world,  whether    inha- 
biting the  air,  the  earth,  or  the  waters. 

10.  It  would  be  tedious  to  reckon   up  all  the  be- 
nefits of  this  ufeful  and  delicate  element  ;  let  it  fuffice 
juft  to  mention  its  wonderful  powers  in  many  engines, 
its  admirable    property    of  conveying  fmells   to  our 
nofes,  founds  to  our  ears,  and  peflc&ifcg  the  light  of  the 
heavenly  bodies  to  our  eyes  ;  alib  its  great  ufe  and  ex- 
cellence in  contributing  by  many  other  wa}  8  to  the  life, 
the  health,  the  pleafure  of  all  mankind. 

OF  THE  CLOUDS'"  RAIN,  HAIL,  AND 
SNOW. 

11.  The  clouds  are  nothing  but  vapors  raifed  from 
the  waters,  or  from  moid:  parts  or  the  earth,   partly 
by   the  iolar,  and  partly  by  the  fubterraneous   heat ; 
\vhich  vapours^  being  lighter  than  air,  mount  upward 
until    having    reached     fuch    a     region    of    the    at- 
xnofphere,  as  is  of  the  fame  fpecific  gravity  with  thein- 
felves,  they  are  there  fufpended.      /^fter  a  while  the 
\vatery    particles  which   were  at  firft  too  thin  to  be 
perceived,  are  focondenfcd  bv  the  cold  of  fuperior  re- 
gions, as  to  render  them  opaque  enough  to  r  flee!  the 
light  of  the  fun,  in  which  -ftate  they  ^re  called    clouds  ; 
and  when  their  fpecific  gravity    is  fo  increaled  as  t$ 
$iiake  them  deicend^  it  is  then  called 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  fy 

12.  Thefe  clouds  are  formed  in  the  atmofphere,  at 
very   different  heights  from  the  earth.     When  they 
sre  formed  in  the  lower  regions  of  the  atmofphere,  the 
rain  that  falls  from  them  is  very  fmall.     When  they 
are  formed  higher  the  bubbles  falling  within  the  fphere 
of  each  other's    attraction,    incorporate  as  they  fall, 
and  become  larger  drops.     If  thefe  bubbles,  in   their 
defcent  through  the  atmofphere,  meet  with    a  region 
fo  cold  as  to  freeze  them  they  condenfe  into   flakes  cf 
fnow  or  hail. 

OF  WIND. 

13.  Wind  is  a  quick  motion  of  air  flowing  from  one 
point  or  quarter   of  the  earth  to  another,  of  which, 
though  Carious  conjectures  have  been  ,  made,  the   phy- 
iicnl  caufe  is  not  yet   known.     The  winds  are  divided 
into,  i.  Perennial,  or  fuch  as  blow  all   the  year  the 
fame  way,  of  which  the    moft  remarkable  is  that  be- 
twixt the  two  tropics,  blowing  conftantly  at  fea  from 
enft  to  weft,  and  is  called  the  general  trade  wind.      2. 
Periodical,  or  thofe  which  conitantly  return  at  certain 
times,   fuch    as   the   fea  and   land  breezes,  which    in 
the  evening  blow  from  the  fea  to  land  and  in  the  morn- 
ing from  Irmd  to  fea.  Such  alfo  are  the  particular  trade  ' 
wind  which   blow  from  the  north  to  the  Equator  in  our 
fummer,    and    from    the    South    to   the     Equator  in 
our  winter.      3.  Variable,  or  fuch  as  blow   now    one 
\vay  and  now  another  ;  are  now  high  and  now  low, 
without  any   regularity  either  as  to  tirae   or   place, 
•which  is  the  cafe  in  moft  Oi  our  temperate  climates  hi 
the  world. 

14.  The  ufcs  of  the  wind  are  many  and  great.  It 
is  the  common  fervant  of  mankind.  The  whole  bufi- 
nefs  of  navigation  is  performed  by  its  affiftance.  It  is 
not  only  commiifioned  to  warm  and  cool  us  by  turns 
but  alfo  to  keep  onr  habitations  clean  and  wholefome  3 
which  office  it  pe rformes  by  carrying  away  inviiibly 
every  thing  that  might  in  feel:  and  corrupt  tl:e  air, 
Which  if  it  was  always  at  reft  and  unagitated  by 


9*  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

quentgales  and  florins,  inftead  of  refreOiing  and  ani* 
mating  would  fuiFocate  and  poifon  ail  the  world. 

OF  THUNDER  AND  LIGHTNING. 

15.  Thunder  is  that  loud  and  rumbling  noife  whlcH 
is  heard  in  the  lower  regions  of  the  air  occafioned  by 
the  iudden  kindling  of  fulphureous  exhalations.  For  as 
Sir  I.  Newton  obferves,  vapors  are  raifed  into  the  air, 
not  only  from  water,  but  alfo  from  fuiphur,  bitumen, 
volatile  falts,  &c.  where  fermenting  with  nitrous  acid, 
they  fometirnes  take  fire,  and  generate  thunder,  light- 
ning, and  other  fiery  meteors.  If  high  in  the  air,  and 
far  from  us, they  will  do  no  mifchief  ;  but  if  near  us  may 
tkitroy  trees,  animals,  or  men — And  the  nearnefs  or 
diitance  may  be  computed  by  the  interval  of  time  be- 
twixt the  flam  and  the  noife.  Dr.  Wallis  obferves, 
that  commonly  the  interval  is  about  feven  feconds, 
•which,  at  eleven  hundred  and  forty  two  feet  in  a  fe- 
cond  (the  rate  at  which  found  travels)  gives  the  dif- 
tance  about  a  mile  and  a  half  ;  but  it  is  often  near- 
er, and  fometimes  farther  off.  .The  efFecls  of  lightning 
are  fometimes  very  furpriilng  ;  it  has  melted  a  f^vord 
tvithout  hurting  the  fcabbard,and  broken  the  bones  of 
a  man  without  injuring  his  flefh,  or  even  his  ikin.  Its 
ufes  may  be  to  purge  the  aii%  and  purify  the  noxious 
vopors  which  nlight  otherwife  grow  pernicious. 


OF  EARTHQUAKES. 

16.  An.  earthquake  is  the  great  ell  and  mod:  formida- 
ble appearance  of  nature.  It  is  a  vehement  make  or 
agitation  of  that  part  of  the  earth  where  it  happens, 
accompanied. with  noife  like  thunder,  and  frequently 
•with  eruptions  of  water,  fire,  fmoke  or  wind,  &c. 
The  fame  caufes  that  produces  evaporations  of  water, 
and  all  thofe  meteors  that  roll  over  our  heads,  do  al- 
fo produce  thefe  other  no  lefs  dreadiul  effecls  under 
our  feet., 

For  the  earth  abounding  every  where  with  caverns, 
reins;  and  canals^  fome  fuii  of  water,  others 


NATURAL  HISTORY,  9* 

tnd  exhalations,  and  many  parts  of  the  earth  being  re- 
plete with  nitre,  Culphur,  bitumen,  vitriol*  and  otheT 
combuftibles ;  theCe,  either  from  fome  fire  the}  meet 
with,  cr  from  their  colliilon  againit  hard  bodies,  or 
their  intermixture  with  other  fluids,  are  kindled,  by 
which  means,  burfting  out  into  a  greater  compaCs,  the 
place  becomes  too  narrow  for  them,  fo  that  preffiug 
violently  on  all  fides,  the  adjoining  parts  are  fhakcn, 
a  noife  is  heard  like  thunder,  which  continues  until 
they  have  either  found,  or  made  a  vent  to  diCchargp 
themlelves. 


OF  THE  TIDES. 

177  The  tides  are  thtt  flux  and  reflux,  or  ebb  ard 
flow  of  the  fea,  which  is  obferved  to  happen  nearly 
twice  every  day.  It  flows  from  Couth  to  north  for 
fomething  nrore  than  iix  hours  during  which  time  it 
gradually  fwells,  Co  that  entering  the  mouth  of  rivers 
it  drives  back  their  waters  towards  their  heads  or 
Cp rings  ;  then  feeming  to  reft  for  about  ten  minutes,  it 
begins  to  ebb  and  retire  back  again  from  north  to  Couth 
for  fix  hours  more  ;  and  the  waters  finking,  the  rivers 
refume  their  natural  courfe.  Then  alter  a  paufe  of 
ten  minutes  more,  the  fea  begins  to  flow  as  before, 
and  fo  alternately.  1  he  period  of  a  flux  and  reflux  is 
twelve  hours  and  twenty- five  minutes  ;  fo  that  the  tides 
return  later  and  later  even  day  by  fifty  minutes,  now 
twenty  four  hours  and  fifty  minutes  is  a  lunar  day, 
that  is,  the  moon  paries  the  earth's  meridian  later  and 
later  every  day  by  fifty  minutes  ,  fo  that  the  fea  flows 
as  often  as  the  moon  pailes  the  meridian,  both  under 
the  arch,  above  the  horizon,  and  that  below  ;  and  ebbs 
as  often  as  fhe  paries  the  horizon,  both  at  the  eaiiern 
and  weftcrn  points  ;  that  is.  both  at  the  rifiugand  fet- 
ting  of  it.  When  the  moon  enters  the  rirlt  and  third 
quarter,  that  is.  at  the  new  and  full  moon,  the  tides 
are  high  and  Cwifr,  and  called  fpring  tides  ;  when  fho 
enters  the  fecond  and  lad  quarter,  the  tides  are  weak- 
.  er;  and  are  called  neap  tides,  Ml  thefe 


92  NATURAL  BISTORT. 

of  the  tides  are  accounted  for  from  the  principles  of 
gravitation.  

OF  GOLD. 

18.  Gold  is  the  heaviefl:,  pureft,  and  moftduclile  of 
all  metals — It  is  chiefly  found  in  mines,  though  fome- ' 
times  gold  dull  is  found  in  the  land  and  mud  of  rivers, 
particularly  in  Guinea.     The  golden  ore  that  is  found 
in  the  mines  is  generally  about  <one  hundred  and  fifty, 
or  one  hundred  and  fixty  fathoms  deep,  and  is  dug  up 
in  large  pieces,  which  ufually  contain  fome  other  mi- 
neral  matter,   as  antimony,   vitriol,  fulphur,  copper, 
or  filver,  particularly  the  lail.     The  manner  of  pre- 
paring and  feparating  it  is  thus  ;   they  firft  break  the 
ore  with  iron  mallets  pretty  imall,  then  carry  it  to 
certain  mills,   where  it  is   ground    ^o  powder  ;  after 
which  they  pafs  it  through  feveral  fieves  until  it  is  ex- 
ceeding fine. 

19.  The  powder    thus  prepared,    they  lay  it  in 
troughs,  mix  with  it  a  fafficient  quantity  of  water  and 
mercury,   and  leave   it  in  the  fun   and  air  for  two  or 
three  days,  after  which  the  coarfe  and  muddy  earth  is 
drawn  out  by  hot  waters,  until  nothing  remains  but 
a  mafs  of  mercury  and  gold  ;  which  are  feparated  by 
dill  illation — The  gold    in  this  (late   is    called   Virgin 
Gold,  which  they  melt  in  crucibles,  and  then  caft  into 
plates  or  ingots. 

20.  There  are  gold  mines  in  mod  countries  hi  the 
world,  though  in  Europe  they  are  very  fparingly  fcat- 
tered.     The  mines  of  P-eru  and  Chili,  in  South-Amer- 
ica, are  the  richeft,  though  very  fine  gold  is  found  in 
many  parts  of  the  Eart-indies.     The  weight  of  geld  is 
to  that  of  water  nearly   as  nineteen  to  one  j  and  to 
that  of  (liver  near  two  to  one.      The  pound  weight  of 
gold,  or  twelve  ouncCvS  troy,  is  divided  into  twenty- 
four  carets.      Of  all  the  properties  of  gold,  its  ductil- 
ity  is  the  mod  furpriiing :  a  ilngle  ounce  of  gold  may 
be  extended,  by  the  gold-beater's  hammer,  to  a  fur- 
face  of  near  one  hundred  and  fifty  fquare  feet,  and  by 
the  gold-wire  drawers,  It  will  be  extended  to  upwards 
of  a  thoufand,  and  yet  remain  fo  entire,  as  that  the 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  53 

leaft  flaw  {hall  not  be  perceived  even  by  the  help  of  a 
microfcope. 

OF  SILVER. 

21.  Silver  is  a  white  rich  metal,  and,  except  gold, 
the  fineft  and  moft  du&ile   of  any  :  there  are  lilver 
mines  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  but  thofe  of  Peru,  and 
fome  other  parts  of  America,   particularly  thofe  of  Pa- 
toii,  are  by  far  the  richclh 

22.  The  filver  ores,  when  firft  dug,  are  not  of  the 
fame  quality,  colour,  or  value;  fome  are  white  or  afli 
colour,  fpotted  with  red  or  blue  fj)ecks  ;   but  the  rich* 
eft,  and  that  which  is,  ea(ic(l  wrought,   is  black;   for 
the  working  of  this  nothing  is  required  but   to  put  It 
in    the  fire,  where   the    lead   evaporating,  leaves  the 
filver  pure;  but  the  method  of  feparating  (ilver  from 
the  common  ore,  is  much  the  fame  as  that  of  gold  ;  on- 
ly that,  to  every  fifty  hundred  weight  of  ore,  is  added 
one  hundred  weight  of  rock  fait;   the  ftandard  of  fine 
filver   is    twelve    penny-weights,    each    eonlilting  of 
twenty -four  grains, 


OF  COPPER. 

23.  Topper  is  a   hard,   dry,  heavy,  diiclile  metal", 
abounding  much   with  vitriol,   and  an  ill-digeited  ful- 
pher,  ant!  found  in  mines,   in   mod  parts  of  Kuro-pe, 
but   particularly  in  Sweden-.      It  is  du-g   up  in  larga 
fragments  of  ore,   which  are  firhY  beaten   fhiall,   then 
wafhed  to  feparate  the  coarfe  and  earthy  pirtsfrom  it, 

rthen  fmelted  and  call:  in  a  kind  of  moulds  to  form  large 
blocks  called  falmons,  or  copper  cakes.  This  is  the 
ordinary  copper. 

24.  Rofe  copper,  is  that  which  is  melted  once  or 
twice  more,  and  a  quantity  of  tn  and  antimony*  added 
to  each  melting,  to  render  ir  more  beautiful  :   virgin 
copper,  is  that  which  is  fometimcs,  but  feldom,  found 
pure  in  mines.     Certain  proportions  of\  copper  and  la- 
pis, calaminarics  make  brafs :    Certain  proportions   of 
Copper  ajjd  tin,  ma^e  bell-metal ;  Copper  ^nd  braf? 


94  NATURAL  HISTORY; 

melted  in  equal  quantities  make  bronze  for  buds  and! 
ftatues  ;  and  the  ruft  of  copper  makes  vcrdigreafe. 

OF  IRON. 

25.  Iron  is  a  bard,  dry,  fufible,  and  duc~H!e  metal, 
confiding  of  earth,  fait,  and  lulphur  ;  but  all  impure,, 
ill  mixed,  and  ill  digelted  ;   which  renders  it  very  lia- 
ble to  ruft.     By  often  heating  it  \n  the  fire,  hammering 
it,  and  letting  it  cool  of  i  tie  If,  ft  is  foitened^  by  ex- 
tinguilhing  it  when  hot,  in  water,  it  is  hardened. 

26.  The  procefs  of  making  iron  is  as  follows  ;   their 
firft  work  is  to  calcine  the  ore,  which  is  done  in  kilns, 
much  like  common  lime  kilns,  which  they  fill  up  to  the 
top  with  fuel  and  ore  intermixed,  and  letting  fire  to  it 
at  the  bottom,  let  it  burn  until  the  fuel  is  entirely  con- 
fumed.     This  is  done  without  melting  the  ore,  and 
ferves  to  confume  the  more  droily  part  of  it,  and  to 
make  \t  maleable  :  after  this  they  carry  it  to  the  fur- 
naces, where,  in  a  furious  fire,  that  for  months  toge- 
ther is  not  fulFered  to  flacken  night  or  day,  it  is  melted 
and/:aft  into  fows,   or  pigs  of  iron,  as  ih^ey  are  com- 
monly called  ;  and  laftly,  it  is  taken  from  the  furnace 
to  the  forge,  where  thofe  pigs  are  wrought  into  com- 
jnon  bars  for  uie. 

OF  LEAD. 

27.  Lead  is  a  c.oarfe,  heavy,  fo ft  metal,  containing: 
mercury,  fome  fulphur,  and   much  bituminous  earth. 
It  is  found    in  many  countries  ;   when  the  ore  is  firft 
dug  out  of  the  mines  it  is  beaten  fmall,  warned  clean 
in  a  running  flream,  and   then  lifted ;    after    which  it 
is  melted  in  a  iurnace,   with  a  ftrong  charcoal  fire  ;   as 
it  melts  it  runs  through  a  canal  on  one  fide,  leaving 
the  earth,  (tone,  and  drofs  amongft  the  afhes,  and  the 
•workmen  with  iron  ladles,  take  it  out,  and  upon  fand 
call  it  into  what  form  they  pleafe. 

OF  TIN" 

28.  Tin  is  a  whitim    metal,  not  fo  hard  as  fllver 
tier  fo  foft  as  lead  :  the  ftannaries  or  tin  mines  in  Corn- 
wall and   Devonshire  (in  Great- Brit  an)  fur  nidi  th* 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  £J 

fgreatefl  part  of  the  tin  that  is  con  fumed  in  all  Europe, 
The  manner  of  preparing  it,  as  related  in  the  philofo- 
pbical  tranfactions,  is  thus— The  mineral  (tone,  or  ore 
being  dug  and  drawn  out  of  the  mines,  they  break  it 
in  pieces  with  large  iron  mallets,  then  bring  k  to  a 
(lamping mill,  where  it  is  pounded  with  dampers  much 
like  thoie  of  paper  mills  ;  and  the  water  palling 
through  it,  wames  away  the  earthy  parts,  and  leaves 
the  metalic  ones  behind 

29.  I  lus  done,  they  lay  it  on  iron  plates,  and  dry 
it  in  a  furnace,  and  grind  it  very  fine  in  a  crafingnvll  ; 
then  wafli  it  and  dry  it.  In  this  Itate  it  is  called  black 
tin;  to  reduce  it  to  white  tin  its  proper  color  they  carry 
it  to  a  furnace  filled  with  charcoal,  where  it  is  fmelted. 
After  it  has  pafled  through  all  thefe  preparations,  and  is 
become  cold, they  forge  it  into  plates,  which  finifhes  the 
procefs.  Six  pounds  of  bra  is,  and  fifteen  pounds  of 
lead,  to  an  hundred  pounds  of  tin,  makes  the  compo* 
iiuon  called  pewter. 


MERCURY. 

30.  Or  as  it  is  vulgarly  called,  quick-ill  ver,  is  an 
imperfect  metal,  neither  ductile  nor  malleable,  but  a 
fluid  matter,  refembling  melted  filver  j  it  is  found 
chiefly  in  Hungary,  Spain,  and  Peru  ;  the  method  of 
feparating;  it  is — firft  to  grind  the  mineral  glebe,  or 
ore,  into  powder,  then  pouring  a  great  quantity  of 

ij  water  upon  it,  they  ftir  it  about  until  the  water 
becomes  thick  ;  then  pouring  it  off,  they  put  on  frefh 

•;  water,and  repeat  their  work  until   the  water  comes  of? 

*i  clear  ;  and  now  all  that  remains  at  the  bottom  of  the 
vefTel  is  mercury  and  other  metaline  matter.  With  this 
they  intermix  the  drofs,  or  refufe  of  iron,  and  putting* 
the  whole  into  large  retorts,  diftil  it  ;  by  which  means 
all  the  heterogenious,  metallic;,  and  ftony  parts,  are 
feparated,  and  the  mercury  left  pure. 

3  r.  The  chief  properties  of  mercury  are,  that,  gold 
cxcepted,  it  is  the  heavieil  of  all  metals.  It  is  alfo  the 
Woft  fluid  of  all  bodies,  that  is,  its  parts  cohere  the 
lead  to  each  other,  and  are  the  molt  eafily  feparated  * 


0  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

it  is  extremely  volatile,  being  convertible  into  fume 
by  a  very  gentle  heat  ;  it  eaiily  enters  and  clofely  ad- 
heres to  gold,  lefs  eaiily  to  filver,  with  difficulty  to 
copper,  and  to  iron  not  at  all. 

OF  DIAMONDS. 

32.  There  are  many  -kinds  of  precious  dunes,  but \ 
the  diamond,  bv  the  ancients  called  adamant,  is  the 
molt  valuable  of  them  all.  Its  goodnefs  confifts  in  its 
V'ater  or  color,  lultre,  and  weight  :  And  its  defects 
are  flaws,  veins  fpecks  of  red  and  black  £ind,  and  a 
bluiili  or  yeliowiih  cad.  Diamonds  are  found  only  in 
the  Kaft- indies,  fometimes  in  mines  and  fome times  in 
the  fand  of  rivers:  it  is  the  hardest  of  all  gems,  info- 
much  that  it  can  only  be  cut  and  ground  by  itfelf,  and 
its  own  fubdance. 

3.3.  The  manner  of  preparing  them  is  firft  to  rub 
them  hard  aga'mft  each  other,  and  the  dud  which  is 
thus  rubbed  of  the  ftoues,  ferves  to  grind  and  polifh 
them  ;  and  this  is  done  by  means  of  a  mill,  which  turns 
a  wheel  of  loft  iron,  fprinlded  over  with  diamond  dult 
mixed  with  oil  of  olives  :  The  fame  dud,  wel)  ground, 
and  diluted  with  water  and  vin?gar,  is  ufed  inthefaw- 
in^  of  diamonds  ;  which  is  performed  with  an  iron  or 
brafs  wire  as  fine  as  a  hair. 


OF  THE  MAGNET,  OR  LOADSTONE. 

34.    This  wonderful   done  is  ufually  found  in  iron 
mines  :  and  is  produced  in  mod  countries  of  the  world, 
particularly    in    China,     Bengal,    Arabia,     England/ 
Germany,  £c.      It  is  a  heavy  itone,  fomething  reiem-- 
bling  the  ore  of  iron,  only  cloier  and  more  ponderous. 
It  is  endosved  with  ibme  furpriiing  qualities  and  pow-- 
ers :   It    attracts    iron,   which   will  adhere  to   it    very 
[irongly  ;  which  virtue  it  alfo  communicates  to  the  iron 
fo  attracted  :  In  every  magnet  ihere  are  two  poles,  one 
of  which  points  northward,  and  the  other  fouthward  ; 
and  if  the  magnet  be  divided  into  ever  fo  many  pieces, 
the  two  poles  will  be  found  in  each  piece.      It  is  this 
property  which  has  rendered  it  fo  ufcful  in  improving 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  97 

the  art  of  navigation  ;  for  by  the  help  of  a  needle/ 
properly  touched  to  the  Loadftone,  the  faijor  directs 
the  courfe  of  his  fhip  to  whatever  quarter  of  the  world 
he  pleaies  ;  the  property  of  pointingtowards  the  north, 
being  communicated  from  the  (lone  to  the  needle. 


OF  VEGETABLES,  &c. 
ift.  OP  THE  VINE. 

35.  The  vine  is  a  plant  or  fhrub  of  the  reptile  kin  J/ 
fupporting  itfelf  by  creeping  or  climbing  up  any  thing 
which  (lands  near  it.     It  is  famous  for  its  fruit  called 
grapes,  which  it  produces    in  bunches,  and  from  the 
juice  of  which  is  made  that  dangerous  liquor,  wine  : 
I  call  it  dangerous  becaufe  men  very  often  drink  it  to> 
the  lofs  of  their  health  and  reafon  ,  bst  temperately  u- 
fed,  its  virtues  chear  the  heart,  and  enliven  the  imagi* 
nation.    The  bed  foliation,  for  a  vineyard,  is  in  a  dry 
foil,  on  the  fide  of  a  hill,  fronting  the  fouth  :  The  me- 
thod of  making  wine,  is  only  to  tread  or  fqueeze  cut 
the  juice  ;  let  it  ttand  ibme  time  with  the  bufks  to  fer- 
ment, and  then  tun  it  up  in  veilels.     There  are  vari- 
ous kinds  of  wine  which  are   generally  denominated 
from  the  places  where  the  vines  grow  ;  thus  Port  comes 
from  Portugal,  Madeira    from  the    Madeira    I  (lands, 
Burgundy  and  Champaign  are  the  product  of  thole  pro- 
duces in  France.  1 

OF  COFFEE. 

36.  Coffee   berries  are  the  fruit  of  a    tree  which 
grows  very  plentifully  in  Arabia  Felix,  .and  is  cultiva- 
ted alfo  in  Turky  and  fome  parts  of  the  Levant.     The 
fizc  qf  thefe  berries  is  fomething  binder  than  our  lar- 
geft  peas,  the  flower  is  like  the  white  jetTamin  flower, 
und  the  leaf  like  that  of  the  bay.     The  berries  are  of 
a  pale  color,  and  imported  to  us  as  they  are  gathered 
from  the  tree  ;  but  before  they  can  be  ufed  to  make  the 
liquor  which   we  call  coffee,  they  mud  be  toaited  un- 
t'a  they  become  a  deep  brown  color ;  and  then  ground 

I 


93  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

in  a  mill  to  powder.  The  cuftom  of  drinking  coffee 
Is  fcarce  of  an  hundred  years  (landing,  in  England,  or 
America;  Come  fay  Dr.  Harvey  was  the  firft  who  ufed 
5t ;  others  that  one  Pafqua,  a  Greek  fervant,  brought 
into  England  by  Mr.  Daniel  Edwards,  a  Turky  Mer- 
chant, in  one  thoufand  fix  hundred  and  fifty-two,  was 
the  firft  who  introduced  it,  and  opened  the  firft  coffee- 
lioufe  in  England. 

OF  TEA. 

37.  The  tea  tree  grows  in  China,  Japan,  Slam, 
and  other  parts  of  the  Eaft-lndies.  It  delights  in  val  - 
leys  and  [tony  foil.  That  which  is  imported  to  us,  and 
of  which  we  make  tea,,  is  only  the  leaves,  which  are 
gathered  by  the  natives  in  March  or  April,  held  over 
the  fteam  of  boiling  water  to  moiften  them,  and  then 
laid  on  copper  plates,  and  dried  before  the  fire,  which 
curls  them  up  in  the  manner  we  fee.  Its  feed  is  afual- 
ly  fown  in  places  expofed  to  the  (both,  and  the  tree 
bears  three  years  after  fown.  The  root  is  fomewhat 
like  that  of  the  peach  tree  ;  the  leaves  are  about  an 
inch  and  a  half  long,  narrow  at  the  point  and  jagged 
all  round — Its  flower  refembles  the  \vild  rofe,  which, 
•when  blown,  is  fucceeded  by  a  cod  not  exceeding  the 
lize  of  a  hazle  nut,  containing  two  or  three  feeds,  from 
whence  the  plant  is  propagated.  The  tree  is  faid  to 
be  of  various  heights,  even  from  ons  foot  to  a  hundred, 

OF  THE  SUGAR  CANE. 

38.  The  fugar  cane  is  produced  in  many  parts  of  the 
"Weft-Indies,  particularly  the  Carribee  Iflands,  as  Bar- 
badoes,  Jamaica,  Nevis,"  &c.  It  ufualiy  grows  five 
or  fix  feet  high,  and  is  about  half  an  inch  in  diameter. 
The  ftem  or  ftock,  is  divided  by  knots  a  foot  and  a 
half  apart — At^the  top  it  puts  forth  a  number  of  long 
green  leaves,  from  the  middle  of  which  arife  the  flow- 
er and  the  feed:  when  ripe,  which  is  commonly  in 
about  ten  months,  it  is  found  quite  full  of  white  juicy 
pith,  from  whicli  is  exprefled  the  liquor  whereof  Hi  gar 
is  made. 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  97 

39.  The  procefs  of  making  fugar  is  as  follows  ;  after 
the  canes  are  cut,  they  are  carried  in  bundles  to  mills, 
\vhich  confift  of  three  wooden  rollers,  covered  with 
fleel  plates,  and  are  wrought  either  by  water,  or  wind, 
or  cattle,  or  Haves.  The  liquor,  when  the  canes  are 
prefTed  and  broke  between  the  rollers,  runs  through 
a  little  canal  into  the  fugar  houfe,  and  is  conveyed  in- 
to a  copper,  heated  by  a  How  tire,  jnft  to  make  it  fim- 
mer,  where  it  receives  its  llrft  reparation.  With  the 
liquor  is  here  mixed  a  quantity  of  allies  and  quick  lime  ; 
the  eifects  of  which  mixture,  aiiifted  by  the 'action  of 
fire,  is,  that  the  uncluous  parts  are  Separated  from 
the  reft,  and  railed  to  the  top,  in  form  of  a  thick  founi, 
\vhieii  is  conftantly  taken  orf  with  a  ikimmer — This 
done,  it  is  farther  purified  in  a  (econd,  third,  fourth, 
and  fifth  boiiler,  in  which  lad  it  is  brought  to  the  confif- 
tence  of  a  fyrup.  Then  in  a  iixth  boiiler  the  fy  rnp  re- 
ceives its  full  coclion,  and  here  all  the  impurities  left  by 
the  former  lees  are  taken  away  by  a  new  lee,  and  a  wa- 
ter of  lime  and  allum  is  calt  into  it.  In  this  lad  copper, 
there  is  fcarce  found  one  third  of  what  was  in  the  firfl:, 
the  reft  being  wafted  in  fcum.  By  thus  palling  a  num- 
ber of  coppers,  the  fugar  juice  is  purifitd,  thickened, 
and  renderd  fit  to  be  converted  into  any  kind  of  fugar. 

OF  BIRDS. 

40.  If  we  condder  the  nature  and  formation  of  birds 
in  general,  mmy  reflections  will  naturally  arife,  and 
confirm  in  our  minds  the  wifclom  and  goodnefs  of  God, 
in  i'o  wonderfully  adapting  their  power  to  the  ufes  and 
ends  they  were  ordained  to  ferve  and  purfue. 

ift.  OF  THE  EAGLE. 

41.  There  are  many  forts  of  eagles,   but  that  called 
the  Golden- Eagle  is  chief,  and  is  co*mnonly    reckoned 
the  king  of  birds.     Pie  is  found  in  the  defarts  of  Arabia, 
sncl  in   the  moft  remote   parrs   of  Scvthia  :     He  is  a 
bird  of  great  ftrengtb,  exceeding  bold,  and  very  vo- 
racious and  fierce,  in  devouring  his  prey.     He  is   of  a 


300  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

large  fize,  near  four  feet  long  from  the  point  of  the 
bill  to  the  end  of  the  tail  ;  and  betwixt  the  points  of 
each  wing,  when  extended  near  fix  feet  ;  his  beak  is 
very  ftrong,  crooked  and  {harp,  fo  alfo  are  his  talons 
or  claws. 

42.  Their  common  prey  are  hares,  rabbits,  kids, 
Jambs,  £c.-But  when  preiled  by  hunger,  they  will 
feize  on  larger  animals.  His  fight  is  fo  exceeding 
iharp  and  piercing,  that  he  can  fee  his  prey  on  the 
ground,  though  at  ever  fo  great  a  'height  in  the  air, 
and  darts  upon  it  with  a  furprifing  rapidity.  And  as 
Lis  eye  is  of  fuch  great  ufe  in  fpying  out  his  prey  nature. 
3ias  contrived  to  preferve  it  with  uncommon  care,  hav- 
ing inftead  of  one,  provided  it  with  four  lids  or  covers. 
*They  build  their  nefts  generally  on  the  fides  of  inaccef- 
lible  ro'cks,  or  on  the  tops  of  old  decayed  large  trees, 
and  feldom  lay  above  two  eggs  at  a  time.  They 
Jive  to  a  prodigious  age,  fome  fay  three  hundred  years, 
but  that  is  probably  a  miftake. 

OF  THE  OSTRICH. 

47.  This  is  generally  thought  to  be  the  larged  ;  at 
]ea(t  it  is  one  of  the  talleil  birds  in  the  world,  being 
Jull  as  high  as  a  man  on  horfeback.  It  is  found  both 
in  Africa  and  Arabia,  particularly  in  the  fandy  defarts 
of  Arabia.  The  head  and  bill  referable  thofe  of  a  duck, 
.their  wings  are  not  large  enough  in  proportion  to 
aheirbody  to  raife  them  up  from  the  ground,  but  ferve 
sis  fails  or  oars  to  cut  through  or  impel  the  air,  and  add 
great  fwiftnefs  to  their  feet,  which  are  ihod  xvith  a 
horny  fubftance,  enabling  them  to  tread  firmly,  and 
to  run  a  long  time  without  hurting  themfelves. 

44.  They  are  frequently  hunted  with  grey  hounds, 
and  when  in  danger  of  being  taken,  fuddenly  (top,  and 
let  down  one  of  their  wings,  and  covering  their  whole 
body  with  it,  fuffer  the  dog  to  get  his  mouth  full  of  fea- 
thers, then  taking  to  their  heels  again,  before  the  dog 
can  difengage  himfelf  from  the  feathers,  they  are  go£ 
s  confiderable  way  before  him. 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  ior 

45.  What  is  mod  remarkable   of  this  bird  is,  that 
flic  lays  her  eggs  in  the  fand,  and   entirely  forgetting 
them/  fuifers  "them    to    be  hatched  by  the  heat  of  the 
fun,  and  quite  contrary  to  all  other  creatures    whatib- 
ever,  appears  utterly  deftitute  of  parental  aifedion. 

OF   QUADRUPEDS,    OR  FOUR-FOOTED 
BEASTS; 

i ft.  OF  THE  LION. 

46.  The  lion,  juftly  (tiled  by  all  writers  the  king  of 
beads,  is  generally  of  a  dim  color  ;  but  not  without 
fonie  exceptions,  as  black,  white,  and  red,  in  Lthio- 
pia,  and  fume  other  parts  of  Africa  and  Alia.  The  hair 
cf  fome  of  them  is  curled,  and  fome  long,  fliagged, 
find  thin.  His  head  is  vaftly  large  and  ftrong,  his  nofe 
thick,  his  mouth  very  wide,  his    eyes  are  red,  fiery, 
and  hollow,  not  very  round,  nor  long,  looking  a  wry  5 
his    fore  feet  have   live    diftinft   claws   on  each  .foot, 
and  the  hinder  but  four  ;  all  crooked,  fliarp,  and   ex- 
ceeding hard.     His  fight  and  fmelling  are  very  acute, 
and  he  ileeps  with  his  eyes  open.     He  cannot  endure, 
fire. 

47.  When  other  wild  breads  hear  his  terrible  roar* 
ing  noife,  all  are  furprifecl  with  fear  and  dare  not  flir  ; 

;>h  he  is  not  without  his  fear  of  fome  creatures^ 
fuch  as  (as  is  reported)  the  great  dogs  of  India,  &c; 
with  which  they  hunt  and  kill  lions.  He  is  mo  ft  com* 
monly  taken  by  nets  and  other  fnares.  Lions  are 
thought  to  be  Jdttg  lived,  becaufe  many  of  them  have 
been  taken  toothlefs ;  but  this  is  no  certain  fign,  as  it 

proceed  from  their  corrupt  breath,  or  other  caufcj. 
I  he  lionefs,  tho  female  of  the  fame  kind,  i.s 
found  in  the  fume  countries,  with  the  fame  nature  and 
properties  ;  but  has  no  mane  at  all,  which  is  proper 
to  the  male  only,  to  whole  ihoulders  and  neck  it  is  a 
great  ornament. 

40..  The  jackall;  or  wild  dog  (commonly  called  the 

I    3 


102  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

lion's  pf  ovicler)  though  not.  much  bigger  than  a  fox, 
yet  is  f'o  fierce  and  bold,  that  it  Icizeu  on  fticb  beads, 
as  cows,  hogs,  fheep,  £c.  and  fometimes  will  attack 
a  man.  It  is  reported,  that  when  this  creature  feizes 
his  prey,  lie  makes  an  hideous  r.oife,  which  gives  no- 
tice to  the  lion,  who  immediately  comes,  if  within 
hearing  ;  at  whofe  fight  the  jackal  1  goes  a  little  afide, 
until  the  lion  has  fully  fatisfied  his  hunger,  and  march- 
es off,  and  then  returns  to  feed  on  what  the  lion  has 
left.  His  head  is  like  a  fox's,  and  his"  body  like  a 
Cadger's. 

OF  THE  ELEPHANT. 

50.  The  elephant  is  bred  in  the  hot  eafl  and  fouth 
countries  ;   that  of  India  is  the    largelt,  being  about 
thirteen  feet  high,  and  feven  broad,  and    is  much  the 
largei!  of  all  land  animals.     It  is  for  the  moil:  part,  of 
a  moufe  color,  or  black.     The  fkin  is  fo  hard,  that  a 
rJharp  fword   cannot  penetrate -through  it,  efpecially 
vpon  the  back.     The  moft  tender  part  being   under 
the  belly.     Its  eyes  are  likefwines. 

51.  It  has  four  teeth  on  each  fide,  with  which  it 
grinds  its  meat   like  meal  ;  befides  thefe,  it  has  two 
others,  which  hang  out  beyond  the  relt ;    in  the  male 
downwards,  in  the  female  upwards  ;  thofe  of  the  male 
sire  the  largeft  ;  thofe  of  the  female  are  fmalbr,  but 
fharpcr      One  of  them  it  keeps  always  fliarp,  to  re- 
venge injuries  ;  and  with 'the  other  it  roots  up  trees 
and  plants  for  its  meat.     The  tooth  of  the  male  of  this 
beall  grows  to  be  ten  feet  lung ;  fome  elephant's  teeth 
have  been  feen,  that  (they  fay)  have  weighed,  fmgle, 
three  hundred  pounds  weight.     The  teeth  of  the  fe- 
male are  reckoned  more  precious  than  thofe  of  the  male. 
Theie  they  lafe  once  in  ten  years  ;   which  falling  off, 
they  very  carefully  bury  in  the  earth  (as  is  thought) 
on  purpofe  that  men  may  not  find  them.     The  two 
teeth  hanging  out  beyond  the  reft  are  ivory. 

52.  The  elephant's  tongue  is  very  finall,  but  broad, 
his  trunk.,  through  wlr'ch  he  draws  breath,  ferves  as 
tin  hand  to  receive  his  food ;.  it  is  crooked;  gnfty;  and 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  103 

flexible.  At  the  root,  next  to  the  nofe,  in  the  trunk, 
are  two  pailages,  one  into  his  body  and  head,  by  which 
he  breathes,  and  the  other  into  his  mouth,  whereby  he 
takes  in  his  food.  With  this  he  fights  in  war,  and  can 
take  up  a  fonll  piece  of  money  from  the  ground.  It 
has  joints  in  its  legs,  which  it  can  bend  at  pleafure. 
Its  feet  are  round  like  a  horfe's,  and  vaftly  broad. 

53.  It  is  a  great  lover  of  wine,  and  will  drink   (if 
fame  be  true)  about  fourteen  gallons  at  a  time,  of  ei- 
ther wine  or  water.     It  goes  with  young,  according 
to  fome  writers,  three  years,  and  others,  but   two  ; 
and  brings  forth  but  one  at  a  time,  and  that  but  little 
bigger  than  a  calf,  and  grows  until  thirty.     When  it 
crofles  a  river,  the  dam  takes  her  young  up  with  her 
fnout,  with  which  flic  grafps  it,  and  carries  it  fafe  over. 

54.  The  female  is  more  ilrongand  courageous  than 
the  male,  and  will  bear  a  greater  burden  ;  but  in  war 
the  male  is  more  graceful,  becaufe  taller.     When  it  is 
rrioft  loaded  it  will  go  fwift ;  and  can  carry  a  wooden 
tower  upon  its  back,  and  thirty  men  with  their  ammu- 
nition and  provifions  of  war.     It  is  one  of  the  mod 
docile  of  all  animals,  and  may  be  taught  to  do  many 
things.     If  it  receives  no  hurt  h  will  live  an  hundred 
years,  and  fometimes  two  hundred.    The  blood  of  the 
elephant  is  obferved  to  be  the  coldeft  of  all  animals. 

OF  THE  CROCODILE. 

55.  The  crocodile  is  a  creature  that  liveth  on  land 
and  yvater.   Its  color  is  like  to  faffron,  that  is,  between 
yellow  and  reel,  but  more  inclining  to  yellow.     The 
belly,  is  fome  what  whiter  than  the  other  parts.  Its  bo- 
dy is  rough,  being  covered  all  over  with  a  certain  bark 
or  rind,  fo  thick,  firm  and  ftrong,  that  it  will  not  yield 
(audefpecially  upon  the  back)  unto  a  cart  wheel,  when 
the  cart  is  loaded  ;  and  in  all  the  upper  parts,  and  the 
tail,  it  is  impenetrable  by  a  dart  or  fpear;xbut  the 
belly  is  fofter,  wherein  it  receiveth  wounds  more  eafi- 
Iv.   The  covering  of  its  back  is  cliflinguiflied  into  divers 
divided  {hells,  ftanding  up  far  above  the  flklh ;  but  on 
the  bvUv  it  is  more  ihrjoih, 


104  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

'56.  The  head  of  this  beaft  is  very  broad,  and  his 
fnout  like  a  (wine's.  When  it  eateih,  or  biteth,  it  IR-- 
ver  moves-  the  under  chap.  The  opening  of  the  mouth 
reacheth  to  the  place  of  his  ears  Its  teeth  are  white, 
long,  fharp,  a  little  crooked,  and  hollow.  It  has  ilxty 
joints,  or  bones^  on  the  back,  which  are  tied  together 
by  Co-many  ligaments.  The  tail  is  near  as  long 'as  the 
\vhole  body,  and  the  fame  is  alfo  rough,  and  armed 
with  hard  jkin  on  the  upper  part,  and  the  fides  ;  bat 
beneath  it  is  fmootla  and  tender.  It  hath  fins  upon  the  < 
tail,  by  the  benefit  w  hereof  it  fwirneth  ;  as  alfo  by  the 
help  of  its  feet,  which  are  like  a  bear's,  except  that 
they  are  covered  with  fcales  inilead  of  hair.  Us  nails 
are  very  {harp  and  (Irong. 

57.  By  reafon  of  the  ihortnefs  of  its  legs,  his  pace 
is  very  {low  ;  and  therefore  it  is  not  very  difficult  for 
a  man  to  efcape  from  him   by  flight  ;  efpecially  if  he 
does  not  go  ftraight  forward,  but  turns  and  winds  out 
of  the  direct  path  ;   for  the  crocodile's  body  is  fo  hard 
and  iti if  that  it  cannot  ealily  turn  and  wind  after  him-. 
It   brings  forth  young  every  year,  and  lays  its  eggs, 
(wlikh  are  about  as  b'rjf  as  a  gpofe's)  in  the  earth  or 
dry  land.     During  the  (pace  of  three  {core  days  it  lays 
every  clay  an  egg;  and  within  the  like  fpace  of  time 
they  are  hatched  into  youLg  ones,  by  fitting  or  lying 
upon   them  by  courfe,  the  male  one  while,  and  the 
female  anorher  ;   which  is  in  a  moderate   and  temper- 
ate feafon  ;    otherwise  they  perlili  and  come  to  nothing; 
So  foon  as  the  young  ones  are  hatched  they  initantly 
fall  into  the  water..     The  crocodile  is  thought  to  live 
iixty  years-. 

58.  Some  have  thought  that  the  alligator  (of  which 
there  are  many  in  Georgia  and  South- Carolina)   arc  a 
diiHndt  fpecies  of  the  crocodile  ;   but  it  is  the  received 
opinion  of  naturaliils,  that  it. 5s  no  oilier  than  a  cro- 
codile not  arrived  to  its  full  growth.      There  are  ma- 
ny crocodiles  ia  -Egypt,  about  the   river  Nile,  in  the 
Wei  j  he  f  •  about  the  Nile  are  much  the 
large  it  ;  fonie  o;  tiKrm  being  (according  to  very  credi- 
.ble  te(timony)  not  Ici'o  thaa  thirty  feet  long.  - 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  105 

OF  THE  SKUNK. 

£9.  This  moft  fingular  animal  inhabits  the  American 
woods,  and  is  remarkable  for  the  peculiar  fluid  which 
it  emits,  when  purfbed  by  its  enemies,  for  the  fake  of 
defending  itfclf.  Its  flefh,  when  properly  drefled,  is 
very  good  eating.  Its  jkin  is  covered  with  a  coarfe 
kind  of  hair  or  fur.  Mr.  Carver  has  given  a  particu- 
lar account  of  this  animal,  in  his  travels;  but  an  ac- 
curate direction  of  it  was  made  lately  by  Dr.  Mirchcl, 
who  found  the  odoriferous  matter  to  be  contained  in 
two  bags  iituated  in  the  pofterior  parts  of  the  body, 
and  furrounded  by  the  circular  mufcles  in  fuch  a  man- 
ner that  by  their  contraction,  the  fluid  is  forced  out 
with  great  velocity,  and  to  a  confiderable  dillance. — • 
The  urinary  organs  are  totally  diflinct  from  thefe 
bags.  This  peculiar  flibftance  medically  adminiilered 
is  laid  to  be  good  for  afthmas,  and  other  fpafmodic 
diforders  ;  and  from  its  analogy  to  muik,  ambergris 
and  civet,  it  is  highly  probable  that  it  poilefles  no 
finall  degree  of  virtue.  [See  American  mufeum,~} 

OF  THE  RACOON. 

60.  This  animal,  is  in  fhape  and  (ize  fomewhat  like 
a  fox  ;  its  fur,  or  hair,  is  alfo  like  that  animal's  ;  the 
males  have  a  large  whitifh  ftripe,  and  the  females  a 
(mailer  one,  that  runs  acrofs  the  forehead  :  this  little 
animal  is  very  difficult  to  catch,  from  its  great  dexte- 
rity in  running  up  trees  to  evade  its  purfuers. 

OF  THE  OPPOSUM. 

6r.  The  oppofumisin  /hape  and  fize  foinetlnng  like 
the  badger,  but  rather  of  a  lighter  color  ;  its  feet  and 
tail,  referable  thofe  of  a  rat.  This  creature  has  a 
ftrange  bag.  or  apartment  at  the  lower  part  of  its 
body  fo  rarely  contracted  that  it  can  open  and  (hut  it 
at  pleafure,  like  the  mouth  of  a  purfe  ;  in  this  ftrange 
repofitory,  it  fecures  its  offspring  while  young  ;  who 
will  naturally  run  thither  when  apprehenfive  of  any 
danger.  The  three  hit  ddcribed  animals,  arc?  ^ecu» 
liar  to  America, 


*o6  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

OF  FISHES,  &t. 
i ft.  OF  THE  WHALE. 

62.  Of  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  water,  the  whale1, 
is  the  Inrgeil,  particularly  thofe  found  in  the  north 
feas,  which  are  fome  of  them  200  feet  in  length,  and  of 
a  bulk  proportionable.  Its  head  is  about  one  third  part 
of  its  whole  length,  en  the  top  of  which  is  a  bump  cal- 
led the  hovil,  in  which  are  two  fpout  holes,  from 
whence,  either  in  fport  or  elfe  when  wounded,  he 
throws  the  water  with  fuch  force,  that  it  roars  like  a 
hollow  wind,  or  the  fea  in  a  (form,  and  may  be  heard 
at  the  diftance  of  a  league.  His  eyes  are*  not  mrch 
bigger  than  thofe  of  an\>x,  and  placed  near  the  cor- 
ner of  his  mouth. 

63.  The  flefli  is  coarfe,  hard,  and  lean,  the  fat  ly-  >; 
ing  only  between  the  flefti  and  fkin  ;  that  which  we  call  I 
the  whale  bone  is  found  in  the  mouth  and  throat  ;  in 
every  whale  perhaps  500  pieces,  each  fifteen  feet  long. 
They  never  have  more  than  two  young  ones  at  a  time, 
and  how  long  they  go  with  young  is  uncertain.  '1  he 
drug  called  fpermaceti,  is  the  brain  6f  the  whale  re- 
fined and  purified  by  feveral  meltings.  All  that  fifher- 
men  concern  themfelves  with,  is  the  blubber,  or  fat. 
the  whale  bone,  and  the  brain  ;  the  lean  part  of  the 
carcafs  is  left  upon  the  ice,  for  the  bears,  who  are  ve- 
ry fond  of  it. 

64.  The  manner  of  taking  them  is  with  a  harpoon, 
or  harping  iron,  which  is  a  large  iron  fpear,  or  javelin 
five  or  fix  feet  long,  with  a  triangular  point,  barbed 
like  an  arrow.  T  his  the  harpooncr  throws  at  the  head 
of  the  whale  with  all  his  force,  a  line  being  fattened  to  f 
it,  and  if  he  is  fo  Iqcky  as  to  penetrate  the  flefh  imme- 
diately they  let  out  the  line,  and  the  whale  dives  to 
the  bottom  with  great  fwiftnefs  ;  but  coming  up  again 
f o  r  b  re  a  t  h ,  t  h  ey  w  o  u  n  d  hi  m  a  fr  e  i  1 1  >  u  n  t  i  1  gr  o  w  i  n  g  f  a  i  n  C 
with  thelofs  of  biood,  they  at  length  venture  fo  near 
him  as  to  thruil  a  long  lance  under  his  gills  into  hi.; 
breaft,  which  foon  difpatchcs  him. 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  to? 

OF  THE  SHARK. 

65.  The  fliark  is  very  large,  and  reckoned  the 
boldeft  of  all  fifh.  Rodeletius,  fays  that  he  faw  a  mid- 
dling one,  that  weighed  near  ten  hundred  weight." 
Gillius  fays  that  he  was  very  credibly  informed,  that 
a  tifh  of  this  fort,  not  weighing  lefs  than  four  thou- 
fand  net  pounds,  being  diflecled,  had  a  whole  man 
found  in  his  belly  ;  and  that  the  people  of  Marfeilles 
told  him  they  had  caught  one  in, which  they  found  a 
man  armed  with  a  coat  of  mail.  The  head  and  mouth 
of  this  fiPa  are  large  in  proportion  to  the  body  ;  the 
number  of  its  teeth  varies  according  to  its  age  ;  it 
having  been  obferved,  by  men  worthy  of  credit,  that 
this  kind  breeds  new  teeth  every  year  as  long  as  it 
lives  :  It  has  three  rows  of  teeth,  hard,  flrong,  ,and 
iharp  ;  it  is  common  in  the  Weil  Indies,  &c.  and  very 
destructive  to  thofe  who  divert  themfelves  by  fwimigg, 
for  it  fometimes  bites  a  man  afunder,  at  other  times, 
takes  away  a  limb,  &c.  it  is  often  catched  by  failors. 
\\lhen  it  feizes  its  prey,  it  turns  itfelf  on  its  back. 


OF  THE  DART. 

66.  The  dart  is  fo  called  from  his  flying  like  an  ar- 
row, from  the  tops  of  trees,  and  hedges  upon  men, 
by  which  means  he  (lings  and  wounds  them  to  death. 
It  is  hred  in  Lybia,  Rhodes,  Italy,  Sicily,  Germany, 
and  fome  other  countries.  Jt  is  in  thicknefs  about  the 
bignefs  of  a  man's  finger,  and  proportionable  in  length. 
The  top  of  the  back  is  black,  and  has  two  black  lines 
in  the  middle  from  head  to  tail.  The  body  is  of  an  alh 
color,  full  of  round  black  fpots,  no  bigger  than  the 
feed  oflentiles,  each  fpot  having  a  circle  about  it,  like 
an  eye  ;  the  belly  is  white,  of  this  kind  fome  think  was 
the  viper  which  came  upon  the  Land  of  St.  Paul — Some 
slfo  conje&ure,-  that  of  this  fort  were  the  fiery  ferpentsi 
fent  by  God  Almighty  to  annoy  the  rebellious  lira  el- 
ites in  the  wilder  nefs. 


lo8  NATURAL  HISTORY, 

Or  INSECTS. 
OF  THE  SILKWORM. 

67.  The  {ilk  worm  is  produced  from  a  fmall  egg,  not 
tnuch  bigger  than  a  muftard  feed,  is  of  a  pale  afh  color, 
and  feeds  on  mulberry  leaves,  or  for  the  want  ofthofe, 
on  the  leaves  of  lettuces.     During  its  continuance  in 
this  form,  it  fuffers  four  ficknefles,  each  lafting  about 
three  days,  wherein  it  feeds  not  at  all,  but  grows 
thicker,  fhorter    and    clearer,    and   in  each    ficknefs 
changes  its  fkin.     Soon  after  this  it  begins  to  wind  it- 
ielf  up  into  a  filken  bag  or  cafe,  about  thefizeof  a  pi-^ 
geons  egg,  in  which  (late  it  lies  eaclofed  about  fifteen 
or  twenty  days  without  any  food,  and  feemingly  with- 
out life  or  motion,  andis  there  transformed  into  an  au- 
relia,  or  chry falls,  and  eating   itfelf  a  pailage  out  of* 
its  filken  fepulchre,  becomes  a  moth,  which  is  its  lad 
flate,  the  {late  in  which  it  la)  s  its  eggs  and  dies.  Thefe 
eggs  are  kept  for  about  ten  months,  until  the  proper 
feafon   returns,  which  is   the  beginning  of  May  and 
then  hatch  of  themfelves  into  filkworms. 

68.  Thofe  who  keep  thefe  infects,  never  fuffer  them.; 
to  eat  their  way  out  of  their  habitation,  becaufe  that 
fpoils  their  work  ;  but  towards  the  end  of  their  conti- 
nuance in  that  (late,  they  wind  the  (ilk  from  off  them, 
and  the  enclofed  worm  aiFames  its  new  (late  of  a  moth 
as  well-as  if  it  had  continued  the  whole  time  in  its  filken 
covering.     The  quantity  of  filk  generally  wound  from 
one  of  thefe  balls  or  cafes  is  about  nine  hundred  and 
thirty  yards  ;  but  fo  extremely  fine  is  the  thread,  that 
the  weight  of  it  is  not  above  two  grains  and  an  half. 

OF  THE  WHEAT  INSECT. 

69.  This  infect  has  for  feveral  years  been  very  de- 
ftructive  to  the  wheat  of  New-York,  andfeverd  of  the 
other  (tates.     It  is  fliaped  like  a  fly,  and  from  an  opi- 
nion that  it  was  brought  into  this  country  by  the  Ger- 
mans, at  the  beginning  of  the  late  war,  has  been  cal- 
led the  Heflian  Fly.     It  breeds  five  or  fix  times  a  year, 


NATUE.AL  HISTORY.  ro$> 

and  makes  dreadful  work  in  the  green  and  growing 
\vheat,  by  gnawing  and  fqueezing  the  draw,  and  there- 
by difabling  it  to  tranimit  the  nutritive  juices  to  the 
blade.  Col.  Morgan,  of  New-Jerfey,  has  been  very 
diligent  in  his  enquiries,  into  the  hiftory  of  this  def- 
tructive  infec~fc  ;  and  has  publifhed  feveral  valuable 
communications  rcfpecling  it  j  but  its  more  particular 
and  accurate  [See  American  Magazine^  hiftory,  has 
been  given  by  Dr.  Mitchell,  who  has  not  long  fince^ 
forwarded  fpecimens  of  it  to  fome  eminent  natural-ills 
[See  Gazette  of  the  United  States.']  in  Europe,  that  it 
may  be  thoroughly  examined,  and  properly  claffifted. 
Jt  is  clear  from  this  gentleman's  account,  that  it  does 
not  like  the  weavil,  prey  upon  the  grain,  but  only 
upon  the  plant ;  and  that  the  bed  way  to  guard  againlt 
its  attacks  is  to  manure  the  land  richly,  and  fow  the 
feed  as  late  as  the  feafon  will  admit.  The  infscT:  fot* 
two  years  has  been  rather  on  the  decline,  but  it  is 
doubtful  whether  the  country  will  ever  get  entirely 
rid  of  it. 


K 


PART    III. 


OF  RHETORIC. 


R, 


^KETORIC,  conlifts  in  a  proper  choice,  and  ar- 
rangement of  words,  as  well  as  of  ideas  ;  and  enables 
us  to  convey  our  fentiments  with  accuracy,  energy, 
and  conviction. 

The  component  parts  of  rhetoric  are — compofition, 
elegance,  tropes,  figures,  &c. 

1.  Compofitiort  regards  grammatical  accuracy   and' 
propriety,  by  imitating  the  phrafe  and  order  of  words 
made  ufe  of  by  the  mod  approved  authors,  in  the  ftyle 
\ve  would  wife  to  write,  whether  it  be  the  humble  or 
fublime,  £c.  or  whether  the  fubjecl:  be  philofophical^ 
oratorical,  or  poetical. 

2.  Elegance  confifts  in    the    purity,  accuracy,    and 
politenefs  of  language  ;  and  is  chiefly  acquired  by  flu- 
dying  the  corrected  writers,  converfing  with  men   of 
tafte^and   refinement,  and   by  frequent  and  accurate, 
compositions. 

3.  A  trope,  is  the  accurate  and  elegant  adorning  of 
a  word,  by  changing  its  plain  and  native  fenfe  to  a  re- 
lative and  improved  one. 


Examples  of  Tropes  ;  taken  from  Scripture. 

4.  METAPHOR.*  The  Lord  is  my  rock  ;  that  is 
W  fetpport.  1  ani  the  true  vine  ;  that  is  the  Savior. 
Then  mail  the  trees  of  the  wood  (ing  out  at  the  pre- 
tence of  the  Lord  -  The  lion  of  the  tribe  of  Juda. 


*  Metaphor  is  the  changing  of  a   word;  or 
from  a  natural  to  a 


1 12  RHETORIC. 

$.  METONYMY. f  They  have  Mofes  and  the  Pro- 
fht'ts  let  them  hear  thern  ;  that  is  the  writings  of  Mofes 
and  the  Prophets.  For  as  often  as  ye  eat  this  bread, 
and  drink  this  cuf,  ye  do  fhew  the  Lord's  death  until 
he  come  ;  that  is  the  contents  of  this  cup.  Bat  the 
tongue  can  no  man  tar/ie  ;  it  is  an  unruly  evil,  full  o-f 
deadly  poifon. 

6.  IRONY.t  Rejoice  O  young  man  in  thy  youth  • 
snd  let  thy  heart  cheer  thee  in  the  days  of  thy  youth,  and 
walk  in  the  ways  of  thy  heart  and  in  the    fight  of  thine 
eyes  ;  but  know  thou,  that  for  all  thefe  things  God  will 
bring  thee  iMti&j&dg&MBt.     Go  and  cry  unto  the  Godj 
•whom  ye  have  cbofi'n  ;  let  theiti  deliver  you  in  the  time 
of  your  tribulation.     And  it  came   to  pafs,  at  noon, 
that  Elijah  mocked  them    [the  Prophets  of  Baal]    and 
faid  cry  aloud  ;  for  he  is  a6W;   either    he   is  talking, 
or  he  ispnrfuing,  or  he  is  on  a  journey,  or  peradven- 
ture  \&  fleepethy  and  muft  be  awaked. 

7.  A  figure  is  a  certain  mode  of  adorning fyeech  fa 
as  to  convey  our  ideas  (or  exprefs  the  paffions)  in   a 
more  cmphatical  manner  than  that  which   is   natural 
and  common. 


Examples  of  Figures  ;  taken  from  Scripture. 
8.  APOSTROPHE.*— I  went  with  them  to  the 
lioufe  of  God,  with  the  voice  of  joy  ;  why  art  thou  caft 
dciun  my  foul  !  hope  thou  in  God,  for  I  (hall  yet  praife 
him.  Come  now9  and  let  us  reafon  together — faith  the 
Lord  ;  thongli  your  fins  be  as  fcarlet,  they  iliall  be  asf 
%vhite  as  fuow  5  though  they  be  red  like  crimfon,  they 
fhall  be  as  wool. 


•j*  Metonymy  implies  a  changing,  or  the  putting  of  ons 
name  or  thing  for  another. 

J  Irony  implies  fp taking  contrary  to  what  we  think, 
by  way  cfderifion,  or  mockery  to  him  we  argue  or  talk 
•with. 

*  slpoftrophj  fignifiss  a  digrejjion  ;  ly  which  things 
animate  or  inanimate,  p  erf  on  5  prcfent  or  abfl'ni,  -are 
appealed  io,  at  if  they  wsre  finable  or  frefent^ 


RHETORIC,  113 

9.  CLIMAX.* — And  not  rfhly   fo  but  we   glory  in 
tribulations  alfo;  knosving   that  tribulation    \vorketh 
patience,    and    patience    experience,    and   experience 
hope,  and  hope  maketh  not  afliamed.     For  1  am   per- 
fuaded,  that  neither  death,  nor  life,  nor  angeis,  nor 
principalities,   nor   powers,    nor    things  prefent   nor 
things  to  come,  nor  height,  nor  depth,  nor  any  other 
creature  (hall  be  able  to  feparate   us  from  the  love   of 
God,  which   is  in  Chriit  jefus  our  Lord — Therefore 
let  no  man  glory   in  men,  for  all  things  are  yours  ; 
\vhetherPaul,  or  ,4  polios,  or  Cephas,  or  the  world,  or 
life,  or  death,  or  things  prefent,  or  things  to  come  ;  all 
are  yours,  and  ye  are  Chriil's,  and  Chriibis  God's. 

10.  PARABLE. f — As  fnow  in  iummer,    and    rain 
in  winter,  fo  is  honor  not  feeinly  for  a  fool.     Bleiled 
is  the  man  who  walketh  riot  in  the  counfel  of  the  un- 
godly ;  he  {hall  be  like  a  tree  planted  by  the  rivers  of 
•water,  that  bringeth  forth  his  fruit  in  his    feafon  :  his 
leaf  aifo    {hall- not  wither,  and  whatfoever    he  doeth 
/ball  profper.     The  ungodly  are   not  fo,  but  are  like 
the  chaff  which  the  wind  driveth  away.     He  that  paf- 
feth  by,  and  meddleth  with  ftrife,  belonging  not   to 
him,  is  like  one  that  taketh   a   dog  by  the  ear.     So- 
lomon.  

OF  GESTURE. 

11.  The  ornaments  of  utterance  &nd gefture,  confifts 
jn  the  judicious  and  elegant  management  of  the  votes 
and  coantsnanct  ;  and  a  graceful  action  of  the  body  and 
hands.     The   following  quotation,    taken    from    Dr. 
Blair's  letfures,  contain  fome  excellent  obfervaiions  on 
this  branch  of  rhetoric. 

12.  "  When  fpeaking  in  public,  one  {hould  (Kidv  to 
preferve  as  much  dignity  as  poffible  in  tlie  whole  atti- 
tude of  the  "body.     An  erecl:  pofture  is  generally  to  be 
chofen  ;   (landing  firm,  fo  as  to  have  the  fuildt  and 

*    Climax  implies  a  gradation  from  on?  thing  to  a  no* 
thsr  :  as  I  cawe,   1 faw,  I  conquered. 

f  A  parable  imf/ies  a  continued  fimltitude,  or 
rifo?it  K  2 


114  RHETORIC. 

freeft  command  of  all  his  motions  ;  any  inclination 
•which  is  ufed,  fhould  be  forward  towards  the  hearers, 
•which  is  a  natural  expreffion  of  earneftnefs.  As  for 
the  countenance,  the  chief  rule  is,  that  it  ihould  corref- 
pond  with  the  nature  of  the  difcourfe,  and  when  no 
particular  emotion  is  expreffed  ;  a  ferious  and  mamy 
look  is  always  belt.  .  The  eyes  ihould  never  be  fixed 
dole  on  an;»  one  objedt,  but  move  eafily  round  the  au» 
dience. 

13.  In  the  motions  made  with  the  hands,  confift  the 
chief  part  of  gefture   in  (peaking.      The  ancients  con- 
demned all  motions  performed  with  the  left  hand  alone; 
but  I  am  not  fenfible  that    thefe  are  always  oifenfive, 
though  it  is  natural  for  the  right  hand  to  be  more  fre- 
quently employed.     Warm   emotions  demand  the  mo- 
tion of  both  hands  correfponding  together  :  but  whe- 
ther one  gelticulates  with  one  or  both  hands,   it  is  an 
Important  rule  that  all  his  motions  mould  be  free  and 
cafy.  Narrow  and  flraitened  movements  are  generally 
ungraceful,  for  which  reafon  motions  made  with  the 
hands  are  directed  to  proceed  from  the  Ihoulder,  ra- 
ther than  from  the  elbow. 

14,  perpendicular  movements  too,  with  the  hands, 
that  is,  in  a  ftraight  line  up  and  down,  which  Sbake- 
fpeare,  in  Hamlet,  calls,  <c  fawing   the  air  with  the 
Iiand,"  are  feldom  good.     Oblique  motions  are  in  gen- 
eral the  moft  graceful.     Too  fudden  and  nimble  moti- 
ons, mould   be   likewise  avoided.     Earneftnefs  can  be 
fully    exprciied  without  them.     Shakefpeare's  directi- 
ons on  this  head  are  full  of  good  fenfe  ;  "  Ufe  all  gen- 
tly/' fays  he,  <(  and  in  the  very  torrent  and  tempeft 
of  paflion,   acquire   a    temperance    that  may  give  it 
fmoothnefs." 


OF  DISPOSITION. 

I  5.  Difpofition  fignifies,  .the  proper  ranging  of  the 
parts  -of  an  oration,  in  an  accurate  and  methodical 
manner. 

16.  The  component  parts  of  an  oration^  or  decla- 
mation; are  the  following;  viz. 


RHETORIC.  tij 

Exordium,  or  introduction  to  the  whole  fubjeft. 

The  narration,  or  a  brief  hiitory  of  our  fubjecl:,  in 
as  plain  pleajing  and  fliort  a  manner  as  poflible. 

Tfoprofo/jtion,  or  fum  of  the  whole  waiter  or  fub- 
jecl ifl  difpute . 

The  confirmation,  which  tends  to  corroborate  our 
fubjecl,  with  all  the  force  of  arguments  that  we  can 
procure  from  reafon  and  invention. 

The  rhetorician's  mode  of  ranging  their'/////V#,  is 
fomewhat  iimilar  to  that  of  the  military  generals  in  ar- 
ranging their  troops  ;  that  is  they  place  the  flrongeft 
in  the  front,  the  weakeft  in  the  centre  ;  and  rcferye  a 
few  of  their  beft  to  the  laft  ;  to  vanquifh  their  adverfa* 
ry,  or  cover  the  retreat,  as  occafion  may  require. 

The  refutation,  or  confutation,  which  aniwcrs  all 
our  antagonift's  arguments,  by  making  them  appear 
to  be  falfe  or  abfurd, 

The  peroration,  or  conclufion  of  the  whole,  which 
by  fuming  up  the  principal  arguments  made  ufc  of," 
fhould  tend  to  move  the  paffions  of  our  audience,  fo  as 
to  perfuade  them  to  acknowledge  the  force  and  con- 
vicliori  of  them. 

17.  The  following  precepts,  if  duly  obferved,  will- 
greatly  affiit  the  young  ftudent,  in  the  delivery  of  an 
oration  : — 

"  VAPcY  your  tone,  jaft  as  your  fubjecls  go  ; 
€t  Cant  not,  nor  pitch  your  voice  too  high  nor  low  :• 
"  Strain  not,  nor  fpeak  your  words  too  fa  ft  or  flo\y, 
"  Whatever  diiF'rent  point  your  words  demand, 
"  In  joy,  grief,  hope,  or  fear  ;  with  art  comn 
<(  Your  body's  gefture,  countenance  and  hand. 
li  Adorn  with  tropes  and  figures,  your  oration^ 
<l  By  voice  and  action,  grace,  pronunciation. 
"  Thefe  rules  of  old  difcover'd,  not  devis'd, 
"  -Are  nature  dill,  but  nature  methodiz'd. 
"  Follow  then  nature,  and  your  judgment  frame 
"  By  her  juft  dandard,  which  is  dill  the  fame  : 
"  Unerring  nature,  ftill  divinely  bright, 

J/  Cue  gkaf  urichan'd   aad  w 


ti6  RHETORIC. 

ORATIONS  AND  HARANGUES. 

St.  Paul's  inimitable  oration,  or  defence,  before  king 
Agrippa  and  Fettus,  tbe  Reman  governor  in  j'udea, 
as  recorded  in  the  new-teftament.  Acts,  26. 

18.  EXORDIUM.     I   think  myfilf  happy,  king 
Agrippa,  in  as  much  as  I  (hall  anfwer  for  rnylelf  this 
da\  before  thee,  touching  all  the  things  whereof  I  am 
accufed  of  the  Jews  :   efpecially,  becaufe  I  know  thee 
to  be  expert  in  all  cuftoms  and  queftions  which  are 
among  the  jews  j  wherefore  I  befeech  thee  to  hear  me 
patiently. 

19.  NARRATION.     My  manner  of  life  from  my 
youth,  which  was  at  firft  among  mine  own  nation  at 
jertfjwem,  know  all  the   Jews  which  knew  me  from 
the  beginning  (if  they  would  teftify)   that  after  the 
ftraitett  fe£t  of  our  religion,  1  lived  a  pharifee.     And 
now  I  ftand,  and  am  judged  for  the  hope  of  the  pro- 
inife  made  by  God  unto  our  fathers  •,  unto  which  pro- 
wife  our  twelve  tribes,  inftantly  fervingGod,  day  and 
night,  hope  to  tome  ; — for  which  hope's  fake,  king 
Agrippa,  I  am  accufed  by  the  jews. 

20.  PROPOSI  riON.     Why  mould  it  be  thought 
a  thing  incredible  with  you,  that  God  mould  raife  the 
dead  ?  when  God  himfelf  has  given  afiurance  of  it  unto 
all  men,  in  that  he  hath  railed  Chrift  from  the  dead. 

21.  CONFIRMATION.      As  for  my  own  part, 
moft  noble  Feftus,  I  own,  I  once  verily  thought,  that 
even  I  myfelf  ought  to  do  many  things  contrary  to  the 
name  of  jefus  of  Nazareth.      Which  things  1  alfo  did 
in  ^jtrufalsm.     I  punifhed  the  fajms,  oft,  in  every  fy- 
nagogue,  and  compelled  them  to  blafpheme  j  and  be- 
ing fxceedingly  mad  againft  them,   I  perfecuted  them, 
even   unto  itrange  cities.      In  purfait  of  wliich,  as  1 
went  to  Diiwjfifit)  with  authority  and  commiffion  from 
the  c'iiei    prieftg,  at  mid-dav,   O  king,  I  faw  on  the 
xvay.  a  ligbt  from  Heaven,  above  tne  brightnefs  of  the 
fun,  fhining  round  about  me,  and  them  which  journey- 
ed w'rh  mr.     \nd  when  we  were  all  lallcn  to  the  earth, 
I  heard  a  voice  fpeaking  unto  nie^  and  laying;  in  the 


RHETORIC,  117 

Hebrew  tongue,  San!,  Saul,  ivhy  perfecuteft  thou  me  ? 
It  Is  hard  for  thee  to  kick  againft  the  pricks.  And  I  faid, 
Who  art  thou,  Lord  ?  And  he  faid/  I  am  Jrfits,  -whom 
thou  perfecuteft.  But  rife  and  Jt and  upon  thy  fcst ;  for 
I  have  appeared  unto  the?,  for  this  purpcfe,  to  make  thes 
fi  miniftcr  and  a  witnefs  both  of  thtfi  things  which  thou 
baft  feen,  andofthofe  things  in  which  I  will  appear  unto 
thee.  Whereupon,  O  king  Agrippa,  I  was  not  difo- 
bedient  to.the  heavenly  viiion  :  but  fhewed  firft  to  them 
of  Damafcus,  and  at  Jtntfalem,  and  throughout  all  the 
coaft  of  Jiidea,  and  then  to  the  Gentiles ,  that  they  mould 
repent  and  turn  to  God. 

22.  REFUTATION.     For  thefe  caufes  the  Jews 
caught  me  in  the  temple,  and  went  about  to  kill  me. 
- — Having  therefore  obtained  help  of  God,  I  continue 
until  this  clay,  witneffing  both  to  finall  and  great,  fay- 
ing no  other  things  than  thofe  which  the  prophets  and 
Mofes  did  fay  ihould  come  :  that  Chriil  mould  fuffer, 
and  that  he  fhould  be  the  firft  that  ihould  rife  from  the 
dead,  and  fhould  fliew  light  unto  the  people,  and  to 
the  Gentiles. 

23.  PERORATION.     This,  mo  ft  excellent  audit- 
ors, is  the  real  truth  :    believe  me,    I  am  no  peftileat 
fellow,  nor  mover  of  fedition  ;   but  always  endeavor, 
as  much  as  in  me  lies,  to  preferve  a  confcience  void  of 
offence  towards  God  and  towards  man  :  neither  can 
the  Jews  prove  the  things  whereof  they  now  accufe  me. 
Nor  am  I,  Feftus,  befide  myfelf;   but  fpeak  thus  free- 
ly before  the  king,  becaufe  he  knows  thefe  things  to 
be  true  ;    yea,  1  am  fully   perfuaded  the  king  knows 
them  all  to  be  true  ;  for  they  were  not  done  in  a  cor- 
ner.    King  slgripfa,  believed  thou  the  prophets  ?     I 
know  that  thou  believed.     And  would  to  God,  that  not 
only  thou,  but  alfo  all  that  hear  me  this  day,  were 
altogether  fuch  as  I  am,  except  thefe  bonds. 

IN  PRAISE  OF  VIRTUE. 

24..  Virtue  is  of  intriVific   value    and  good  defert, 
and  of  indifpenfible  obligation  j  not  the  creature  of 


RHETORIC 

will,  but  neceflary  and  immutable  ;  not  local  or 
porary,  but  of  equal  extent  and  antiquity  with  the  di- 
vine mind  ;  not  a  mode  of  fenfation,  but  everlafting 
truth  ;  not  dependent  on  power,  but  the  guide  of  all 
power. 

25.  Virtue  is  the  foundation  of  honor  and   efteem  ;. 
and  the  fource  of  all  beauty,  order,  and   happinefs  in 
nature.     It  is  what  confers  value  on  all  the  other   en- 
dowments and  qualities  of  a  reafonable  being,  to  which 
they  ought  to  be  abfolutely  fubfervient,  and   without 
which  the  more  eminent  they  are  the  more  hideous  de- 
formities, and  the  greater  curfes  they  become.     The 
ufe  of  i.t  is  not  confined  to  any  one  ftage  of  our  evidence 
or  to  aov  particular  fitualion  we  may  b;j  in,  but  reach- 
es through  ail  the  periods  and  circumftances   of  our 
beings. 

26.  Many  of  the  endowments  and  talents  we  now 
poflefs,  and  of  which  we  are  too  apt  to  be  proud,  will 
ceafe  entirely  with  the  prefent  itate  j  but  this   will  be 
our  ornament  and  dignity  in  every  future  ftate  to  which 
we  may  be  removed.     Beauty  and  wit  will  die,  learn^ 
ing  will  vanifh  away,  and  all  the  arts  of  life  be  foon 
forgot ;  but  virtue  will  remain  forever. 

27.  This  unites  us  to   the  whole  rational  creation, 
and  fits  us  for  convcrfing  with  any  order  of  fuperior  na- 
tures, and  for  a  place  in    any  part    of  God's    works. 
It  procures  us  the  approbation  and  love  of  all  wife  and 
good  beings,  ar.d  renders  them  our  allies  and  friends. 
— But  what  is  of  unfpeakably  greater  confequence   is, 
that  it  makes  God-  our  friend .  affimilates  and  unites  our 
nii nds  to  his,  and   engages  his  almighty  power  in  our 
defence  :   Superior  beings  of  all  ranks  are  bound  by  it 
no  lefs  than  ourft-lves.   ,t  has  the  lame  authority  in  all 
worlds  that  5i  has  in  this.    The  farther  any  bcingis  ad- 
vanced in  excellence, and   perfection,  the  gi  eater  is  his 
attachment  to  it  and  the  more  he  is  under  its  influence. 
To  fay  no  more,  it  is  the   law  of  the    whole  univerfe  : 
it  (lands  fir  ft  in  the  efHmation  of  the  Deity  ;  its  origi- 
nal is  his  nature,-  and  it  is  the  very  object  that  makes 
him  lovely. 


RHETORIC.  ii  9 

28.  Such  .is  the  importance  of  virtue— Of  what  con- 
lequence,  therefore,  is  it,  that  we  praclife  it !  there  is 
no  argument  or  motive,  which  is  at  all  fitted  to  influ- 
ence a  reafonable  mind,  which  does  not  call  us  to  this. 
~Gne  virtuous^difpofition  of  foul  is  preferable  to  the 
greateft  naturafaccomplifhinents  and  abilities,  and  of 
more  value  than  all  the  treafures  of  the  world.  If  you 
are  wife  then  (tudy  virtue,  and  contemn  every  thing 
that  can  come  in  competition  with  it.  Remember, 
that  nothing  elfe  deferves  one  anxious  thought  or  wifh, 
Remember,  that  this  alone  is  honor,  glory,  wealth, 
and  happinefs.  Secure  this,  and  you  fecure  every 
thing  ;  lofe  this,  and  all  is  loft, 

PRICK 


DESCRIPTIVE  PIECES. 

Character  of  the  Virtuous  Man. 

29.  He  who  in  his  youth,  improves  his  intellectual 
powers  in  the  fearch  of  truth  and  ufeful  knowledge  ; 
and  retines  and  ftrengthens  his  moral  and  active  powers, 
"by  the  love   of  virtue,  for  the  fervice  of  his  friend,  his 
country,  and  mankind  :  who  is  animated  by  true  glory 
exalted  by  facred  friend  mi  p  for  focial,  and  foftened  by 
virtuous  love  fordomeftic  life  ;  who  lays  his  heart  open 
to  every  other  mild  and  generous  affection,  and   who 
to  all    thefe  adds  a  fober  ma-fculine  piety,  equally  re- 
mote from  fuperftition  and  enthuiiafm — that  man  enjoys 
the  moft  agreeable  youth  \  and  lays  in  the  richeft  fund 
for  the  honorable  action,  and  happy  enjoyment  of  the 
fucceeding  periods  of  life. 

30.  He  who,  in  manhood,  keeps  the  defenfive  and 
private  paffions  under  the  wifeil  rdtraint  ;  who  forms 
the  moll  felecl:  and  virtuous  friendfhips  ;  who  feeks  af- 
ter fame,  wealth  ancl  power,  in  the  road  of  truth  and 
virtue  ;  and  if  he  cannot  find  them  in  that  road,  gene- 
rouily  defpiies  them  ;  who  in  his  private  character  and 
connections,  gives  fulleft  fcope  to  the  tender  and  man- 
ly paffions,  and  in  his  public  chara&er  and  connections; 


RHETORIC, 

ferves  his  country  and  mankind,  in  the  mod  upright 
and  difmterefted  manner ;  who,  in  fine,  enjoys  the 
goods  of  life  with  the  greateft  moderation,  bears  its 
ills  with  the  greateft  fortitude;  and  in  thofe  various 
circumftances  of  duty  and  trial,  mainteins'and  expref* 
fes  an  habitual  and  fupreme  reverence  and  love  of 
God ;  that  man  is  the  worthieft  character  in  this  ftage 
of  life  ;  pafTes  through  it  with  the  higheft  fatisfa&ioii 
and  dignity  ;  and  paves  the  way  to  the  mod  'eafy  attd 
honorable  old  age. 

31.  Finally,  he  who  in  the  decline  of  life  preferves 
himfelf  mod  exempt  from  the  chagrins  incident  to  that 
period ;  cheriihes  the  moft  equal  and  kind  affe&ions  j 
ufes  his  experience,  wifdom  and  authority,  in  the 
moft  fatherly,  and  venerable  manner;  #&*•  under  a 
fenfe  of  the  infpeclion,  and  with  a  view  to  the  appro- 
bation of  his  maker  ;  is  daily  aipiring  after  immortali- 
ty and  ripening  a  pace  for  it ;  and  having  frftained  his 
part,  quits  the  ftage  with  a  modeft  and  graceful  triumph, . 
this  is  the  beft,  this  is  the  happieft  old  man.  There- 
fore that  whole  life  of  youth,  manhood,  and  old  age, 
\vhich  is  fpent  after  this  manner,  is  the  beft  and  the 
happieft  life. 

FORDYCE. 


THE  HERMIT. 

32.-  AT  the  clofe  of  the  day,  when  the  hamlet  is  {till, 
And  mortals  the  fweets  of  forgetful  nefs  prove, 
IV hen  nought  but  the  torrent  is  heard  on-the  hill, 
And  nought  but  the  nightingale's  heard  in  the  grove. 
'Twas  then,  by  the  cave  of  a  mountain  rediu'd, 
An  hermit  his  nightly  comphaint  thus  began  : 
Tho'  mournful  his  voice,  his  heart  was  refign'd. 
He  thought  as  a  fage,  but  he  felt  as  a  man. 

33.  lia  !  why  thus  abandon 'd  to  darknefs  and  woe, 
Why  thus,  lonely  Philomel,  flows  thy  fad  ftrain  I 
For  fpring  (hall  return,  and  a  lover  beftow, 
And  thy  bofom  no  trace  of  misfortunes  retain. 
Yet,  if  pity  infpire  thee,  ah  !  ceafe  not  thy  lay, 
Mourn  (weeteft  complainer,  man  calls  thee  to  mourn  i 


RHETORIC,  12  r 

0  Tooth  him  whofe  pleafnres  like  thine  pafs  away. 
Full  quickly  they  pafs— but  they  never  return. 

34.  Now  gliding  remote  on  the  verge  of  the  iky, 
The  moon  half  exringuifh'd  her  crefceni  difplays  : 

But  lately  I  mark'd  when  majeftic  on  high,  . 

She  fhone  and  the  planets  were  loft  in  her  blaze. 
Roll  on,  thou  fair  orb,  and  with  gladnefspurfue, 
The  path  that  conducts  thee  to  fplendor  again. 
But  m^n's  faded  glory  no  change  {hall  renew, 
Ha,  fool  !  to  exult  in  a  glory  fo  vain  1 

35.  '  Tis  night  and  the  landfcape  is  lovely  no  more  ; 

1  mourn,  but,  ye  woodlands,  1  mourn  not  for  you  ; 
For  morn  is  approaching,  your  charms  to  reftore, 
Perfum'd  with  frem  fragrance, and  glittering  with  dew, 
Is! or  yet  for  the  ravage  of  winter  I  mourn  ; 

Kind  nature  the  embryo  bloilbm  fhallfave, 
But  when  (hall  fpring  villt  the  mouldering  urn  ! 
O,  when  flia-ll  it  dawn  on  the  night  of  the  grave  ! 

36.  'Twas  thus  by  the  glare  of  falfefcienee  betray'd 
That  leads  to  bewilder,  and  dazzles  to  blind, 

My  thoughts  wont  to  roam  from  i'hade  onward  to  {hade, 
DeftrutStion  before  me  and  forrow  behind  ; 
Opity,  great  father  of  light,  then  I  cry'd, 
Thy  creature  who  fain  would  not  wander  from  thee^ 
Lo  !  humbled  in  duft,  I  relinquish  my  pride  ; 
From  doubt  and  from  darknefs  thou  only  canft  free* 
3  7.   And  darknefs  and  doubt  are  now  flying  away, 
No  longer  1  roam  in  conjecture  forlorn  ; 
So  breaks  on  the  traveller,   faint  and  aftray, 
The  bright  and  the  balmy  effulgence  of  morn. 
See  truth,  love  and  mercy,  in  triumph  defcending, 
And  nature  all  glowing  in  Eden's  firli:  bloom, 
On  the  cold  check  of  death,  fmiles  and  rofes  are  blend* 
And  beauty  immortal  awakes  from  the  tomb.        [ing, 

38.  I  am  perfuaded,  that  neither  death,  nor  life; 
nor  angels,  nor  principalities,  nor  powers  ;  northings 
prefent,  nor  tilings  to  come  ;  nor  height,  nor  depth, 
nor  any  other  creature,  ihall  be  able  to  feparate  U3 
from  the  love  of  God;  which  is  in  Chrift  jefus  our  Lord, 
L  ST.  PAUL. 


122  RHETORIC. 

39.  Complaifance  renders  a  fuperior,  amiable  ;  an 
equal,    agreeable  ;   and    an  inferior,     acceptable.      It 
fmootljs  diftindion,  fweetens  converfation,  and  makes 
every  one  in  the  company   pleated  with  himfelf.     It 
produces  good  natuie  and  mutual  benevolence,  encou- 
rages the  timorous,  fooths  the  turbulent,  humanizes  the 
fierce  ;  and  diitinguimes  a  fociety  of  civilized  perfons, 
from  a  confufton  of  favages.     In  a  word,  complaiiance 
as  a -virtue,  that  blends  all  orders  of  men  together  in  a 
friendly  intercourfe  of  words  and  actions,  and  is  fuited 
to  that  equality  in    human    nature,  which  every  one 
ought  to  confider  fo  far  as  is  confident  with  the  order 
and  economy  of  the  world.  GUARDIAN. 

40.  Chanty  fuffereth    long,  and  is  kind  ;   charity 
cnvieth  not,  charity  vaunteth  not  itfelf,  is  not  puffed 
up,  doth  not  behave  itfelf  unfeemly,  feeketh  not   her 
own,  is  not  eafily  provoked,  thinketh  no  evil,  rejoic- 
eth   not    in    iniquity  ;  but  rejoiceth    in  the   truth — 
beareth  all  things,    believed!  all    things,  hopeth   all 
things,  enclureth  all  things.  ST.  PAUL. 

41.  Suppofe  a  youth,  to  have  no  profpecl;  either  of 
fitting  in  parliament,  of  pleading  at  the  bar,  of  ap- 
pearing upon  the  Rage,  or  in  the  pulpit;   does  it  fol- 
low, that  he  need  beftow  no  pains  in  learning  to  fpeak 
properly  his  native  language  i1  Will  he  never  have  oc- 
cafion  to  read,  in  a  company  of  his  friends,  a  copy  of 
verfes,  a  padage  of  a  book  or  news- paper  ?   Mud  he 
never  read  adifcourfe  of  Pillotfon,  or  a  chapter  of  the 
Whole   Duty  of  Man,  for  the  infifft&ion  of  his  chil- 
dren and  fervanfs  ?  Cicero  judly  obferves,  thataddrefs 
infpeaking,  is  highly  ornamental,  as  well  as  ufeful,  e- 
\-en  in  private  life  :    The  limbs  are  the  parts  of  the  bo- 
dy,, much  lefs  noble  than  the  tongue,  yet'no  gentleman 
grudges  a  conhderable  expence  of  time  and  money,  to 
have,  his  fon  taught  to  nie  them  properly,  which  is  ve- 
ry commendable.     And  is  there  no  attention  to  be  paid 
to    the  ufe  of  the  tongue,  the  glory  of  man  ? 

BURCH, 


RHETORIC  123 

42,  It  is  pleafant  to  be  virtuous  and  good,  becaufe 
that  is  to  excel  man  j  others  :  It  is  pleafant  to  grow  bet- 
ter, becaufe  that  is  to  excel    ourfelves  :   it    is  pleafant 
to  mortify  and  fubdue  our  lufi,  becaufe  that  is  victory  : 
It  is  pleafant  to  command   our  appetites  and  paffions, 
and  to  keep  them  in  due  order  within  the  bounds  o£ 
reaibn  and  religion,  becaufe  that  is  empire. 

T1LLOTSON. 

43.  Life  is  fhort  and  uncertain  ;  we  have  not  a  mo- 
ment to  loie.     Is  it  prudent  to  throw  away  any  of  our 
time,  iu  tormenting  our  felves  of  others,  when  we 
have  fo  little   for  houeft  pleafures  ?    Forgetting    our 
weaknefs,    we  ftir    up  mighty  enmities,    and   fly   to 
•wound  as  if  we  were  invulnerable.  Wherefore  all  this 
buttle  and  noife  I  Thebeft  ufe'of  a  fhort  life  is,  to  make  it 
agreeable  to  ourfelves,  and  to  others.  Have  you  cauie  of 
quarrel  with  your  fervant,  your  matter,    your  king, 
your  neighbour  ?  Forbear  a  moment,  death  is  at  hand', 
which  makes  all  eqtfal.     What  has  man  to  do  with 
\vars,  tumults,  ambufhes  ?   You  would  deftroy  your  en- 
emv  ?  You  lofe  your  trouble  ;  death  will  do  your  bu- 
fintfs  while  you  are  at  reft.     And  after  all,  when  you 
have  got  your  revenge,  how  fhort  will  be   your  joy, 
or  his  pain  ?   While  we   are  among  men,  let  us  culti- 
vate humanity,  let  us  not  be  the  caufe  of  fear   nor  of 
pain  to  one  another.     Let  us  defpife  injury,  malice, 
and  detraction  ;    and  bear    with   an  equal  mind    fuch 
tranfitcry    evils.     While  we  fpeak,  while   we  think^ 
death  comes  up,  and  clofes  the  foene. 

ART  OF  THINKING. 


44.  As  there  is  a  worldly  happmefs,  which  God 
perceives  to  be  no-other  th&n  difguifed  mifery  ;  as 
there  are  worldly  honors,  which  in  his  eltimation,  are 
reproach  :  So  there  is  a  worldly  wifdom,  which  iu  his 
fight  is  fooliilinefs.  Of  this  worldly  wifdoin,  the  cha- 
racters are  given  in  the  fcriptures,  and  placed  in  con- 
trait  with  thofe  of  the  wifdoin  which  is  from  above, 
The  one,  is  the  wifdoni  of  the  crafty  ;  the  other^  that 


124  RHETORIC. 

of  the  upright :  The  one  terminates  in  felfi&nefs  ;  the 
other  in  charity  :  The  one  is  full  of  ftrife  and  bitter  enr 
vying;  the  other,  of  merty  and  good  fruits. 

BLAIR. 

45.  Americans  !  be  firm  !  nor  let  corruption  ily, 
Twine  round  yourhonefl  heart  indiflbluble  chains  ;.- 
The  fteel  of  Brutus  burft  the  grofler  bonds 
By  Caefar  caft  o'er  Rome  ;  but  (till  remain'd 
tThelbft  enchanting  fetters  of  the  mind, 
iAnd  other  Casfars  role.     Determined,  hold 
"Your  independence  ;  for  that  once  deftroy'd, 
Unfounded   freedom  is  a  morning  dream, 
That  flits  serial  from  the  fpreading  eye. 

THOMPSON.. 


EXTRACTS. 

46.  Let  others  boait  that  they  are  brutes,  I  glory 
that  I  am  a  Man.  Let  others  wiili  for  eternal  fleep,  I 
iliall  be  forever  awake.  Let  others  wafte  their  goldea 
tours  in  proving  that.  God  is  falfe,  I  feel  fome thing 
\vithin  which  proves  that  his  word  is  true.  Though 
ethers  confign  foul  and  body  to  the  dufl,  the  clods  of 
2he  valley  cannot  cover  my  foul.  No  !  Legions  of  an- 
gels cannot  confine  me  to  the  grave  :  My  body  was  de- 
Signed  for  the  dud  ;  but  my  foul  will  inherit  the  world 
of  fouls  !  dlas  !  IV hat  is  life  if  we  live  not  forever  ! 

Indurtry  is  needful  in  every  condition  of  life>  we  can?- 
jnot,  without  it,  act  in  any  (late  to  the  benefit  or  fatif- 
jfaction  of  others,  or  to  our  own  advantage  or  comfort; 
it  is  requifite  for  procuring  eafe  and  fatisfa&ion  to  the 
Blind  ;  and  if  attended  with  a  good  confcience,  fweet- 
cns  our  enjoyments,  and  feaforis  our  attainments  ;  and 
3S  a  guard  to  innocence  and  bar  ta  temptation. 

The  talent  of  turning  men  into  ridicule,  and  ez> 
poling  thofe  we  converfe  with,  is  the  qualitication  of 
little  ungenerous  tempers.  What  an  abfurd  thing  it  is  to 
pafs  over  all  the  valuable  parts  of  a  man,  and  fix  our  at- 
tention on  his  infirmities  j  toobferve  his  imperfections 
jjiore  than,  his  virtues  J 


PART    IV. 


MISCELLANY. 
ON  OUR  SAVIOR'S  NATIVITY. 

V  ICTORIOUS  love  !  how  uncontroul'd  thy  pow'r 
How  great  thy  triumph,  on  that  glorious  hour  ! 
The  high  rais'd  thrones  above  lock'd  down  to  fee 
The  varitjuifli'd  God  a  captive  led  by  thee. 
His  fplendor  in  mortality  difguis'd, 
The  principalities  of  Heaven  furpris'd  5 
Th'  indulgent  ikies  fmil'd  on  the  happy  birth, 
While  peace  and  jo)ful  wonder  hufh'd  the  earth.  • 

2.  Fly  rigid  winter,  with  thy  horrid  face, 
And  let  the  foft  and  lovely  fpring  take  place  ; 
Oh  1  come,  thou  faired  feafon  of  the  year, 

With  garlands  deck'd,  and  verdant  robes  appear, 
At  once  produce  the  fummer's  various  coatt, 
Whatever  fweets  her  flow'ry  (lores  can  boa  ft  : 
Full  canifters  of  Sharon's  rofes  fpread, 
^nd  drefs  with  art  tlv  illuftrioas  infant's  bed  ; 
Rifle  the  gardens,  fearch  the  painted  fields, 
For  all  the  blooming  glories  nature  yields. 

3.  Bat  O,  ye  products  ot  the  earth  !  how  pooty 
To  ITeavV,s  enamel! 'd  plains,  are  all  your  ftore  i 
Perpetual  greens,  and  never  fading  flowers, 
Enrich'd  with  foft  perfumes  the  imaiortal  bowers  5 
/."•d  yet  he  left  the  blight  etherial  feats, 

For  cbefe  cold  regions,  and  obfcure  retreats.- 

4-  }-  huifh'cl  ye  winds,  no^ngry  teippells  roar> 
%uj  L  r«e.  whifpers  thro.igh  the  grove  ; 

With  all     ,:  ,biu  lo:id  your  balmy  wings, 
And  breathe  the  fragrance  of  ten  thoufand  fprings* 
L  2 


126  MISCELLANY. 

5.  Begin,  ye  fweet  muficians  of  the  air  I 
Let  nature  all  her  Toothing  {bunds  prepare  : 
Let  tuneful  art,  her  various  meafures  bring> 
Each  mehtng  tone,  and  every  warbling  firing, 
Let  pfalteries,  harps,  and  the  loud  cymbal  ring  ; 
Let  the  (brill  trumpets  raife  their  fprightly  voice, 
While  Carmal,  and  high  Lebanon  rejoice. 

6.  He  comes,  O  Jacob,  thy  long  promis'd  king  1 
Celeftial  envoys  the  glad  tidings  brinj: 

O'er  earth's  wide  compafo-to  the  diitan-t  tnairc, 
With  truth,  and  perfect  juftice  he  (hall  reign. 
The  fparkling  ikies  fhall  tarnifti  and  decay, 
The  (im  be  quench'd,   the  Oars  (hall  fade  away  j 
Bui--- he  fhall  rife  with  a  propitious  light, 
Stand  at  high  noon,  and  fliine  divinely  bright, 

SOLILOQUY. 

1.  HAIL  once  again,  aufpicious  morn, 
On  which  poor  helplefs  I  was  born, 

To  pleafure  and  to  pain  : 
Of  both,  'tis  true,  I've,  had  my  fharc^ 
For  duly  mix'd  they  cure  defpair  ; 

And  wantonnefs  reftrain. 

2.  Ths  being  who  the  whole  dire&s^ 
Kefufes  oft  what  man  expecls; 

Oft  diflippoints  his  fears  : 
But  good  and  juft,  fupreme  and  wife, 
Whether  he  gives  us  or  denies, 

He  dill  at  laft  appears. 

3.  Happy  for  frail  contracted  man, 
Whofe  views  are  boundleis,  life  a 

To  have  lb  fbre  a  guide ; 
Thrice  happy  he  who  can  refign 
His  all  to  providence  divine  ; 

And  truft  in  nought  befide. 

4.  He  who  can  temper  nature's  f 
\Vho  knows  the  edences  of  things, 

all  their  woad^rpus  ties  ? 


MISCELLANY. 

He  only  hath-  the  power  and  (kill? 
To  order  matters  as  he  will, 
In  earth,  in  air;  and  ikies. 

5.  Near  eight  times  five  revohing  years, 
\Vithallthcirjoys,  and  cares,  and-fears^ 

1  fpeedily  have  pad  ; 
How  like  a  vifion  or  a  dream^ 
Do  ail  thefe  revolutions  feem  ; 

How  vain  from  iirft  to'lanV. 

6.  Tell  me^  O  my  confdous  heart-, 
How  well  have  I  perform'd  my  part5. 

On  life's  amufing  (tage  : 
Hav$  1  been  honeft,  juil  and  true, 
And  given  to  all  what  was  their  due>. 

I  rom  childhood  up  to  age. 

7.  Or  have  my  paffions  oft  prevail'dy 
And  I,  as  oft,  in  duty  fail'd, 

Or  decency  tranfgrefs'd  : 
Heaven's  bieffings  have  I  not  abus'dj 
Or  have  I  never  yet  refus'd, 

To  fuccour  the  diftrefs'd. 

8.  Alas,  tho  free  from  grofler  crimes^ 
In  recollecting  former  times, 

Pfind  great  caufe  of  fhaine  ; 
Unnumber'd  follies  1  lament, 
And  for  much  precious  time  mifpent) 

Myfelf  ieverely  blame. 
y.  My  Gcct,  by  whom  I  live  and  move, 
Do  thou  to  me  a  father  prove, 

Indulgent  {till1,  and  kind  : 
Thy  weak  and  guilty  creature  fpare> 
Anito  the  laft  thy  wonted  care, 

And  mercy  let  me  find. 
10.  For  all  thy  goodnefs-  heretofore, 
Which  makes  me  humbly  hope  for  niore^ 

Thy  name  be  ever  blefs'd  : 
Through  future  life,  thy  grace  vouchfafep 
And  when  I  die,  conduct  me  fofe^ 

To 


123  MISCELLANY, 

Insufficiency  of  Creatures  to  fatisfy  an  Immortal 
Soul. 

1.  TRAVERSE  the  globe,  go  fly  from  pole  to  pole,. 
Go  far  as  winds  can  blow,  or  waters  roll, 

All,  all  is  vanity  beneath  the  fun, 

To  certain  death  through  various  paths  we  run. 

2.  See  the  pale  mifer,  poring  o'er  his  gold, 
See  there  a  galley  flave  to  mifery  fold  ; 
Ambition  groans  beneath  her  own  v  a  ft  weight, 
The  fplendid  victim  of  the  toils  of  (late, 

3.  So  in  the  mantling  bowl  fweet  poifor*  flows, 
Love's  deareil  joys  oft  terminate  in  woes  : 

E'en  learning  ends  its  vaft  career  in  doubt, 
And,  puzzling  ftill,  makes  nothing  clearly  out. 

4.  Where   then  is  fovereign  blifV,    where  doth  it 
No  mortal  bappinefs  e'er  dweJt  below  ;  [grow  1 
Look  at  yon  heaVen,  go  feek  the  bleffing  there, 

Be  heaven  thy  cum,  thy  foul's  eternal  care  ; 
Nothing  but  G©d,  and  God  alone  you'll. find, 
Gan  fill  a  bound lefs  and  immortal  mind. 


ODE  TO   ADVERSITY. 

1.  TF  on  this  roof  high  Heaven  fliauld  fend, 
Thy  hand  correclh  e  fair 

SubmifuVe  teach  my  foul  to  bend, 
But  keep  her  from  defpair. 

2.  Fate's  awful  word  niutl'furc  be  juft, 
Then  let  me^kifs  the  rod  ; 

Nor  worn  with  woe,  at  all  diftruft, 
The  goodnefs  of  my  God. 

3.  The  hand  that  form'd  my  inmoft  thought^ 
Muft  needs  be  great  and  wife  : 

And  he  who  belt  perceives  my  faults, 
The  fitted  to  cbaftife. 

4.  TL?n,  till  life's  Jateft  fands  are  run, 
O  teach  me,  power  divine  S 

To  cry-  my  Ood,   thy  will  be  done — 
Waate'cr  becomes  of  nuuc^ 


MISCELLANY.  129 

AN  ADDRESS  TO  THE  DEITY. 

1.  O  THOU  who  relgn'ft,  "  high  throned  above  all 
Circled  with  rays  of  uncreated  light,  [height," 
VVhofe  fimple  nod/  o'er  worlds  the  fceptre  fways, 
And  with  a  glance  eternity  furveys ! 

Whofe  effence  reaches  through  the  immenfe  of  fpace, 
And  undivided  fpreads  through  every  place  ! 
Whofe  fmile  is  heaven,  whole  kindnefs  gives  me  breath, 
Whofe  frown's  more  direful  than  the  fting  of  death, 
Who  form'dfi:  all  nature  by  thy  powerful  word, 
Thou  king  of  kings,  and  universal  Lord  I 

2.  if  I  am  right,  fucceed  me  in  my  race? 
If  I  am  wrong,  reel-aim  me  by  thy  grace  ; 

Shine  through  thefe  glooms  of  fin,  a  heavenly  ray> 
And  guide  my  footfteps  in  the  perfect  way  ! 
Cleanfe  my  vile  foul  from  all  her  filthy  (tains, 
With  that  pure  ftr.eam  that  flow'd  from  jefus'  veins* 
Be  thou  my  patron,  guardian,  friend,  and  guide, 
Save  me  from  folly,  vanity,  and  pride* 
With  pious  fortitude,  inspire  my  mind, 
To  each  event,  that  I  may  be  refign'd. 

3.  May  ne'er  my  bofom  pant  for  empty  fame> 
But  thy  own  glory  be  my  conftant  aim  ! 

All  felnfh  motives  banifh  from  my  breail, 
Which  feek  their  own  and  not  another's  reft  j 
May  nobler  motives  animate  my  foul, 
Reign  in  my  life,  and  thro'  rny  actions  roll. 
May  virtuous  deeds  my   fleeting  hours  employ^ 
And  heav'nly  knowledge  fill,  my  foul  with  joy. 
To  bear  my  paflage  to  the  etheriai  (here, 
Grant  me  thy  preience,  and  I  aik  no  more. 

4.  Now  for  my  country  would  I  raife  my  pray'ry 
O  may  Columbia  be  thy  guardian  care  ! 

Behold  her,  FATHER,  with  propitious  fmiles, 
Atid  fave  her  fons  from  anarchy  and  broils  ; 
May  truth  and  patriotifm  infpire  each  foul, 
And  Jove,  and  harmony,  pervade  the  whole*. 
May  luxury,  an  infant  empire's  bane, 
Ms'er  prove  her  ruin,  nor  her  glory  ftain.j 


J?o  MISCELLANY. 

May  agriculture,  in  her  virgin  prime, 

Expand  and  flourish,  thro'   this  fertile  clime  5 

&iay  focial  commerce  open  her  affluent  (tores, 

And  waft  her  treaiures,  from  thefe  weftern  fhores, 

May  heaven  born  kience  fpacious  temples  rife 

On  a  firm  bails  to  the  lofty  flues. 

May  pure  religion  rear  her  facred  fane, 

^nd  o'er  this  weitern  world,  extend  her  mild  domain- 

A  PRAYER, 

/«  Imitation  of  Pope's  Universal  Prayer. 
Written  by  a  Young  Lady  near  Philadelphia. 

j.  IN  thee  my  God  and  Lord  Itruft, 

And  humbly  wait  thy  will  ; 
O  I  teach  me  to  be  wife  and  juft, 

And  keep  me  from  ail  ill ! 

2.  Save  me  from  pride  and  felf- conceit, 
From  falfe-hobd,  fraud  and  guile. 

From  envy,  malice,  and  deceit, 
From  fu perdition  vile. 

3.  O  teach  my  foul  the  Heady  path 
Of  virtue  to  purfue, 

To  flnm  each  crime  which  moves  thy 
Each  mean  and  felfifh  view. 

4.  Let  gentle  pity  fill  my  breaft 
With  charity  divine, 

To  aid  the  needy  and  diftrefs'd, 
And  make  tl;eir  mis'r)  mine. 

5.  Let  pure  devotion  warm  my  heart 
With  gratitude  and  love  ; 

For  lliDU  each  bleffing  doft  impart,. 
And  canfi  each  pailion  move. 

6.  To  vanity,  the  vice  of  fools, 
Should  my,  weak  heart  ''ncline.g- 

'To facred  virtue's  pureft  rules, 
Qhi  add  thy  ^race  divine* 


MISCELLANY. 

CONTENT. 

1.  WOULD  you  each  earthly  blifs  enjoy, 
Which  bounteous  heaven  does  give  j 

And  pleaf.ire  which  can  never  cloy, 
i  hey  in  content  all  live. 

2.  Would  you  have  peace  and  eafe  and  reft 
Obedient  to  your  call : 

Or  be  with  healtu  or  honor  bled, 
Content  fupplies  them  all. 

3.  \Vou'd  yon  be  cur'c]  of  ev'ry  woe, 
Oftjpar,  of  pain  and  grief; 

Of  pining  forrow,  anxious  care, 
Content  will  give  relief. 

4.  Her  cfcoicefi;  gifts  fliould  nature  pour, 
In  blvjilings  on  your  head  ; 

You'll  never  know  an  happy  hour, 
If  rich  content  be  fled. 

5.  To  gain  the  prize,  we  need  a  guide. 
But  few  the  wa^cnn  tell  ; 

For  with  ambition,  painon,    pride, 
Content  will  never  dwell. 

6.  Within  that  heart  where  virtue  reigns^. 
With  lowly  humble  mind  ; 

Where  padion,  reafon  mild  retrains, 
Content  you'll  always  find. 

7.  Padion,  by  reafon's  drength  control^ 
Ne  er  let  it  bear  the  fway  ; 

For  mould  it  in  your  bofom  rule, 
J I  will  fright  content  away. 

8.  V  ith  care  the  latent  f;aerls  erafe ; 
Of  vice  which  larks  within, 

^nd  f c  w  iair  '  irrue  in  its  place, 
Content  can't  grow  with  (in. 

9.  Cherifh  with  care  the  gentle  gueft, 
Ne'er  i  rt  ; 

JIarhotir  no  cringe  wi»hin  your  bread, 
Lelt  foft  content  depart, 


J33  MISCELLANY. 

CHOICE  OF  A  WIFE, 

j.  FREE  as  my  life  may  be  from  care, 
I  feel  fome times  for  you,  ye  fair, 

'1  hrotigii  intereft,  love,  and  duty  i 
Duty's  obfen  ing  how  ye  live, 
My  intereft  is  the  joys  you  give, 

And  much  I  love  your  beauty; 

2.  Yet  fearing  you  fhould  me  miftake, 
Know,  I  a  vait  diftinction  make, 

In  thofe  whom  1  admire  ; 
Finefhapes,  and  face,  molt  men  approve. 
But  thofe  who  merit  Ranger's  love, 

Mull  other  ways  inipire. 

3.  Muft  more  in  fenfe  than  perfon  (hine, 
Tender  their  hearts,  with  fouls  fublime, 

Tofcandal  quite  a  ftranger  j 
The  mufes  friend,   in  fcience  read, 
Hate  cards,  and  in  induftry  bred, 

Such  are  the  wives  for  Ranger. 

A  PRAYER  FOR  UNIVERSAL  PEACE, 

1.  O  HASTE  the  time,  thou  prince  of  peace, 
When  war  no  more  lhall  lift  the  fliield ; 

But  wrath,  and  drife,  and  luft  of  fpoil, 
To  thee,  their  fanguine  trophies  yield. 

2.  Reprefs  the  horrid  waite  of  Fife, 
Defti  oy  the  warrior's  trade  in  blood, 

And  fay,  to  all  the  tribes  of  earth, 
Be  (till,  and  know  that  f  am  God. 

3.  Lord  JESUS  fpeed  the  promis'd  day, 
When  love  (hail  hold  unbounded  reign, 

And  union  flieathe  the  flaming  fwcrd, 
That  hangs  o'er  defolation's  plain. 

4.  Ah  !  come,  ye  happy  moments,  come, 
When  the  whole  earth  fhall  own  the  Lord, 

And  thou,  the  prince,  the  king  of  peace, 
In  peace  forever  be  ador'd. 


MISCELLANY. 

Of  the  NEW-TESTAMENT,  : 
ft  wily  to  be  rej  erred  ; 
of  cur  moral  conduct. 

1.  VVE  come  now  to  that  part  of  icripttire  which  is 
the  mod  important  of  all,  and  which  you  rauft   make 
your  conftant  (tudy,  not  only  until  you  are  thoroughly 
acquainted  with  it,  but  all  your  life   long;  becaufe, 
how  often  foever  repeated,  it  is  impoflible  to  read  the, 
life  and  death  of  our  blefled  Savior,  without  renewing 
and  encrealing  in  our  hearts,  that  love  and   reverance 
and  .gratitude  towards  him,  which  is  fo  juftly  due  for 
all  he  did  and  fufrered  for  us. 

2.  Every  word  that  fell  from-  Ins  lips,  is  more  preci- 
ous than  all  the  treafures  of  the  earth  ;   for  his  "  arc 
""the.  words  of  eternal  life."  They  nuill   therefore  b« 
laid   up  in  your  heart,  and  conftantly  referred  to  on  all 
occaiions,  as  the  rule  and  direction  of  all  your  actions  ; 
particularly  thofe  very  comprehend ve  moral  precepts 
he  his  gracioufly,  left  with  us,   which  can  never  fail  to 

.  diredt  us  right  if  fairly  and  honeflly  applied  ;  fuch  as, 
te -vvhatfocver  ye  would  that  men  fhouid  do  unto  you, 
even  to  do  unto  them."  There  is  no  occaiion,  great; 
or  fmall,  on  which  you  may  not  fafcjy  a]  /ul-j 

for  the  direction  of  your  conduct  ; 
heart  honeitly  adheres  to  it,  you  can  never  be 
any  fort  of  injuftice  or  unkindnefs. 

3.  The  two  great  command  rnCaia  t>;C 
fummary  of  our  duty  to  -  re- 
tained, and  made  a  ilar 

hearts,  t(  to    love   tiie  Lord    our    God,   v.'ua    all 
hearts,  with   all   our  minds,  with    all   our  itrength  ; 
' a n d  ourn e i gh bor    ( o r  f :•  1 1  o w  c r e a t u r e )    . 
"  Love  workcth  no  ill  to  h:  ::or."     T: 

if  you  have   true,  ben  '  \villncverdoany 

thing  injurious  to  individuals  or  to  focitty. 

.  mies  whaifoever  ar  ;r  remoter 

coi  .  at  lead,  if  not :  imn 

ly  j  injurious  to  the  ibciety  in  v. ;.  ,  im- 

.jle  to  love  God;  \\itliniii  : 
M 


•134  MISCELLANY. 

and  as  far  as  we  are  able  to  referable  him  ;  therefore, 
the  love  of  God  mutt  lead  to  every  virtue  in  the  highell 
degree  ;  and  we  may  be  fare,  we  do  net  truly  love  him* 
if  we  content  ourfelves  with  avoiding  flagrant  fins,  and 
do  not  ftrive  in  good  earneft  to  reacL  the  greateft  de- 
gree o>£  perfection  we  are  capable  of.  Thus  do  thofe 
few  words  diredt  us  to  the  higheil  chriftian  virtue.  In- 
-deed  the  whole  tenor  of  the  gofpel  is  to  offer  us  every 
help,  direction,  and  motive,  that  can  enable  us  to  at- 
tain that  degree  of  perfection  on  which  depends  our 
eternal  good. 

Of  the  Example  fet  by  our  SAFIOR^  a.ul  h%i. 

Character. 

1.  WHAT  an  example  is  fet  before  us  in  our  blefled 
mailer  ! — How  is  his  whole  life,  from  earlieft  youth,  de- 
dicated  to  the  purfuit  of  true  wifdom,  and  to  the  prac- 
tice of  the   mo  ft  exalted  virtue! — When  you  iee  him, 
at  twelve  years  of  age,  in  the  temple  amongft  the  doc- 
tors, hearing  them,   and   afking  them  queftions  on  the 
1  abject  of  religion,    and  aftonifhing  them    all  with  his 
underttanding  and  anfwers — you  will   fay,  perhaps,- — 
*f  Well   might  the  Son    of  God,  even  at  thofe  years, 
be  far  vvifer  than  the  aged  ;  bat  can    a   mortal    child 
emulate  fuch  heavenly  wifdbm  ?  Can  fuch  a  pattern  be 
propofed  to  my  imitation  ?  Yes  certainly  ;   remember 
that  he  has    bequeathed  to  you  his  heavenly  wifdom, 
as  far  as  concerns  your  own  good.     He  has  left  you 
ibch  declarations  of  his  will,  and  of  the  confequences 
of  your  actions,  as  you  are,  even  now,  fully  able  to 
underftand,   if  you  will    but  attend   to  them.     If  then 
you  will  imitate  his  zeal  for  knowledge,  if  you   will 
delight  in  gaining  information  and  improvement,  you 
may  even  now  become  wife  unto  falvation. 

2.  Unmoved  by  the  praife  he  acquired  amongft  thofe 
learned  men,  you  fee  him  meekly  return  to  the  fubmif- 
fion  of  a  child  uncier  thofe  «vho  appeared  to  be  his  pa- 
rents, though  he   was  in  reality   their  Lord  :  you  fee 
him  return  to  live  vvith  them,  to  work  for  them,  and 
to  b  e  the  joy  and  fglace  of  their  lives  ;  uadi  the  time 


MISCELLANY.  13  5* 

came,  ^hen  he  was  to  enter  on  the  fcene  of  public  ac- 
tion, for  his  heavenly  father  had  fent  him  from  hir,- 
own  right  hand,  to  take  upon  him  the  form  of  a  poor 
carpenter's  fon. 

3.  What  a  leflon  of  humility  is  this,  and  of  obedi- 
ence to  parents  1   when  having  received  the   glorious  ~ 
teftimony  from  heaven,  of  his  being  the  beloved  fon  o£ 
the  moft  high,  he  enters  on  his  public  mini  dry,  what 
an  example  does  he  give  us,  of  the  moft  extenfive  and- 
conftant  benevolence.     How  are  all  his  hours  fpent  ia- 
doing  good  to  the  fouls  of  men.     Not  the  meaneft  fin- 
ner  is  below  his  notice:  —  to  reclaim  and  lave  them, 
he  condefcends  to  converfe  familiarly  with  the  moft, 
corrupt,  as  well  as  the  moft  abject.     All  his  miracles 
are  wrought  to  benefit  mankind  ;  not  one  to  pnnifh 
and  afflict  them.     Inftead  of  ufing  the  almighty  power, 
which  accompanied  him,    to   the  purpofe  of  exalting 
himfelf,  and  treading  down  his  enemies,  he  makes  no 
other  ufe  of  it  than  to  heal  and  to  fave. 

4.  When  you  come  to  read   of  his  fufferings  and 
death,  the  ignominy  and  reproach,  the  forrow  of  mind, 
a«d  torment  of  body,  which  he  fubmitted  to, — when 
you  confider  that  it  was  for  our  fakes — "  that  by  his 
flripes  we  were  healed/'    and  by  his  death  we  were 
niied  from  deftruction  to  everlafting  life  ;,   what  can  I 
fey,  that  can  add  any  thing  to  the  fenfations  you  muft 
then  feel  ?     No  power  of  language  can  make  the  fcenei 
more  touching  than  it  appears  in  the  plain  and  Hmplc 
narrations  of  the  evangelifts.     The  heart  that  is  un- 
moved by  it,  can  be  fcarcely  human  ;   hut  the  emotions 
of  tendernefs  and  compunction,  which  almoft  every  one* 
feels  in  reading  this  account,  will  be  of  no  avail,  un- 
lefs  applied  to  the  true  end  ;  unlefs  it  infpire  you  with: 
a  fincere  and  warm  affection  towards  your  blcfled  Lord,. 
\vith  a  firm  refolution  to  obey  his  commands  -,   to  be  his- 
faithful  difciple,  and  ever  renounce  and  abhor  thofe  fins. 
\vhich   brought  mankind  under  divine  condemnation,, 
and  from  which  we  have  been  redeemed.at  fo  dear  a 
rate. 

5.  Remember  that,  the  ftyle  ofchriftian;  or  followerr 


i,^  MISCELLANY. 

cf  Chrifl,  implies  a  more  than  ordinary  degree  of  boll- 
nefsancl  goodnefs. — As  our  motives  to  virtue  are  (Iron- 
ger  than  tliofc  which  are  afford  eel  to  the  reft  of  man- 
kind, onr  guilt  will  be  propbrtionably  greater,  if  we 
depart  from  it. 

6.  Our  faylor  appears  to  have  had  three  great  pur-', 
pofes,    in    descending  from   his   glory,   and  dwelling 
s.iuongft  men.     The  fir  ft,  to  teach  them  true-  virtue, 
both  by  his  example  and   precepts.      The   fecond,  to 
give  them  the  moil  forcible  motives  to  the  practice  of 
it,  by   (<  bringing  life  and  immortality  to  light,"  by 
zibfolute  neceility  of  obedience  to  God's  laws.     The 
third,  to  facrifice  himfelf  for  us,  to  obtain  by  his  death,' 
ihe  remifllbn  of  fins,  upon  onr  repentance  and  refor- 
mation, and  the  power  of  bedowing  on  his  fin  cere  fol- 
lowers, the  ineitimable  gift  of  immortal  happinefs. 

*jl  t  'Ive  View  of  the  Bhjjld  and  Cur  fed  at 

///i?  icijl  Diiy^ — and  the  Inference  to  be  drawn 
fro; 

1.  What  a  tremendous  fccne  of  the  lafi  day  does  the 
i7T;ipel  place  before  our  eyes. —  of  that  day,  when  you 
i-.iid  every  one  of  us,  mall  awake  from  the  grave,  and 
behold  the  Son  of  God,  on  his  glorious  tribunal,  at- 
tended by  millions  of  celeftial  beings,  of  whofe  fupe- 
rior  excellence  we  can  now  form  no  adequate  idea. — 
When,  in  prefence  of  all  mankind,  of  thofe  holy  an- 
gels, and  of  the  great  Judge Jiimfelf,  you  mnft  give 
r,n  account  of  your  pad  liie^  and  hear  your  final  doom, 
from  which  there  can  be  no  appeal,  and  which  muft 
determine  your  fate  to  all  eternity  ;  then  think,  if  for 
a  moment  you  can  bear  the  thought,  what  will  be  the 
clefoiation,  fliame  and  angul/h  of  thofe  wretched  fouls, 
•who  fhall  hear  thefe  dreadful  words  ;  <v>  Depart  from 
3ne,  ye  curfed,  into  everlafthvg  fire,  prepared  for  the 
devil  and  his  angels." — Oh  !  I  cannot  fnpport  even  the 
idea  of  your  becoming  one  of  thofe  undone,  lofl  crea- 
tures!— I  truft  in  God's  mercy,  that  you  will  make  a 
better  ufe  of  that  knowledge  of  his  \vill,  which  he  lir.:- 


MISCELLANY,  137 

to  you,  -and   of  thofe  amiable  difpofvtion* 
he  lias  given  you. 

2.  Let  us  therefore  turn  from  this  horrid,    this  in- 
fupportable  view,  and  rather  to  endeavor  to  imagine, 
as  far  a  poffible,   what  will  be  the  fenfations  of  your 
foul,  if  you  mall  hear  our  Heavenly  judge  addrefs  you 
in  the  fa  tranfporting  words,    "  Come   thoa  blefled  c£ 
my  father,  inherit  the  kingdom  prepared  for  you  from, 
the  foundation  of  the  world."     Think  what  it  mud  be 
to  become  an  object   of  the  elieem  and  applaufe,  not 
only  of  all  mankind  aflembled  together,  but  of  all  th~- 
hoft-of  Heaven,  of  our  bleifed   Lord  himfelf,  nay,  of 
his  and  our  Almighty  Father.    To  find  your  frail  ileU* 
changed  in  a  moment,  to  a  glorious  celeftial  body,  en- 
dowed  with  perfect   beauty,  health,  and  agility  ;   to 
find  your  foul  cleanfed  from  all  its  faults  and  infirmi- 
ties ;   exalted"  to  the  pureft  and  nobleft  affections  ; — - 
overflowing  with  divine  Jove  and  rapturous  gratitude  ! 
to  have  your  understanding  enlightened   and  refined  j 
your  heart  enlarged  and  purified  -,  and  every  power 
and  difpofition  of  body,  adapted  to  the  higheft  relifh 
of  virtue  and  happinefs  ;   thus  accompllmed,  to  be  ad^» 
mitted  into  the  fociety  of  amiable  and  happy  beings^ 
all  united  in  the  moft  perfect  peace  and  friendship,  all 
breathing  nothing  but  love  to  v/od,  avul  to  each  other  ; 
with  them  to  dwell  in  fcenes  more  delightful  than  the  * 
richeit  imagination  can  paint  —  free  from  every  pain 
and  care,  and  from  all  poflibility  of  change  or  fatiety  : 
but,  above  all,  to  enjoy  the  more  immediate  prefence  • 
of  God  fcimfelf ;   to  be  able  to  comprehend  ancl  admire 
his  adorable  perfe&ions  in  a  high  degree,  though  ftili 
far  fliort  of  their  infinity,  to  be  cojifcipus  of  hYs  love 
and   favor,    and    to    rejoice   in  tlie  li^ut  of  his    coun-  • 
ten a ace  1 

3.  But  here  all  imagination  falls:  \ve  can  form  no  • 
idea  of  that  bills,  which  may  be  communicated  to  us 
by  fnch  a  near  approach  to  the  fource  of  all  beauty  and  , 
good:  we  mull  content  ourfelves  with  believing,  "that; 
i;  is  what  mortal  eye  hath  not  feen;  nor  ear  heard, , 

M  2 


13s  MISCELLANY. 

neither  hath  it  entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to  c 
cclve."     The  crown  of  all  our  jo)S  will  be,  to  know 
that  we  are  fecure  ofpoilefling  them  for  ever  :   what  a 
transporting  \ 

4.  Can  you  reflect  on  all  thcfcr  things,  and  not  feel 
the  mod  earned  longings  after  immortality  ?  Do  not 
all  other  views  and  defires  feem   mean   and  trifling, 
when  compared  with  this  ?   And  does  not  your  inmod 
heart  refolve,  that  this  fhall  be  the  chief  and  conftant ; 
object  of  its  wi flies  and   purfuit,    through  the  whole 
courfe  of  your  life  ? 

5.  If  you  are  not  infenfible  to  that  defire  of  happi-> 
jiefs,  which  feems  woven  into  your  nature,  you  cannot 

\y  be  unmoved  by  the  profpect  of  fiich  a  tranfcend- 
iint  degree  of  it ;  and  that  continued  to  all  eternity  ; 
perhaps,  continually  increafing.  You  cannot  but  dread- 
the  forfeiture  of  fuch  an  inheritance,  as  the  mod  infup- 
portable  evil !  Remember  then— remember  the  con- 
ditions on  v/hich  alone  it  can  be  obtained.  God  will 
31  ot  give  to- vice,  careleilhefs,  or  floth,  the  prize  he- 
has  propose!  to  virtue. 

6.  You  have  every  help  that  can  animate  your  en- 
cJeavors  :  you  have  written  laws  to  direct  you,  the  ex- 
ample of  Chrift  and  his  difciples  to  encourage  you;  the 
jnoit  awaking  motives  to  engage  you,  and  you  have 
bclides,  the  comfortable  promife  of  con  dan  t  ailillance 

•from  the  Holy  Spirit,  if  you  diligently  and  iincerely 
pray  for  it.  O  !  let  not  all  this  mercy  be  loft  npoii 
you;  but  give  your  attention  to  this,  your  only  im- 
portant concern,  and  accept  with  profound  gratitude," 
the  ineftimable  advantages  that  are  thus  affectionately 
iul'1'.red  you. 

7.  i  hpugl]  the  four  gofpels  are  each  pf  them  a  nar* 
lotion  of  the  life,  fa^ing^s  and  deatr  I  ;  yet  a> 
tiicy  are  not  exactly  alike,  but  fome  cir-cun-ihinces  and 
i\\\ '-,                 ted  in  one,  are  recorded  in  another,  you 
mud  make  yourft'lf  perfectly  mailer  of  them  alL 

8.  The  acls  of  the  holy  apodles,  endowed  with  the 
Holy  Ghofl,    and   authorised   b)'   their  divine  mader, 
come  next  to  be  read,     IScihing  caj^ 


MISCELLANY,  i?,p- 

ing  and  edifying,  than  the  hiftory  of  their  actions,  of 
the  piety,  zeal  and  courage,  with  which  they  preach- 
ed the  glad  tidings  of  falvation  ;  and  of  the  various 
exertions  of  the  wonderful  powers  conferred  on  them 
by  the  Holy  Spirit,  for  the  confirmation  of  their  million. 

CHARACTER  OF  ST.  PAUL. 

l»i.  The  character  of  St.  Paul,  and  his  miraculous 
converfion,  demand  your  particular  attention.  Molt 
of  the  apoftles  were  men  of  low  birth  and  education  ; 
but  St.  Paul  was  a  Roman  citizen;  that  is,  he  paffefT- 
ed  the  privileges  annexed  to  the  freedom  oj  the  city  of 
Home,  which  was  coufidered  as  a  high  distinction  in 
thofe  countries  that  had  been  conquered  by  the  Romans 
——He  was  educated  amongfl:  the  mod  learned  feel  of 
*lbe  Jews,  and  by  one  of  their  principal  doctors.  Ke 
was  a  man  of  extraordinary  eloquence,  as  appears  not 
only  in  his  writings,  but  in  feveral  fpeeches  in  his  own 
defence,  pronounced  before  governors  and  courts  of 
juitice,  when  he  was  called  to  account  for  the  doctrines 
he  taught. 

2.  lie  feems  to  have  been  of  an  uncommonly  warm 
temper,  and  zealous  in  whatever  religion  he  profefled  : 
this  zeal,  before  his  converfion,  fhewed  itfelf  in  the 
molt  unjudiliable  actions,   by  furioufly  perfecuting  the 
innocent  chriflians  ;  but  though  his  actions  were  bad, 
we  may  be  fure  his  intentions  were  gocd  ;    other  wife 
we  mould  not  have  feen  a  miracle  employed  to  con- 
vince him  of  his  miflake,  and  to  bring  him  into  the 
right  way. 

3.  This  example  may  allure  us  of  the  mercy  of  God 
towards  miftaken  confciences,  and  ought  to  infj/i:- 
with  the  mod  enlarged  charity  and  good  will  towards 
thofe   whofe  erroneous  principles  milk-ad  their  con- 
duct :   infiead  of  refentment  and  hatred  againlt  their 
perfons,  we  ought  only  to  feel  an  active  wiifa  of  aflilV- 
ing  them  to  find  the  truth  ;  fince  we  know  not  whe- 
ther, if  convinced,  they  might  not  prove,  like  St.  Paul, 
chofen  veiTels  to  promote  the  hpaQr  of  Ggd;  snd  of 
true  relilou, 


MISCELLANY". 
OF  THE  EPISTLES. 

1.  Next  follow  the  epiftles,'  which  make  a  very  im-' 
portant  part  of  the  New^Teftament-,  and  you  cannot  be 
too  much  employed  in    reading  them.     They    contain 
the  molt  excellent  precepts  and  admonitions,  and    are 
of  particular  ufe  in  explaining   more  at  large,   ieveral 
doctrines  of  chriftianity,  which  we  couid  not  fo   fully 
comprehend  without  them. 

2.  There    are,    indeed,  in  the  epiftlesof  St..  Paul, 
many  pafTages  hard  to  be  underftood  :  fuch  in  particu- 
lar are  the  tirft  eleven    chapters    to  the  Romans  ;  the 
greater  part  of  his  epiftles  to  the  Corinthians  and  Gal- 
atians,  and  feveraAjjichaptcrs  of  that  to  the   Hebrews. 
Infiead  of  perplexing  yourielf  with  thefe  more  obfcure 
paffages   of  fcripture,  I   would   wifh   you  to    employ 
jour  attention  chiefly  en  thofe  that  are  plain  ;  and  to 
judge  of  the   doctrine   taught  in  the   other  parts,  by 

'  comparing  them  with  what  you  find  in  thefe.  It  is 
through  the  neglecl  of  this  rule,  that  many  have  been 
led  to  draw  the  mod  abfurd  doctrines  from  the  holy 
fcriptures. 

3.  Let  me  particularly  recommend  to  your   careful 
perufal,  the   xii,  xiii,  xiv,  xv,    chapters  of  the  epiftle 
to  the  Homans.      In   the  xiv  chapter,    St.   Paul  has  in 
view?  the  difference  between  the   Jewifli  and  .Gentile 
(or   Heathen)    converts,  at   that    time:     the   former 
were  difpofed  to  look  with  horror  on  the  latter,  for 
their  impiety  in  not    paying  the  fame  regard  to   the 
diftinction  of  days  and    meats  chat  they  did  ;  and   the 
latter    on    the    contrary,  were   inclined  to  look  with 
contempt  on    the   former,  for  their  weaknefs  and  fa- 
perilition. 

4.  Excellent  is    the  advice  which  the  apoftle   gives 
to  both  parties  :  he  exhorts  the    [ewifh  converts    not 
to  judge,  and  the  Gentiles  not  to  defpife. ;  remember- 
ing, that  the  kingdom  of  heaven  is  not  meat  and  drink 
but    rigliteopfnefs   and  peace,     and    joy    in  the    Holy 
Ghoft.  —  Endeavor  to    conform    yourfclf  to  thus    ad- 
vice;  to  acquire  a  temper  of  uuiverfal  caudor  and  be* 


•CELLANY,  141 

revolence  ;  and  learn  neither  to  defpife  nor  condemn 
any  perfons  on  account  of  their  particular  modes  of 
"faith  and  wor/hip  :  remembering  always,  that  good- 
nefs  is  confined  to  no  party  ;  that  there  are  wife  and 
v/orthy  men  among  all  the  feels  of  chriftisns  ;  and 
that  to  Lis  mailer  every  one  muil  itand  or  fall.  v 

____  CHAPONE. 

Rel/gicus  Knowledge  of  great  Conflation  and  Relief 
ami"'1  ft  the  dijtrefles  of  Life. 

1.  Confiderit  in  the  light  of  confolation  ;  as  bring- 
ing relief  to  as,  amidil  the  diftreiles  of  life.     Here  re- 
ligion inconte(lihly,triumphs  ;  and  its  happy  effects  in 
this  refpect,  furnifh  a  iirong  argument  to  every  bene- 
volent mind,  for  wifhing  them  to  be  farther   difFufed 
throughout   the    world.     For  without  the    belief  ^nd 
hope  afforded  by  divine  revelation;  the  circumftances 
of  man  are  extremely  forlorn. 

2.  He  finds   himfelf  placed  here    as  a  (Iranger   in  a 
vaft  univerfe,  where  the  powers  and  operations  of  na- 
ture are  very  imperfectly  known  ;   where  both  the  be- 
ginnings and  HTues  of  things  are  involved  in  myfterious 
darknels  j   where  he  is   unable   to   difcovcr    with  any 
certainty,  whence  he  fprung,  or  for  \vhat  purpofe  he 
vas  brought  into  this  ftate  of  exigence  ;  whether   he 
be  fubjected  to  the  government  of  a  mild,  or  of  a  wrath- 
ful ruler  ;   what  conftruclion  he  is  to  put  on  many    of 
the  difpenfations  or  his  providence  ;  and  what  his  fate 
is  to  be  when  he   departs  hence.      What  a  difconfolate 
fituation  to   a  ferious  enquiring    mind  i  The    greater 
degree  of  virtue    it  poileiies,  its  fenfibility  is  likely  to 
be  the    more   oppreiied    by   this   .burden    of  laboring 
thought.     Even   though    it   were   in  one's  power  to 
baniih  all  uneafy  thought,  and  to  fill  up  the  hours  of 
life  with  perpetual  amuiement  ,  life  fo  filled  up  would 
upon   reflection,  appear  poor  and  trivial.      But  thefe 
are  far  from  being  the  terms  upon  which  man  is  brought 
into  tffis  world. 

3.  Me  is  confcious  that  his  being  is  frail  and  feeble  ; 
he  lees  hioifeif  befet  with  various  dangers  :  and  is  es? 


T42  MISCELLANY. 

pofed  to  many  a  melancholy  apprehension,  from  ths 
evils  which  he  may  have  to  encounter,  before  he  ar- 
rives at  the  dole  of  life.  In  this  diftrefled  condition* 
to  reveal  to  him  fuch  difcoveries  of  the  Supreme  Be- 
ing as  the  chriilian  religion  aiforcls,  is  to  reveal  to 
him  a  father  and  a  friend  ;  is  to  let  in  a  ray  of  the  mod 
chearing  light  upon  the  darknefs  of  the  human  efiate. 
He  who  was  before  a  deftitute  orphan,  wandering  in. 
the  inh  of  pi  table  defert,  has  now  gained  a  flicker  from 
the  bitter  and  inclement  blaft.  He  now  knows  to 
whom  to  pray,  and  in'  whom  to  trud  !  where  to  '.m- 
bofom  his  ibrrows  ;  and  from  what  hand  to  look  for 
relief. 

4.  It  is  certain  that  when  the  heart  bleeds  from, 
fome  wound  of  recent  misfortune,  nothing  is  of  equal 
efuracy  with  religious  comfort.  It  is  of  power  to  en- 
lighten the  darkdt  hour,  and  to  aflirage  the  fevered 
\voe,  by  the  relief  of  divine  favor,  and  the  profpect  of 
a  blefled  immortality.  In  fuch  hopes  the  mind  expa- 
tiates with  joy  ;  and  when  bereaved  or  its  earthly 
friends,  folaces  itfelf  with,  the  thoughts  of  one  friend 
\vho  will  never  forfake  it.  BLAIR. 


IRREGULAR  PLEASURES. 

I.  By  the  unhappy  exccfs  of  irregular  plcafures  in 
youth,  how  many  amiable  difpofitions  are  corrupted 
or.deftrovecl  !  How  nfany  rifing  capacities  and  powers 
are  fuppreffed  !  How  many  flattering  hopes -of  parents- 
and  friends  are  totally  extinguKhed  1  Who  but  mud 
drop  a  tear  over  human  nature,  when  he  beholds  that 
morning  which  rofe  fo  bright,  overcaii  with  £uch  un- 
timely darknefs  ;  thnt  good  humonr,  which  once  cap- 
tivated all  hearts  ;  that  vivacity  which  fparkled  in  eve- 
ry company  ;  thofe  abilities  which  were  fitted  for 
adorning  the  highelt  Rations,  all  facrificed  at  the  fhnne^ 
of  low  ienfuality,  and  one  who  was  formed  for  run- 
ning the  fair  career  of  life,  in  the  midft  of  public 
cfteem,  cut  off  by  his  vices  at  the  beginning  t>f  his 
courfc.  cr  funk  for  the  whole  of  it  into  iafigniacancy 
aiid  contempt !  Thefe  O  fmful  plcafure;  are  thy  tro- 


MISCELLANY.  143 

phies  !  It  is  thus,  that  co-operating  with  the  foe  of 
God  and  man,  thou  degraded  human  honor,  and  blaft- 
•eft  the  opening  profpects  of  human  felicity. 

A   _ BLAIR. 

The  NcceJ/lty  of  depending  for  Succefs  on  the  B!ef- 
ft  gs  .0}  Heaven. 

1.  Let  me  recall  your  attention  to  that  dependance 
on  the  bleffing  of  heaven,  which,    amidft  all  your  en- 
deavors after  improvement,  you  ought  continually  to 
preferve.     It   is  too  common   with  the  young,    even 
when  they  refolve  to  tread  the  path  of  virtue  and  ho- 
lior,  to  fet  out  with  prefumptuous  confidence  in  them- 
ielves.     Trufting  to  their  own  abilities  for  carrying 
them  fuccefsfully  through  life,  they  are  careleis  of  ap- 
plying to  God,  or  of  deriving  any  afliftance  from  what 
they  are  apt  to  reckon  the  gloomy  difciplinc  of  religi- 
on.    Alas  how  little  do  they  know  the  dangers  which 
await  them  ?   Neither   human  wifdom  nor  human  vir- 
tue, unfuppfcrted  by  religion,  are  equal  for  the  trying 
fitiiatkms  which  often  occur- in  life. 

2.  By  the  fliock  of  temptation,  how  often  have  the 
mod  virtuous  intentions  been  overthrown  !  Under  the 
preflure  of  d  fatter,  how  often  has  the  greatest  conftan- 
cy  funk  !  Deftitute  of  the  favour  of  God,  you  are  in  no 
other  fituation    with  all  your  boafted  abilities,  than 
orphans  left  to  wander  in  a  tracklefs  defart,  without 
any    guide   to   conduct    them     or  any  flicker  to   co- 
ver them  from    the  gathering  ilorm.     Cor  reel:,  then, 
this  ill  founded  arrogance.     Expect  not  that  your  hap- 
pinefs  can.be  independent  of  him  who  made  you.     By 
faith  and  repentance    apply   to  the  redeemer  of  the 
world.     By  pietv   and  prayer  feek  the  protection  of 
the  God  of  Heaven.  BLAIR. 

E  :pcrlence  to  be  anticipated  by  Reflexion. 

I.  It  is  obferved,  that  the  young  and  ignorant  are 
always  the  mofl  violent  in  piirfuit.  The  knowledge 
which  is  forced  upon  them  by  longer  acquaintance 
<with  the  world,  moderates  this  impetuofity.  Studj 


1/4  MISCELLANY. 

then,  to  antic1pate,by  reflection,  that  knowledge  which 
experience  buys  at  too  dear  a  price,  inure  yourfc-lves" 
to  frequent  confideration  of  the  cmptinefs  of  thofs 
pleafures  which  excite  fo  much  ilrife  and  commotion 
:  among  mankind.  Think  how  much  more  of  true  en- 
joyment is  loll  by  the  violence  of  paffion,  than  by  the 
want  of  thofe  things  which  give  occaiion  to  that  pafficn. 
2.  Perfuade  yourfelves,  that  the  favour  of  God,  and 
the  .pofleflion  of  virtue,  form  the  chief  happinefs  of  the 
rational  nature. — Let  a  contented  mind,  and  a  peace- 
ful life,  hold  the  next  place  in  your  eftimation.  Thefe 
are  the  concluiions  which  the  wife  and  thinking  part 
of  mankind  have  always  formed.  To  thefc  conditions, 
after  having  run  the  race  of  paiHon,  you  will  probably 
come  at  hut.  By  forming  them  betimes,  you  would 
make  a  feafonable  efc ape  from  that  tempeftuous  region 
through  which  none  can  pafs  without  fyfFering  miiery, 
contracting  guilt,  and  undergoing  ievere  remorfe. 

BLAIR. 

A  contested  Temper  the  greatcjt  El-nl-^  t 
material  requifiU  to  the  $r&pe\ 

Duty. 

1.  A  contented  temper  is  one  of  the  greateil  blcfl* 
ings  that  can  be  enjoyed  by  man,  and  one  of  the  mod 

I  material  requifites  to  the  proper  difcharge  of  the  du- 
ties of  every  ftation.  For  a  fretful  and  dilcontented 
temper  renders  one  incapable  of  performing  aright, 
any  part  in  life.  It  is  unthankful  and  Impious  towards 
God  ;  and  towards  men,  provoking  and  unHft.  it  is 
a  gangrene  which  prevs  on  the  vitals^  and  infers  the 
xvhole  coniiitution  with  difeafe  and  putrefaction.  Sub- 
due pride  and  vanity,  and  you  will  take  the  moil:  e;lce- 
tual  method  of  eradicating  this  diltemper. 

2.  You  will  no  longer  behold  the  bbgeacs,a round  you 
with  jaundiced  eyes. ,    You  -will  take  in  good  par* 
bleilingj  which   Providence  i*  pleaiVd  to  bellow , 

the  degree  of  favor   xvliie'l7.  creature 

ppfed  to  graut  you.     Viewing  vouricives  with  all 


MISCELLANY.  54? 

.your  irnperfe&ions  and  failings  in  a  jufl  light,  you  will 
'rather  be  furprifed  at  your  enjoying  To  many  good 
things,  than  dfifconteflted,  becaufe  there  are  any  which 
.you  want.  From  an  humble  and  contented  temper 
will  fpring  a  chearful  one.  This,  if  not  in  iifelf  a  vir- 
tue, is  at  ieait  a  garb  in  which  virtue  fhouid  be  always 
arsyed. 

3.  Piety  and  goodnefs  aught  never  to  be  marked 
with  that  dejection  which  fometimes  takes  rife  from  fu- 
perilition,  but  which  is  the  proper  portion  only  of  guilt. 
At  the  fame  time,  the  chearfulnefs  belonging  to  virtue, 
is  to  be  carefully  diftinguifhed  from  that  light  and  gid- 
tly  temper  which   characl'erifes  folly,  and  is  fo  often 
found  among  the  difiipated  and  vicious  part  of  man- 
kind.— Their  gaity  is  owing  to  a  total  want  of  reflec- 
tion ;  and  brings  with  it  the  ufual  coafequences  of  an 
unthinking  habit,  fhame,   remorfe,  and   heaviness  of 
heart  in  the  end. 

4.  The    chearfuJnefs    of  a    well    regulated    mincj^ 
f'prings  from  a  good  conference  and  the  favour  of  hea- 
ven, and  is  bounded  by  temperance  and  reafon.     It 
makes  a  man  happy  in  himfelf,  and  promotes  the  hap- 
pinefs  of  "all  around  him.     It  is  the  clear  and  calm  fun- 
fliine  of  a  mind  illuminated  by  piety  and  virtue.     It 
crowns  all  other  good  difpoiitions,  and  comprehends 
the  general  elfect  which  they  ought  to  produce  on  the 
teart.  BLAIR.    ; 


ON  THE  DEATH  OF  CHRIST. 

I.  The  redemption  of  man  is  one  of  the  moft  glori- 
ous works  of  the  Almighty.  If  the  hour  of  the  crea- 
tion of  the  world  was  great  and  illuftrious  :  that  hour, 
\vhen,  from  the  dark  and  formlefs  mafs,  this  fair  fyf- 
tem  of  nature  arofe  at  the  divine  command  ;  when, 
"  the  morning  ftars  fang  together,  and  all  the  fons  of 
Godfliouted  for  joy  ;"—  no'lefs  illuftrious  is  the  hour, 
of  the  reftoration  of  the  world  ,  the  hour,  when, 
from  condemnation  and  mifery,  it  emerged  into  hap- 
pinefs  and  peace.  With  lefs  external  majelly  it  was 
-  attended^  but  is  on  that  account;  the  more  woiiderful, 


14°"  MISCELLANY. 

i hat,    under   an    appearance    fo    fimple,    fuch    great 
events  were  covered. 

2.  In  the    hour  of  (Thrift's  death,  the   long  feries 
of  prophecies,  vifions,  types,  and  figures,  was  accom- 
pli {hed.     This  was  the  center  in  which  they  all    met  ; 
this  the  point  towards  which  they  had  tended  and  ver- 
ged, throughout  the  courfe   of  fo   many  generations.  ". 
You  behold  the  law  and  the  prophets  {landing,  if  we 
may  fo  fpeak,  at  the  foot  of  the  crofs  and  doing  homage. 
You  behold  Mofes  and  Aaron,  bearing  the  ark  of  the 
covenant  ;   David  and  Elijah  prelenting  the  oracle   of 
teftimony.      Yo  behold  all  the  priefts  and  facrifices,  all 
the  rites  and  ordinances,  all  the   types    and   fymbols,  ? 
afTembled    together   to    receive  their     confummation. 

,  Without  the  death  of  Chrill,  the  worfliip  and  cere- 
monies of  the  law  would  have  remained  a  pompous,  but 
unmeaning  inftitution.  In  the  hour  when  he  was  cru-  ' 
cified,  "  the  book  of  the  feven  feals"  was  opened, 
livery  rite  afTumed  its  fignilicancy  ;  every  prediction  met 
its  event  ;  every  fymbol  difplayed  its  correfpondcnce. 

3.  This  was  the   hour  of  the    abolition  of  the  law, 
and  the  introduction  ofthegofpel;   the   hour  of  ter- 
minating the  old;  and  beginning  the  new  difpenfatiou 
of  religious  knowledge    and    wbrfhip   throughout  the 
earth. — Viewed  in  this  light,  it  forms  the  molt  augult 
ara,  which  is  found  in  the  hiftory  of  mankind, 

4.  When  Chrift  wasfuffering  on  the  crofs,  we   are 
informed  by  one  of  the  evan^eliits,  that  he  faid,  I  thirit ; 
and  they  filled  a  fpunge  with  vinegar  and  put  it  to  his 
mouth.     "  After  he  had  tafted  the  vinegar,  knowing 
that  all  things  were  now  accompli  (lied,  and  the   fcrip- 
t  ure  fulfil  led,  he  faid  it  is  finiihed  j"   that  is,  this   of- 
fered draught  of  vinegar  was  the  laft  circumftance  pre- 
di'fled  by  an  ancient  prophet  that  remained  to  be  ful- 
lilled.     Thevifionand  the  prophecy  are  now  fealed  : 
the  Mofaic  difjpenfation  is  clofed.   "  And  he  bowed  his 
head  and  gave    up  the  Ghoft."- — Significantly  was   the 
veil  of  the  temple  rent  in  this  hour  ;  for  the  glory  then, 
departed  from  between  the    Cherubims.      I'hi1    legal 
high  prlcft  delivered  up  his  urlm  and  thuiuuiiai;  Jus 


MISCELLANY,  147 

breuft  plate,  his  robes,  and  his  incenfe  ;  and  (Thrift 
ftotxl  forth  as  the  great  high  pried  of  all  fucceedi-ng 
generations.  By  that  one  facrifice,  which  he  now  of- 
fered, he  abolished  facritices  forever;  Altars  on  which 
the  lire  had  blazed  for  ages,  were  now  to  fmoke  no 
more.  Victims  were  no  more  to  bleed.  "  Not  with 
the  blood  of  bulls  and  goats,  but  with  his  own  blood, 
he  now  entered  the  holy  place,  there  to  appear  in  the 
prefence  of  God  for  us." 

5.  1  hi  a  was  the  hour  of  ailbciation  and  union  to  all 
the  worfhipprrs  of  God.  When  thrift  laid,  "  it  is  iinifh- 
ed/'  he  threw  down  the  wall  of  partition  which  had  Ib 
long  divided  the  Gentile  from  the  Je\v.     He  gathered 
into  or,e  all  the  faithful  out  of  every  kindred  and  peo- 
ple.    He  proclaimed  the   hour   to  be  come,   when  the 
knowledge  of  the  true  God  ihoukl  be  no  longer  confin- 
ed to  one  nation,  nor  his  worfhip  to  one   temple  ;   hue 
overall  the  earth,   the  worfhipers  of  the  father  ihould 
"  fevve  him  in  fpirit  and  in  truth,"     From  that  hour, 
they  who  dwelt  in    die  "  utmoft  ends  of  the    earth, 
Grangers  to    the   covenant   of  promife,    began  to  be 
"  brought  nigh.5'   In  that  hour  the  light  of  the  gofpel 
dawned  from  afar  on  the  L-ntiih  Tilands. 

6.  This  was  the  hour  of  ChriiVs  triumph  over  al! 
the  powers  of  darkncfs  ;  the  hour  in  which  he   over- 
ti  rew  dominions,    and  thrones,  "led  captivity  cap- 
tive, and  gave  gifts  unto  men."     The  conteft  which 
the  kingdom  of  darknefs  had  long  maintained    agaiiul: 
the  kingdom  of  light,  v»~as  now  brought  to  its  crifis. 
The  period  was  conie^.  when  <J  the- feed  of  the  woman 
fhould  bruife  the  head  of  the  ferpent."     For  many  ages 
the  mod  grofs  fuperltkion  had  filled  the  earth, — (i  'i  h2 
glory  of  the  incorruptible  God  was'*  every  where,   ex- 
cept in  the  land  of  judea,   "  changed  'uito  images  mail? 
like  to  corruptible  man,  and  to  .  birds  and  bealls,   and 
creeping  things,"      The  world  which 'the    Almighty 
created  for  himfelf/  feemed  to  have  become  a  temple  of 
idols.      Even  to  vices  and  pa  (lions  altars    were  railed  : 
and,  what  was  entitled  religion,  was.  ineifeft,  a  dif- 
ciplhie  of  impurity.     In  the  midft  of  this  uniyerfui 


X4«  MISCELLANY. 

cUrktiefs,  Satan  had  erected  his  throne;  and  the  lear- 
ned and   the  polifhed,  as  well  as  the  favage  nations, 
bswed  down  before  him. — But  at  the  hour  when  Chrift 
appeared  on  the  crofs,  the  fignal   of  his  defeat  was 
given. — His  kingdom  fuddenly  departed  from  him  ;  the  •: 
reign  of  idolatry  palled  away — Ue  was  beheld  to  fall, 
like  lightning  from  heaven."     In  that  hour  the  foun- 
datio\i  of  every  Pagan  temple  fliook  ;  the  ftatue  of  ev- 
ery falfe  God  tottered  on  its  bafe.     The  pried  fled  from 
liis  falling  fhrine  ;  and  the  Heathen  oracles  became.- 
clumb  for  ever. 

7.  Death  alia,  the  1  aft  foe  of  man,  was  the  victim* 
of  this  hour.  The  formidable  appearance  of  the  fpec-  * 
tre  remained,  but  his  dart  was  taken  away;  for,  in:  . 
the  hour  when  Chirift  expiated  guilt,  he  difarmed 
death,  by  fecuring  the  re  fur  reel  ion  of  the  juft. — When 
lie  faid  to  his  penitent  fellow-fufferer,  "  To  day  thoa. 
ihalt  be  with  me  in  Paradife."  He  announced  to  alL 
iiis  followers  the  certainty  of  heavenly  blHs.  He  de- 
clared, "  The  Cherubims"  to  be  difmiiled,  and  the 
*'  flaming  fword"  to  be  fheathed,  which  had  been  ap- 
pointed at  the  fdl,  "  to  keep  from  man  the  way  of 
the  Tree  of  life."  Faint  before  this  period,  had  been, 
the  hope,  indidincl:  the  profpedfc,  which  even  good 
men  enjoyed  of  the  heavenly  kingdom.  "  Life  and 
immortallity  were  now  brought  to  light."  From  the 
hill  of  Calvary,  the  firfl  clear  view  was  given  to  the 
world  of  the  everlafting  manfions.  Since  that  hour, 
they  have  been  the  perpetual  confolation  of  believers 
in  Chrill.  Under  trouble  they  {both  their  minds ; 
amid  PC  terrptations  they  fupport  their  virtue  ;  and  in 
•  d-.  iv.g  moments  ensble  them  to  fay,  "  O  death  ! 
\vhere  is  thy  fting  ?  O  grave  !  where  is  thy  viclory  f 3." 

BLAIR. 

OF  PROVIDENCE. 

I .  That  great  prophet  Mofes,  it  is  faicl,  was  called 
i^p,  by  a  voice  from  heavep,  to  the  top  of  a  mountain; 
\vhere,  in  a  conference  with  the  Supreme  Being,  he 
"was  permitted  to  propbfe  to  him  fome  quellious  con^ 


KflSCELLANT.  ity 

earning  bis  adminiftration  of  the  univerfe.  Tn  the  mid  ft 
of  this  divine  colloquy,  he  was  commanded  to  look 
down  on  the  plain  below. 

2.  At  the  foot  of  the  raor.ntam  there  iflued  out  a 
clear  fpring  of  water,  at  which  a  foldier  alighted  from 
his  horie  to  drink — He  was  .no  fooner  gone,  than  a 
little  boy  came  to  the  lame  place,  and  finding  a  purfe 
of  gold,  which  the  foldier  had  dropped,  took  it  up  and 
went  away  with  it.     Immediately  after  this  came  ail 
infirm  old  man,  weary  with  age  and   travelling,  and 
having  quenched  his  third,  fat  down  to  reft  himielf  by 
the  fide  of  the  fpring:   the  foldier,    miffing  his  purfe, 
returns  to  fearch  for  it,  and  demands  it  of  the  old  man, 
who  affirms' that  he  had  not  feen  it  ;  and  appeals  to  hea- 
ven in  wimefs  of  his  innocence  :  the  foldier  not  belie v  ing 
his  protections,    kills  him. 

3.  Mofes  fell  upon  his  face,  with  horror  and  amaze- 
ment,  when  the    divine  voice  thus  prevented   his  ex- 
poftujation  :   be  not  furprifed  Mofes,  nor  afk  why  the 
Judge  of  the  whole   earih   has  differed  this  thing  to 
come  to  pafs :  the  child  is  the  occalion   that  the  blood 
of  the  old  man  is  fpilt  ;   but  know,  that  the  old  man,, 
whom  thou  fa  we  ft,  was  the    murderer  of  that  child's 
father.  FRANKLIN. 


OF  NEATNESS,  DECENCY,  &rc. 

I.  Neatnefs,  cisanllnefs,  and  decency,  to  which  we 
may  add  dignity  of  countenance,  and  demedn&ur,  fcem 
to  have  fometbing  refined  and  moral  in  them.  /\tlea(t 
we  generally  efteem  them  indications  of  an  orderly, 
genteel,  and  well  governed  mind,  confcious  of  inward 
worth,  or  the  refpect  due  to  one's  nature.  VV  hrreas 
naflinefi,  flovenlinefs,  aukwardn>jft,  and  indecency, 
are  fhrewd  fymptoms  of  fomething  mean,  carek'fs, 
and  deficient  ;  and  betray  a  mind  untaught,  illiberal, 
unconfcious  of  what  is  due  to  one's  felf  or  to  others. 
I-Iow  much  cleanlinefs  conduces  to  health  needs  hard- 
ly to  be  mentioned  ;  and  how  neceilary  it  is  to  maintain 
ones  charade*  and  rank  in  life,  and  to'render  us  agree* 
able  to  others  as  well  as  to  ourfelvcs.  is  as  evident, 
M  2 


ijfo  MISCELLANY, 

2.  There  are   certain  motions,  airs   and   geftc: 
\vhich    become  the  human  countenance  and  form,  in 
which    we   perceive  a   comelinefs,   cpsnncfs,   fimplictty, 
and  graccfninefs  ;  and  there  are  others,  which  to  our 
fenfe  of  decorum,  appear   uncomely,  affcftedy  difinge- 
-nuQits  and  attkward,  quite  unfuitable  to  the  native  dig- 
nity of  our  face  and  form. — The  fir  ft  are  in  themfelves 
the  moft  eafy,  natural,   and   commodious  ;   gives   one 
boldnefs  and  prefence  of  mind,  a  mod  eft  aHiirance,  an 
addrefs  both  awful  and    alluring  ;  they   beipeak  can- 
dour and  greatnefs  of  mind,  raiie   the  moft  agreeable 
prejudices  in  one's  fWor,rencler  fociety  engaging,  com-  * 
mand  refpect,  and  often  love,  and  give  weight  and  au» 
thority  both  in  converfation  and  bufmeis  ;  in  fine  they 
are    the     coloring   of  virtue,    which    fhew  it   to  the 
greateft  advantage  in  whomfoever  it  b  ;   and  not  only 
imitate,  but  in  Come  meaiure   fupply   it,  where  it  is- 
•wanting.   Whereas  the  laft,  viz,  tudeucfs,  afieAation, 
indecorum,  and  the  like,   have  all  the  contrary  effects; 
they  are  bur  deft  feme   to  one's  felf,  a  diflionor  to  our 
nature,  and  a  nuiiance  in  fociety. 

3.  The  former  qualities,  or  goods,  are  beft  attain- 
ed, by   a  liberal  education,  by  preierving  a  juft  fenfc 
of  the  dignity    of  our  nature,  by  keeping  the   beft  and 
politeft  company,  bet  above  ail,  by  acquiring  thoie  vir- 
tuous and  enobling  habits  of  mind  which  are  decency  in 
perfection,  which  will  give  an  air  of  unaffected  gran- 
deur,   and   fpread  a  luftre,  truly  engaging,  over  the 
\vhole  form  and  deportment. 

PRECEPTOR. 


THE  SPEAKER. 

I.  A  correct  fpeaker  does  not  make  a  movement  of 
3imb  or  feature,  for  which  he  has  not  a  reafon.  If 
he  addrefles  heaven  he  looks  upward — If  he  fpeaks  to 
his  fellow- creatures,  he  looks  round  upon  them  ;  and 
the  fpirit  of  what  he  fays,  or  is  faid  to  him,  appears  in 
his  look,  if  he  cxprefles  amazement,  or  would  excite 
it,  he  lifts  up  his  hands  and  eyes.  If  he  invites  to 
\irtue  and  happiuefs,  he  fpreads  his  arms  and  looks  bs« 


MISCELLANY.  rjr 

•uevolent.  if  he  threatens  the  vengeance  of  heaven  a- 
gainft  vice,  he  bends  his  eye-brows  into  wrath,  and 
menaces  with  his  arm  and  countenance.  He.  does 
rot  neecllefslv  faw  the  air  with  his  arm,  nor  ftab  him- 
felf  with  his  finger.  He  does  not  clap  his  right  hand 
on  his  brcalt  unlefs  he  has  occafion  to  fpeak  of  himfelf, 
or  to  introduce  confcience  or  fomething  fentimentaL 
He  does  not  (tart  back,  unlefs  he  wants  to  exprefs  hor- 
ror or  averfion.  He  does  not  come  forward  but  when 
•he  has  occaiion  to  folicit,  He  does  not  raife  his  voice, 
but  to  exprefs,  fome  what  peculiarly  emphatkal.  He 
does  not  lower  it,  but  to  contrafl  the  railing  of  it, 
His  eyes,  by  turns,  according  to  the  humour  of  the 
matter  he  has  to  exprefs.  fparkle  fury  ;  brighten  irjto 
joy  ;  glance  difdain  ;  melt  into  grief,  frozen  difguft^ 
and  hatred  ;  languifh  into  love,  or  glare  detraction. 
DRUMMQND. 

A      T  A  B  L  E, 

Exhibiting  the  rca\  and  Jupp.fed  number  of  in  ha- 
bit ants  cxijliftg  upon  the  face  of  the  earth. 

Kingdoms,  &c.  No.  Inhabitants. 

Sweden,      -'-._.__..        5.000.  coo 
RufTia,     -.......-        20.000.000 

Denmark,  -  -  -  -  ---  -  -  2.000,000 

Poland, 8.000.000 

Germany,  ----...-.  26.000.000 
Pruffia,  ---.-,...-  2.000.000 

France, 24.000.000 

United  Netherlands, 2.300.000 

Gt.  Britain  and  Ireland,      -     ...     12.000.000 
Switzerland,      --------     1.560.000 

Bohemia,  ---------  3.000.000 

Italy, 1 6. ooo. ooo 

Portugal, 2.200.000 

Hungary, 4.500.000 

Spain, .._.-  io.ooo.ico 

Turky,  -----------  o.ooo.coo 


Total  in  Europe,  145.560,000 


153  MISCELLANY. 

Brought  forward,     -     -     -     -     -  145,^65.0:0 

Aiia  is  fuppofed  at        -  450.000.000  - 

Africa,  at        .-,     =      ....  i5O.coo.ooo 

America,*  at    -     -     -     -     -     -     -  1 60.000.000 


Total, f     --------     905.560.000 

•*  Upwards  of  four  millions  of  which  are  faid  to  be 
in  the  United  States. 

-j-  Fifteen  millions  of  which  are- Jews-;  three  hun- 
dred millions,  five  hundred  and  fixty  thoufand  Chrif* 
tians  :  two  hundred  and  eighty  millions  Mahometans  ; 
and  three  hundred  and  ten  millions,  Pagans,  and  hea- 
then. 




it  '< 


CONCISE    SYSTEM 

O  F 

ARITHMETl  O. 

INTRODUCTION. 

/ 

L.RITIIMETIC  is  the  art  or  fcience  of  numbering;; 
for  as  magnitude  is  the  fubje'dt  of  Geometry,  fo  is  mul- 
titude, or  numbers,  the.  fubjecl  of  Arithmetic  ; — the 
\vhole  art  of  which,  depends  chiefly  upon  the  thorough 
knowledge  of  the  five  following  Rules  (all  other  rules.. 

being  compounded  of  them) viz, NUMERATION, 

ADDITION,     SUBTRACTION,    MULTIPLICATION,    and 
DIVISION  : 


THE  NUMERATION  TABLE, 

I  Units, 

21  Tens, 

3  2 1  Hundreds, 

4  321  Thoufands, 

54  321  Tens  of  Thoufands, 

654  321  Hundreds  of  Thoufands,, 

7  654  321  Millions, 

87  654  321  Tens  of  Millions, 

987  654  321  Hundreds  of  Millions. 


Note*     The  lad  line  in  the  Numeration  Table, 
read  thus  ;   Nine  hundred  and  eighty  feyen  miilioni,  & 
hundred  and  ffiy.fvur '  thonfatid,    Time  huxJ- 
i^^.fy  one, 


ARITHMETIC. 
SIMPLE  ADDITION. 

Simple  addition  teaches  to  ad<l  feveral  numbers  of  v 
'one  kind  together,  fo  as  to  make  of  them  one  total  fura. 

RULE. 

Begin  at  the  right  hand,  or  units  rank,  and  carry  T 
for  every  10  contained  in  each  rank,   to  the  next  row,.* 
and  fet  down  wl  at  is  over  ;  under   the  laft  rank,  fet'^ 
down  the  whob  amount. 

Note.  \ou  mud:  place  units  under  units,  tens  under 
tens,  and  'hundreds  under  hundreds,  <xc. 

EXAMPLES. 

652  2214  3546  98765 
4?B  3563  4253  7679 
696  4213  3442  870 
673  ,  3445  9587  48 

2504 

In  reckoning  the  firfl  example  here,  1  fav  r?  and  &  is 
14  and  S  is  22  and  2  is  24;  tr.L-re  ?.\re  t*vo  tens  in  tl-is 
row,  and  four  over  ;  J  fet  down  the  4  uu«::-r  the  units 
place,  and  carry  2  to  the  next  row,  arul  tlie 

2  that  I  carry  and  7  makes  9  and  9  is  T.}  ar.cl  "7  is  2 
and  5  is  30  ;  this  rank  comes  opt  an  e^^u  »  urnh  r  of 
tens,,  and  nothing  over,  therefore  1  put  down  o,  in 
the  place  of 'tens,,  and  carry  3,  for  the  ;?  tens,  to  the 
next  row  ;  again,  the  3  that  I  carry  and  6  is  9  and  6 
is  15  and  4  is  19  and  6  is  25  ;  this  being  the  lad  row, 
I  fet  down  the  whole  amount,  viz.  Two  thoufand  five 
hundred  and  four. 


SIMPLE  SUBTRACTION. 

Simple  fubtraction  teaches  to  take  a  lejler  number 
from  a  greater,  and  Jheweth  the  difference  betwixt 
them.  RULE. 

Place  the  lefTer  number  under  the  greater,  taking 
care  that  each  iigure  in  both  lines  (of  the  fame 'local 
value)  (lands  in  its  proper  place,  namely,  unit*  under 
units,  tens  under  tens,  &c. 

Note. — What  you  ftop-at  in  addition,,  you  mud 
borrow  in  fubtraction. 


ARITHMETIC. 

EXAMPLES. 
From  741   the  greater  No. 
Take  594  the  lefler  do. 


M7 

In  this  example,  after  placing  the  leffer  number 
under  the  greater,  as  the  rule  direcls,  I  fay,  4  from 
I  I  cannot,  but  4  from  n  (here  I  borrow  10  from  the 
next  row,  which  1  add  to  the  i)  and  there  remains  7  ; 
then  the  i,  that  I  borrowed,  and  9,  make  10  (having 
"  borrosved  10  in  the  units  place,  1  mull  pay  one  to  the 
tens  row  as  an  equivalent  for  it)  again  10  from  4  1  can- 
not, but  i o  from  14  (borrowing  and  paying  as  before) 
and  there  remains  4  ;  the  r  that  1  lait  borrowed,  and 
5,  is  6,  fr6m  7,  and  i  remains  :  Here  the  work  is 
clone,  and  the  difference  between  the  two  given  num- 
bers is  147. 

From    7126         5794         76014         joooo         1000 
Take    2784         1566         50678  9  909 

Rem. 

To  prove  fubtra&ion,  add  the  remainder  to  the  lef- 
fer number,  and  the  fum  will  be  equal  to  the  greater. 

SIMPLE"MULTIPLiCATION. 

Multiplication  fcrveth  inftead  of  feveral  additions. 
There  are  three  things  particularly  to  be  obferved  in 
this  rule  ;  viz.  The  multiplicand,  or  fum  multiplied, 
the  multiplier  or  fum  multiplied  by,  the  product  or 
anf-vver.  The  multiplicand  and  multiplier,  when 
taken  together,  are  fometimes  called  Factors. 

TABLE. 
3  ti, 


4  ti, 


31 

s9 

4  ti.  5 

20 

5 

ti. 

8 

40 

7 

ti. 

9 

(>3 

4 

12 

6 

24 

9 

45 

12 

84 

5 

15 

7 

28 

6 

ti. 

6 

36 

8 

ti. 

8 

64 

6 

18 

8 

22 

7 

•:4*  j 

9 

72 

7 

21 

9 

36 

8 

48 

12 

96 

8 

24   5  ti.  5 

25 

9 

54 

9 

ti. 

9 

8r 

9 

27  |      6 

30 

7 

ti. 

7 

49 

i  r 

99 

4 

r6  [-    7 

35 

8 

56 

12 

io3 

:56  ARITHMETIC, 

RULE  I. 

Let  the  factors  be  placed  one  under  another,  taking 
care  to  place  units  under  units,  tens  under  tens,  &c. 

EXAMPLES. 

61812    1312    26184    65432    38126 
4      5       6      ii       12 

24724^ 

RULE  II. 

When  the  multiplier  confifls  of  more  places  thaal 
one,  there  muft  be  made  as  many  feyeral  products  agj 
there  are  figures  in  the  multiplier  :  let  the  firft  %ure" 
of  every  product  (land  directly  under  the  multiplying 
figure  :  add  thefe  feveral  products  together,  and  their 
fum  will  be  the'  total  product. 

EXAMPLES. 

41862  24186  54638  743541 

24  56  95  766 


1004688  1354416  5190610         56955164: 

RULE  IIL 

Cyphers  at  the  right  of  either,  or  both  factors,  may 
be  omitted  in  the  operation,  but  muft  be  annexed  to 
the  product. 

148006  45600  84000 

5400  140  6700 


947200000  6384000  562800000 

RULE  IV. 

When  the  multiplier  is  any  component  number  (as 
6.  times  6  is  36)  multiply  by  thole  parts  one  after  ano- 
ther, and  the  laft  product  will  be  the  total  product 
fought.  Multiplication  is  proved  by  inverting  the  fac- 
tors ;  but  the  mcil  certain  method  of  proving  it  is  by 
diviiion. 

EXAMPLES. 

34526         56234         7643$ 
24  55  96 

828624       1968190       7337760 


ARITHMETIC,  757 

SIMPLE  DIVISION. 

Divifion  teacheth  to  find  how  often  one  number  is; 
contained  in  another  ;  there  are  three  certain  parts'  in 
divifion,  viz.  The  dividend,  or  fum  to  be  divided  - 
the  divifor,  or  fum  divided  by  ;  the  quotient,  or  an- 
Aver  to  the  work  :  if  any  thing  remains  after  the  ope- 
ration is  done,  it  is  called  the  remainder ;  and  if  placed 
over  the  divifor  thus,  ^i,  forms  a  fraction. 

To  find  how  often  the  divifor  is  contained  in  the 
dividend  :  RULE  : 

FSrft  feek  mentally  ;  fecond  multiply  the  divifor  into 
the  lalt  figure  placed  in  the  quotient  ;  third  ftibtract ; 
fourth  bring  down  the  next  figure,  or  period. 

To  prove  divifion,  multiply  the  quotient  by  the  di- 
vifor, and  to  that  prod  rift  add  the  remainder ;  the  fum, 
\vill  be  equal  to  the  dividend. 

EXAMPLES. 

5)85564         6)74325  „      7)746853         8)705.; 
17112-4 

5       9)53824306'    11)81048269  . 

85564     Proof.  12)1028034725761 

In  the  firft  example!  fay  the  fives  in  8  once,  and 5 
remains,  which  being  placed  before  the  next  figure  in 
the  dividend  makes  35  ;  again  the  fives  in  35,  7  times 
5  is  35  and  none  remains  j  then  the  fives  in  6 
and  i  remains,  which  prefixed  to  the  4  makes  14  ;  then 
the  fives  in  14  twice,  and  4  remain;,,  •  place 

I  at  the  right  haqd — The  fum  is  proved  1 
tion  ;  adding  the  remainder  to  the  firft  product. 


OF  LONG  DIVISION. 

When  the  divifor  is  more  than  12,  \ve  nr.i 
quotient  figure  and  divifor  together, .  and  fu 
i^roducl   from  the  dividend,  in"  order  to 
remainder,  which  operation  inuft  be  continued  to  evei 
quotient  figure  .;   and  this  is  denominated  I 

When  cyphers  occur  in  the  divifor,  t 
o,/  ;   and  the  fame  number  of  figures^  or*  plcu;: 
be  cut  oil"  in  the  divideiul. 
O 


158  ARITHMETIC. 

When  the  divifor  is  any  component  number,  that  the 
product  of  any  two  figures  multiplied  together,  will 
snake  the  divifor  ;  it  is  both  fhorter  and  caller,  to  di- 
vide the  given  number  by  one  of  thofe  figures,  and  that 
quotient  again  by  the  other,  as  12  times  8  is  96. 
EXAMPLES. 


426,00)  y64324,oo(         64,00)68005  4,22( 

TABLES, 

In  Addition  of  divers  Denominations. 

OF  MONEY. 

4  Farthings  make  i  Penny, 

12  Pence  I   Shilling, 

20  Shillings  I  Pound. 

Note.     £.  Hands  for  pounds,  j.  for  {hillings,  d.  for 
pence,  ^r.  for  farthings. 


TROY  WEIGHT. 

34  Grains  make  i  Pennyweight, 

20  Pennyweights  i   Ounce, 

12  Ounces  I  Pound. 

Note.     By  this  weight,   is  weighed,  gold,  filver, 
jewels,  liauor,  &c. 

CLOTH  MEASURE. 
2j  Inches  make  i  Nail, 

4  Nails  i   Quarter, 

4  Quarters  I   Yard, 

3  Quarters  I   Flemifh  Ell, 

5  Quarters  I   Englim  Ell, 

6  Quarters  I  French  Ell. 

APOTHECARIES  WEIGHT. 

20  Grains       ,        make  I   Scruple, 

3  Scruples  I   Dram, 

8    uyams  I  Ounce, 

12  Ounces  I  Pound, 


ARITHMETIC. 


AVOIPvDUPOIS  WEIGHT. 


56  Drams 
1 6  Ounces 

28  Pounds 

4  Quarters 
20  Hundred 


i   Ounce, 

I  Pound, 

\  Quarter  of  an 
1  £  hundred  \vt. 
i  Hundred,  or 

r  Ton. 


LONG  MEASURE. 


3  Barley  corns         make 


i   Inch. 

Inches  i   Hand* 

12  Inches  I   Foot. 

3  Feet  i   Yard. 

6  Feet  i  Fathom. 

5^L  Yards  i  Rod?pole,or  perch, 

40  Poles  i  Furlong. 

£  Furlongs  I   Mile. 

3  Miles  i    League. 
60;  Miles*                                    i   Degree. 

*Englifh  and  American  meafbre. 

LAND  MEASURE. 
9  Square  Feet          make         i    Yard 
301   Yards  I  Pole. 

40  Poles  i   Rood. 

4  Roods  i  i   Acre. 

640  Acres  i  Mile  Square,, 


TIME, 
make 


60  Seconds 
60  Minutes 
24  Hours 

7  Days 

4  Weeks 
13  Months  i  day  and  6  hours     i  Year. 


i   Minute. 
i   Hour. 
I   Day. 

I   Week. 
I   Month. 


10  Gallons 
iS  Gallons 


WINE  MEASURE. 

i   Gallon.  f 

i   Anchor  of  brandy,  &cr. 
j  Runlet, 


ARITHMETIC. 


i  Barrcl;or  ;  a  hogfhcacl; 
i  Tierce. 

I  Kogfliead. 

ogfhs. 

i  Tun. 

DRY  MEASURE. 

make 

i   Quart. 

i   Gallon. 

quarts 

i  Peck. 

quarts 

I  Bufhel. 

i   Quarter. 

i   Chaldron. 

31  i  Gallons 
42  Gallons 
63  Gallons 


£  Pints 
4  Quarts 
2  Gallons 
4  Pecks  01 
8  Bufhels 
56  Bufhels 

Note.     This  meafure,  is  ufed  in  the  meafuring  of  s 
all  kinds  of  Grain,  Salt,  Coals,  &c. 

MOTION. 

60  Seconds  make  i  Prime  Minute, 

60  IVIinutes  i   Degree. 

30  Degrees  i  Sign. 

j2  Signs  make  the  whole  circle  of  the  Zodiac. 

SHILLINGS  TABLE. 

is   r 

i 

2 
2 

3 
3 

4  °^ 

4  10 

5  ° 
If  the  learner  commits  thefe  tables  to  memory,  the/; 

\vill  enable  him  to  calculate  fums  in  compound  addi- 
tion, with  greater-facility, 


PENCE 

TABLE. 

SHI 

W. 

j. 

£ 

j. 

20       is 

i     and 

8 

20 

30 

2 

6 

30 

40 

3 

4 

40 

50 

4 

2 

5° 

60 

5 

0 

60 

7o 

5 

10 

70 

So 

6 

8 

So 

90 

7 

6 

90 

100 

8 

4 

IOO 

COMPOUND  ADDITION, 

Is  the  adding  of  feveral  numbers  together  (having 
divers  denominations,  as  pounds,  millings,  pence  a»d 
farthings  ->  dollars,  dimes,  £c.)  into  one  total  fum. 


ARITHMETIC.  16  * 
OF  MONEY. 

£.   /.    ds         £.   s.  d.          £.^    /.   d:  £.    /.-  d. 

9124         12   10  6         996  12  6  395   14  9V 

8   10  5         44  14  4         690   10  7  970     5  S 

943          16  12   3         788   18  8  54  19  7| 

7     66         50  15  9         475   15  9  1048     9  o 


In  the  fir  ft  example  here,  I  begin  at  the  right  hand, 
or  pence  rank,  and  fay  6  and  3  is  9  and  5  is  14  and  4 
is  1 8  pence  (or  is.  6d.)  1  let  down  6  under  the  pence 
line,  and  carry  i  for  the  is.  to  the  next  rank,  and  fay 
the  i  that  I  carry  and  6  is  7  and  4  is  n  and  2  is  13  ; 
1  come  down  the  next  rank,  faying,  13  and  10  is  23 
and  10  is  33  ;  here  I  fet  down  13  under  the  (hillings 
line  and  carry  i  to  the  next,  or  pounds  row  ;  again, 
the  t  that  I  carry  and  7  is  8  and  9  is  i  7  and  8  is  25  and 
9  la-  94  ;  here  the  operation  is  finished,  and  the  fum 
total  is  34!.  133.  6cL 

TROY  WEIGHT. 


oz 

dw 

grs 

Ib 

oz 

dw 

grs 

9 

19 

23 

4 

10 

12 

II 

5 

16 

22 

3 

II 

16 

12 

8 

17 

19 

5 

7 

8 

9 

6 

i  > 

18 

6 

8 

14 

10 

4 

14 

10 

9 

10 

19 

2-3 

cr 

,OTH 

MEASURE. 

I? 

qr 

na            E.ells 

qr 

na 

J7 

3 

2 

24 

4 

3 

10 

2 

I 

IO 

3 

z 

1  2 

I 

I 

i  S 

i 

3 

54 

3 

2 

62 

o 

i 

44 

2 

I 

15 

2 

2 

O    2 


ARITHMETIC. 
APOTHECARIES  WEIGHT. 


oz     dr 

fc 

gr 

Ibs 

oz 

dr 

fc 

g* 

6 

6 

0 

9 

2 

9 

7 

2 

19 

5 

5 

2 

12 

I 

4 

2 

I 

I 

2 

8 

3 

I 

17 

8 

7 

5 

O 

15 

3 

4 

I 

14 

6 

5 

I 

16 

2 

5 

7 

2 

O 

10 

T$ 

2 

0 

LAND 

MEASURE. 

A 

R 

P 

A 

R 

P 

25 

3 

25 

64 

2 

12 

16 

2 

10 

26 

3 

15 

37 

I 

9 

48 

2 

15 

3 

28 

44 

I 

14 

16 

i 

39 

55 

O 

44 

2 

4 

2 

20 

AVOIRDUPOIS  WEIGHT. 

Jbs 

OZ 

dr 

T 

C 

qr 

Ib 

12 

15 

14 

24 

19 

3 

2 

45 

14 

6 

14 

12 

i 

15 

23 

13 

5 

29 

18 

O 

9 

62 

12 

8 

10 

8 

2 

16 

13 

9 

6 

45 

17 

3 

10 

5° 

4 

4 

44 

H 

i 

*3 

DRY  MEASURE. 

ch   ' 

B 

P 

B 

P 

G 

q* 

*9 

35 

3 

8 

3 

i 

3 

12 

14 

3 

9 

2 

0 

2 

46 

12 

i 

7 

I 

2 

O 

45 

9 

3 

12 

3 

I 

3 

33 

3 

i 

6 

2 

O 

i 

5 

2 

2 

8 

3 

I 

3 

ARITHMETIC.  5  £3 

WINE  MEASURE. 


T 

hhds 

G 

qts 

Tie 

G 

qt3 

16 

3 

62 

3 

20 

4i 

2 

12 

2 

15 

2 

i? 

15 

2 

48 

0 

54 

2 

32 

26 

3 

16 

I 

*4 

3 

16 

12 

i 

12 

2 

12 

2 

ii 

H 

3 

44 

O 

15 

I 

10 

10 

2 

LONG  MEASURE. 

Le     M      F        P  Yd      Ft      In      B« 


24 

2 

7 

30 

22 

2 

II 

2 

45 

I 

6 

l6 

'5 

I 

9 

1 

26 

O 

5 

22 

42 

O 

10 

2. 

32 

2 

4 

18 

*3 

2 

8 

2. 

16 

I 

5 

12 

16 

I 

5 

I 

H 

2 

2 

'5 

H 

2 

10 

5 

TIME. 


M 

W 

D 

H 

H 

M 

S 

10 

3 

6 

23 

22 

52 

5S 

8 

2 

5 

10 

H 

1  1 

12 

59 

3 

4 

22 

59 

57 

46. 

6 

i 

i 

12 

12 

12 

j  j* 

5 

2 

6 

16 

15 

15 

J-S 

7 

3 

3 

12 

44 

10 

23 

MOTION. 

o 

/ 

11 

o 

/ 

i 

55 

54 

40 

.46 

16 

18 

24 

14 

55 

54 

32 

22 

98 

26 

34 

86 

45- 

59 

65 

25 

48 

64 

25 

45 

44 

37 

26 

22 

17 

54 

164  ARITHMETIC. 

COMPOUND   SUBTRACTION. 

Compound  fubtra&ion  teaches  to  find  the  difference 
between  anj  two  given  numbers  of  divers  denomina- 
tions. 


SUBTRACTION  OF  MONEY. 

10    20    12  10    20    12  10'  20    12    4 

Examples.     £      s    d          £      s      d  £       s     d  q 

Borrowed,     524         64    10     3          560     6     4  i 
Paid,  312     3          45    12     6          19610     64. 

Unpaid,          I    10     i 

In  the  firft  example  here,  I  fay,  3  from  4  and  i 
remains  ;  again,  12  from  2,  I  cannot,  therefore  I  mnft 
borrow  i  pound  or  20  {hillings  (from  the  pounds  line) 
and  fay,  12  from  20  and  there  remains  3,  to  which  I 
add  the  2  in  the  upper  line,  which  makes  10;  I  put 
clown  the  10  in  the  millings  row,  and  then  fay,  the 
"I  that  I  borrowed  and  3  makes  4  ;  laflly  4  from  f  and. 
l  remains  ;  here  the  work  is  finijhed,  and  the  balance 
unpaid  is  one  pound  ten  {killings  and  one  penny,  as 
in  the  work. 

i.       *,     d.         £.     r.       d.  £.     s.     J. 

From     i/o     10     i          21      1 1     21          22     o     5'T 
Take       50      10   10          14     14     81          22     o     7J 


TROY  WEIGHT- 

II.   GZ.  fw.  gr.      oz.  piv.  gr 

From    52   6   10  12      78  15  16 

Take    49  1 1   15  13      63  18  19 


CLOTH  rvlEASURE 

yds.  qrs.  n$.  Fr.clls  qrs.  nx.  Fl.ells  qrs.  na 
From  54  i  i  22  i  i  16  i  2 
Take  33  3  3  J5  4  3  11  i  3 


ARITHMETIC. 

APOTHECARIES  WEIGHT. 

35     oz     dr      fc          oz     dr     fc      gr 
From         3321  5       2       o       10 

Take         1762  45218 


LAND  MEASURE. 

ARP          A     H    P  ARP 

From     loo     i      15         61     2     10         15     o     19 

Take       56     2     35         48     3     12  93     39 


AVOIRDUPOIS  WEIGHT. 

T     C  qrs      qrs    lb     oz     clr          C    qrs  Ib 
From     20     3     i         2     10     12     14          100     10 
Take     15  18     3         i     27     14     15        ^9     3     19 


DR.Y  MEASURE. 

ch     B    P  qrs    B     P         B     P    gal 

From          25     5     2  15     i      i         22     x     o 

Take          20  30     3  962         I931 


WINE  MEASURE. 

T   hds  gal  tie  gal  qts        gal  qts  pts 

From       7     2     10  8     10     i         50     i     o 

Take       3     3     30  4    40     3         43     3     i 


LONG  MEASURE. 

L      M     F     P         deg     L    M      yds  F    in  be 

From    401412       44     12     i        24  i     TI 

Take     2j.     i     7    39       16      19     2        17  i   10  z 


i66 

• 
ARITHMETIC. 

- 

OF  TIME. 

w  r> 

H 

D     H     M    fee         M  W    D  H 

F.      3     4 

10 

3,65     6     u     25         6033 

T.     i     s 

22 

99  *  9     *9     5°         4     2     4  22 

OF  MOTION. 

0 

f           H              o           i          a 

From 

34 

10         15             19         2-o         30 

Take 

H 

50         45               8         39         4^5 

COMPOUND  MULTIPLICATION. 

r  RULE. 

Multiply  the  price  by  the  quantity,  beginning  at  the 
right  hand  or  Joweft  denomination.  When  the  mul- 
tiplier is  more  than  12,  it  muft  be  apportioned  Into 
componcnr  j  arts  :  thus  f  ippofe  the  multiplier  to 
be  vo  ;  in  that  cafe,  I  multiply  the  price  of  the  given 
article  by  o  twice,  which  makes  36, and  then  by  3  ;  I 
add-thefe  two  products  together,  which  gives  me  39, 
for  36  and  3  is  39. 

EXAMPLES. 

What  comes  6  pieces  of  linnen  to,  at  £.$  :  125.  :  60!. 
per  piece  ?  6 

.Anfwer,         j£'33  :  153.  :  cd. 

6  yards  of  linnen,   at  33  cd  per  yard,  ^.i     26. 

1 8  gallons,  at     s  •  d  per  gallon,  410* 

24  pounds,   at    cU  per  pound,  o     70.. 

^^j.  bufheb,  ar  55.  -  d  per  bufliel,  12   13   o. 

59  yards  at  ;s  t>i  per  yard,  21      2   4, 

65^  gallons,  at  is  ^d  per  gallon,  10    18   4. 

jq  ells,  at  48  -d  per  ell,    ,  1724. 

82!  Ibs,  at  i  s  6d  per  pound,  6     3  44. 

99;r  yards,  at    1  T  2s  cd  per  yard,  162  i  10^. 

144  hhds  of  Spirits,  at:  r  2!  TOS   per  hhd.  iSoo    o  o. 

I  co  acres  of  land,    at  5!  iS^peracre,  ^75    o  o. 

Ijoobuiiiels  of  wheat,  at  53 .6d  per  bufiiel,  330  o    o> 


ARITHMETIC.  16? 

In  6  pieces  of  linnen  at  each  25yds  zq  311 ;  how 
many  yards  ?  T5/(.y  oq  ziia. 

In  4hhds  of  fu gar  each  roc  2qrs  9lb  ;  how  many 
cwt.  ?  420  ,qr  fclb. 


COiMPOUND  DIVISION. 

RULE. 

Begin  at  the  left  hand  or  bigheft  denomination,  and 
reduce  the  remainder  in  every   line  mentally    (if  any 
there  be)    for   down  the  quotient  iigure  of  each  line 
under  its  refpeclive  denomination. 
EXAMPLES. 
Divide  /.io   IDS   icd  i  equally  among  1  perfons, 

£.    s.    d. 
7^0    io    'Oi 


i    10      i  i  Anfwer. 

In  the  firft  example  here,  I  fay^  the  fevens  in  TO, 
once,  and  3  remains,  namely,  si.  or  6os.  which  be- 
ing added  to  the  io  in  the  fhillings  row,  makes  yos. 
here  is  io  times  7  and  nothing  over  ;  1  fet  down  io  in, 
the  place  of  (hillings  ;  again  the  fevens  in  io  once  and 
3  pence  over,  which  3  being  12  farthings,  added  to 
the  2  in  the  farthings  line,  makes  14,  then  I  fay,  the 
fevens  in  14,  twice  ;  here  the  work  is  vlnimed,  and  each 
perfon's  fliare  of  the  given  fum,  is  il.  los  id^ 

2  If  iclb.  coft/^s.  whai  cod  :lb  ?   Anf.  l.O     7  6 

3  If  ii  yds  coil:  15!    ics.   what  coll:  i  yard  ?  183 

4  If  12  bbl.  of  beef  coft  25!  153.  what  coft  one  barrel  ? 

2    2  ir 

5  Divide  151!  los  6d  by  21.  6  6   3*. 

6  If  ?o  gal.  coft  fol  IDS.  what  cod  i  gallon  ?     o   7     o 

7  If  60  yards  coft  9!.  what  co{l  i  yard  .?  030 
The  price  of  an    hundredweight    being  known,  to 

find  the  price  of  one  Ib  divide  by  the  following  figures, 
8—7    and  2,  being  the  component  parts  of  n.  :  . 

8  If  one  cwt  coft    1.  175  41!,    what  coft  i.  Ib  ?        004 

9  If  one  cwt  coft  2!  us  4d.  what  coft  one  Ib  ?  o  o  5   ^ 
jo  If  one  cwt  coft  3!  ios  what  coft  i  Ib  i         007-^ 


ARITHMETIC. 
REDUCTION. 

Reduction,  is  the  application  of  Multiplication  and 
Divifion,  in  reducing  numbers  of  one  kind,  or  deno- 
mination, into  other  numbers  of  a  diiFerent  denomi- 
nation ;  but  retaining  (till  the  fame  value.  Great  names 
are  brought  into  imall,  by  multiplication  ;  and  fmall 
names  into  greater  ones  by  divifion :  In  all  reductions, 
whether  afcending  or  defcending.  care  mull  be  taken 
to  multiply  or  divide,  by  as  many  of  the  lefter,  as 
makes  one  of  the  greater  denomination. 

i.     In   25!.   i2s.  6d.  how  many  pence  I 

20 

512  f  hillings. 
12 


Anfw.      6150  pence. 

In  the  firft  example  in  reduction,  I  multiply  the 
pounds  by  20,  taking  in  the  ir.s.  in  the  Hi  ill  ings  line, 
which  gives  a  produtt  of  5125.  again  1  multiply  the 
Shillings  by  12  and  take  in  the  £d  in  the  pence  row  : 
vhe  operation  being  fini/hed?  I  find  the  number  of  pence 
contained  in  25!  ;  2S  6cl  to  be  fix  t  ho  u  fa  ml,  one  hun-  : 
dred  and  fifty,  as  in  the  work. 

2  In  5!  i6s  cd  3  how  farthings  ?  Anf.     5607. 

3  In  5607  farthings,  how  many  pounds  ?         5  -  16   9! 
4 In  25!  195  6d  how  many  fixpences  f  i°39 

5  In  44!  os  ^d  how  many  farthings  ?  42256 

6  In  42256  farthings  how  many  pounds  ?        44!  cs  .^d 

Reduction  dt,  !  afcend- 

7  Tn  2*60!  how  many  Dollars  at  8s  each  ?          650  dol. 

8  In  650  dollars  at  Ss  how  many  pounds  f  26cLV 

9  In  rool  how  many  crowns,  dollars  and  half  dollars, 
luting  crown's  at  c-s.  jock  dollars  at  os  and  half  dollars  ' 
at  48.  and  of  each  an  equal  number  i  :  of  each. 

10  In  50  guineas  each  3;s  ^d  how  many  dolkrs  at  bs. 

235  dol, 

JT  In  240!  how  many  ilxpences  ?  9600. 

12  In  9600  fixpences  how  many  pounds  ? 


ARITHMETIC. 
REDUCTION  OF  TROY  WEIGHT. 

1.  In  8  Ib.  6oz.  i2-pwts.  how  many  grains  I    4924$. 

2.  In  19248  grs.  how  many  Ibs  ?       8  Ib.  6  oz.  12  pwt* 

3.  How  many  fpoons,  each  5  oz.  6  pwt.  are  in  n\b. 
of  iilver  I  Anf.  26  fpoons,  and  18  pwt.  over. 

4.  In  15  ingots  of  gold/  each  24  oz.  how  many'grs? 

Anf.    172800  grains. 

REDUCTION  OF  CLOTH  MEASURE. 

5.  In  25  yds.  3  qrs.  2  na.  how  many  qrs.  and  nails  ? 

Anf.      103  qrs.—— |i4  nails. 

2.  In  24360  nails,  how  many  pieces,  each  24  yards  £ 

Anf.     63  pieces,    10  yds.  2  qrs. 

3.  In  1000  yards  of  linen,  how  man}/  failors  fhirts,  at 
3!.  yds.  each  ?  Anf.     307  fhirts,  21  yds. 

4.  In  15000  nails,  how  many  Engl.  ells  I      Anf.  750. 

REDUCTION  OF  APOTHECARIES  WEIGHT; 

1.  In   2  Ib.  5  .oz.  7  dr.  i  fc.  I2grs.  of  medicine,  ho^T 
many  grains  ?  Anf.     14372  grs* 

2.  14372  grains,  how  many  pounds  ? 

Anf.     2  Ib.  5  oz.  7  dr.  i  fc.  12  grs. 

REDUCTION  OF  AVOIRDUPOIS  WEIGHT. 

1.  In  140    3  qrs.  I2lb.  how  many  Ib.     Anf.  1664 Ib0 

2.  In  25  C.  r  qr.  22  Ib.  how  many  drams  ?   A.  729600. 

3.  In  729600  dr.  how  many  Cwt.  A.  25  C.  i  qr.  22  Ib. 

4.  In  8960  Ib.  how  many  tons  !  Anf.    4  tons. 

.REDUCTION  OF  LONG  MEASURE. 

j.  In  25  miles,   how  many  b.  c  ?      Anf.  4752000  b.  c. 

2.  In  4752000  b-  corns,  how  many  miles?       Anf.   25. 

3.  How  many  times  does  a  carriage  wheel,  that  ; 
feet  4  inches  circumference,  turn  round,   between 
New  York  and  Philadelphia,  the  diftance  be^ 
miles?  Anf.     $27:3  times,  and  8  inches  over. 

4.  In  r  inile,  how  many  fathoms  ?  Ani. 

5.  In  880  fathoms,   how  many  miles  ?  Anf.    r- 

P 


,x>  ARITHMETIC. 

REDUCTION  OF  LAND  MEASURE. 

1.  In  75  A.  3  R.  how  many  yards  ?        Anf.    366630, 

2.  In  366630  yds.  how  many  acres  ?      Anf.  75  A.  3  R. 

3.  In  i  5000  perches,  how  many  acres  ?    A.  9  3  A.  3  R. 

4.  In  5Ooo-%cres  of  land,  how  many  lots,  each  25  A. 
2  R.  15  P  f  Anf.  195  lots,  9  A.  35  P.. 

REDUCTION  OF  TIME. 

1.  How  many  minutes  in  a  year  r  Anf.  525600. 

2.  v'How  many  hours  have  pafled  fmce  the  incarnation 

of  jefus  Chrift,  the  favior  of  mankind,  being    794 
years  ago  ?  Anf.      15715440. 

3.  I  was  born  in  T  754,  how  many  hours  is  that  ago  ; 
this  being  the  year  1794  ?  Anf.  350^00. 

4.  In  1764245  feconds,  how  many  days  ? 

Anf.     20  D.  10  H.  4  M.  5  S. 

REDUCTION  OF  WINE  MEASURE. 

1.  In  25  hhds,   how  many  pints  ?  Anf.  12600, 

2.  In  12600  pints,  how  many  hhds  ?  Anf.   25. 
g.  In  3425  gallons,  how  many  quarter  cafks,   of  25 

gallons  each  -?  Anf.    137. 

4.  How  many  gallons,  half  gallons,  quarts,  and  pints, 
are  in  3  hhds,  and  of  each  an  equal  number  ! 

Anf.    100  of  each,  and  12  pints. 

REDUCTION  OF  DRY  MEASURE. 

Ic  In  6  chaldron  of  coals,  how  many  pecks  ?  Anf  864. 

2.  In  864  pecks,  how  many  chaldron  ?  Anf.  6. 

3.  In  2500  bum.  how  many  qrs.    Anf.  312  qrs.  4bufh. 

4.  In  7674  quarts,  how  many  half  bumels  f 

Anf.    479  h.  bum.  and  10  qts.  overe 


THE  SINGLE  RULE  OF  THREE,  DIRECT. 

Commonly  called  the  Golden  Rule,  from  its  manifold 
and  excellent  performance  in  arithmetic,  and  the 
different  branches  of  mathematics. 

In  this  rule,  by  three  terms  given  (or  propofed)  we 
.find  out  a  fourth;  which  be^rs  fuch  proportion,  to  the 


ARITHMETIC.  171 

third  number,  as  the  fecond  doth  to  the  firft  :  from 
this  correspondence  of  its  parts,  it  is  called  the  Rule  of 
Proportion.  Of  which  there  are  two  forts,  viz.  Di- 
rect and  Inverfe  Proportion. 

OF  DIRECT  PROPORTION. 

When  more  requires  more,  or  lefs  requires  lefs  j 
that  is  when  the  third  number  is  greater  than  the  firft, 
and  requires  the  fourth,  to  be  greater  than  the  fecond; 
or  when  the  third  number  is  leis  than  the  h'rii:,  and 
requires  the  fourth,  to  be  lefs  than  the  fecond  j  i& 
is  then  called  Direct  Proportion. 
RULE. 

In  ftatingyourqueftion,  let  the  firft  and  third  terms 
be  of  one  name  or  kind,  and  the  fecond  (or  middle^ 
term  of  the  fame  kind  with  the  anfwer  required. 

Note.  I.  If  any  of  the  given  terms  be  of  divers  deno- 
minations, as  pounds  and  (hillings,  hundreds,  quarters; 
&c.  they  mult  be  reduced  to  the  loweft  name  men- 
tioned. 

Note.  2.  The  fourth  term  (or  anfwer)  in  direct  pro- 
portion, is  found  by  multiplying  the  fecond  and  third 
terms  together,  and  dividing  their  product  by  the  firft. 
The  fourth  number  fo  found  bears  the  fame  proportion 
to  the  fecond,  as  the  third  does  to  the  firft  number,  and 
is  always  of  the  fame  kind  or  denomination  with  tho 
middle  number. 

EXAMPLES. 

If  6  yards  of  linen  coft/*.i  ys.  what  cofl  28  yards  ? 

Yds      £        s        Yds 
If  6 1   ..  7 28 

20  27 


£.6  is   Anfc- 


372  ARITHMETIC. 

In  theErft  example  in  cured  p/oportion  the  firft  c 
third  numbers^  are  of  the  fame  name  or  kind,  namely 
yards  ;  the  fecond  or  middle  number  being  of  different 
denominations,,  I  reduce  it  into  the  loweilname  men- 
tioned, viz.  {hillings  ;  I  then  multiply  the  fecond  num- 
ber, 27,.  by  the  third  number  28,  which  gives  a  pro- 
duel  of  756,  this  fum  divided  by  6,  the   firft  number, 
produces  a  product  of  1 263  which  is  the  fourth  number, 
or  anfwer,  viz.  61.  6s. 
•2,.  If  ic  hats  cofl  7.1.  what  coft  45  ?          Anf.  31!.   ics. 

3.  If  7lb.  of  fugar  coft  53.  6d.  what  cof)  84  ?      A.  3!.  6s. 

4.  If  an  hundred  weight  of  tobacco  gfjift  3!.  I2s.  what: 
coft  7lb.  Anf.  48.  6d. 

5.  If  25  yards  of  linen  coft  5!.  6s.  8d.  what  coft  3*  I 

Anf.    1 6s. 

6.  If  ;lb.  of  fugar  coft  43.  what  coft  an  hundred  Ib.  ? 

Anf.  31.  45. 

•y.  If  I  oz,  of  (ilver  coft  95.  what  coft  half  a  dozen  of 
fpoons  that  weighs  15^  oz.  ?  Anf.  61.  195.  6d. 

S.  if  I  pay  61.  195.  Cd.  for  154  oz.  ofiilver,  what  coft 
i  oz.  Anf.  95. 

^4  If  i  Ib.  of  tobacco  coft  7d.  \  what  coft  3hhds.  weigh- 
ing 150.  iqr  I9lb  .?  Anf.  55!.  195^^. 

2o.  If  a  yard  of  cloth  coft  123  6d  what  is  the  value  of 
3  pieces  each  25  yards.  Anf.  46!  i;s  6d 

II.  If  a  builiel  of  Virginia  coals  coft  i  $d.  how  many 
chadrons  for  50!  ?  Anf.  22  ch.  and  8  bum.  over. 

22.  If  a  nian's  yearly  falary  be  400!  what  is  it  a  day  ! 

Anf.  il  is  r^  T|T 

13.  If  a  quart  of  wine  coft  2 s  Sd.  what  is  the  value  of 
2'hhds  ?  Anf  56!  148. 

14.  How  much  mnft  I  pay  for  the  carriage  of  i2C  iqr 
at  the  rate  of  ;  a  pound  ?  Anf.  5!  1 45  40!. 

15  If  a  family  of  12  perfons  drink  i  i  barrel  of  beer  in 
two  months,  how  much  will  ferve  a  family  of  20  per- 
fons for  the  fame  time  ?  Anf.  90  gallons. 

1 6.  Kow  many  yards    of  linen  for  rool.   at  2s  6d  a 
yard  f  Anf.  80  ->  yards. 

1 7.  Bought  a  filver  tea-pot  for  1 5!  los  at  8s  od  an  oz. 
how  much  did  It  weigh  I    Anf.  36  QZ  9  dwt  9  gr  yW , 


ARITHMETIC.  373 

1 8»  -Bought  a  tan  of  wine  for  i2cl.  what  coft  i  quart  ? 

Anf.  2s  4d  4  A§»V* 

19.  At  78  6d  a  day,  what  amounts  26  weeks  wages  to, 
allowing  fix  days  to  a  week  ?  Anf.   5«1.  ics 

20.  If  1  pay  46!  IDS  a  year  for  houfe  rent  how  much  is 
that  a  day  ?  Anf.  2S  td  4  ^£ 

2 1 .  If  my  annual  falary  be  2$oL  how  much  may  I  fpend 
every  day,  and  lay  upSyl  6s8d  at  the  year's  end. 

Anf.  8s  9d  ^  ^~t 

22.  If  tea  be  fold  at  yd  an  ounce,  what  is  the  amount 
of  2C.  iqr.  Anf.  1 17!  !2S. 

23.  If  a  yard  of  cafimer  cod  ill2S  4^.  what  cod  3  pie- 
ces each  25^.  yards.  Anf.  123!  I  :s  6d. 

24.  Sold  5C  weight  of  fogar  at  pdi  a  Ib  what  did  the 
whole  amount  to.  Anf.  22!  35  40! 

25.  If  i  yard  oflinenis  worth  ^s  6d.  what  is  the  value 
of  4  pieces,  each  224  yards.  Anf.  15!.  153 

26'.  At   75.   6d   a  bumel,  how  many  bufhels  will    46  7' 
dollars  at  8s  each  buy.  Anf.  490  bum.  2p  J 

27.  If  a  man  earn  il   I2S  a  week,    how  much  is  that 
a  year.  Anf.   83!  43 

28.  A 'man  bought  a  piece  of  cnmbrick  for  55!  at  228  6^ 
a  yard,  how  many  yards  did  it  contain. 

Anf..  48yds  3qrs  2na  J^Y 

OF  INVERSE  PROPORTION. 

Inverfe  proportion,  is  when  mor-e  requires  lefs,  or  " 
lefs  requires  more  ;  that  is,  when  the  third  term  is 
greater  than  the  firft,  and  requires  the  fourth  term  to 
be  lefs  than  the  fecond  ;  lefs  requires  more  again,  when, 
the  third  term  is  lefs  than  the  firft,  and  requires  tjie 
fourth  to  be  greater  than  the  fecond^ 

To  find  the  fourth  number  or  anfwer,  in  invcrie 
proportion,  multiply  the  two  firii:  numbers  together/  , 
and  divide  their  product  by  the  third,  the  quotient  is  > 
the  anfcver,  in  the  fame  name  with  the  middle  number^  . 
and  bears  the  fame  proportion  to  it,  as  the  third  does-  , 
to  the  nrft  nvimber,  - 

P  3 


J  74  ARITHMETIC. 

EXAMPLES. 

I.  If  rod.  in  T2  months,  gain  yl.  intereft,  v/hat  funt- 
will  gain  the  fame  in  5  months  f 

M.          £.         M. 

If       12 ;  00 5 

12 

5)  '2:0      ' 


£ .  2.jO.  Anfwer. 

2.  If  240!.  in  5  months,   gain  yl.  inrereft, 
cipal  will  gain  the  fame  in  12  months  ; 

M.         £.          M. 
If    5 240 12 


12)1  2.00 

£.  roo.  Anfwer. 

3.  If  when  Sour  fells  at  425  an    hundred  weight,  the 
(ixpenny-loaf  weigh  zlb  9  oz.  what  ought  the  fixpen- 
ny -loaf  to  weigh,  when  flour  fells  at  528  an  hundred. 

Anf.  2lb  i  oz  -^ 

4.  How  much   in    length  that   is   4  inches  broad  will 
make  a  foot  fquare.  Anf.   -46  inches. 

5.  If  36  Mafonscan  build  a  wall  in  24  days  ;  how  ma- 
ny mafons  can  do  the  fame  in  96  days.      Anf.  9  men.. 

60  If  96  men  can    dig  a  cellar  in   9  days,  how  many 
men  can  do  the  fame  in  24  days.  Anf.  36  mene 

MERCHANTS  ACCOUNTS. 

Or  Rules  of  Praft-ce. 

So  called,  from  their  manifold  ufes  and  brevity  in 
finding  the  value  of  any  quantity  of  goods ;  by  the 
given  price  of  one  integer. 

Note.  That  any  queftion  in  the  rule  of  three  direclr, 
\vhen  the  firft  term  in  the  dating  is  an  unit,  is  more 
briefly  done  by  the  rules  of  practice. 

Quettioqs  in  practice  may  be  proved  by  the  i 

rule  of  three. 


ARITHMETIC. 


1 73? 


THE    TABLES. 


S3     » 


a.  d.                       d.                     qr.  Ib. 

IO 

ji 

0 

T 

2 

— 

6  8 

0 

4 

T 

o   i  I 

•4 

5 

T 

V 

3 

4 

16 

7 

3  4 

j 

cfl 

2 

| 

3    (          14 

^ 

2    6 

«l 

s:     X4 

t 
8 

_       «                    Q 

T?- 

2 

-  o-  i    5" 

I 

I 

T  T 

rt     *                7 

T| 

i  8 

i 

T  1" 
•50 

op 

i 

'  i 

CASE  I. 
When  the  price  of  an  integer  is  lefs  than  a  fhilling, 

RULE. 

Find  the  aliquot  parts  oi  that  price  contained  in  a- 
{hilling,  which  mull  be  divifors  to  the  given  fum. 

Or  thus.  If  the  given  price  be  not  the  aliquot  part 
of  a  {hilling,  then  firft  take  fome  part  of  it  that  is  an 
aliquot  part  ;  and  for  the  remaining  part  of  the  price, 
let  it  be  taken  out  of  the  foregoing  part  or  parts,  and 
then  add  the  quotients  together;  the  total  will  be  tho 
anfwer  in  /hillings. 

2500,  at  v- 


12 

20 


£.  5  ..  4  ..  2  d.  Anf^er. 


2. 

3- 
4- 
5- 
6. 

7- 

8. 

9- 
Jo. 
1 1. 
12, 


4324,  at  id!. 
2560,  at  zd  I 
1500,  at  5;d  4 
2540,  at  4d  ^ 
4212,  at  5d  I 
960,  at  6d  f 
4324.  atSd' 
3640,  at  ^d  4. 
1566,  at  led  I 
4440,  at  nd  ^ 
jooo,  at  lid | 


Anf, 


£•22  10  5, 

29  6  8, 

21  17  6. 

47  12  6. 
100  18  3, 

26  o  o, 

157  12  u, 

144  i  8, 

70  2  lot 

212  15  O, 

43  19  *,. 


I?6  ARITHMETIC, 

CASE  II. 
When  the  price  of  an  integer  is  (hillings  and  pence, 

RULE  1. 

If  the  /hillings  and  pence  be  the  aliquot  part  of  a 
poimd,  it  may  be  done  at  once,  as  2S.  od.  is  the  eighth 
of  a  pound. 

i.     46^4,  at  2s  6d.  £-5%l   T5 

2*     3;73>  at  35  /td.  595   i<x 

3.  is6o,  at  48  312 

4.  2500,  at  53  625 
5>      3564,  at  6s   Sd.                                  1 188 

6.     4262,  at  2S  >  426  45 

RULE  II. 

If  the  {hillings  and  pence  be  not  the  aliquot  part  of 
a  pound,  or  if  there  be  (hillings,  pence  and  farthings,  , 
multiply  the  given  quantity  by  the  (hillings,  and  take 
parts  with  the  reft,  and  add  them  together ;   the  total, 
will  be  the  anfvver.in  Ihillings.. 

I.  46  at   ys.  3d.| 

7 


322  s. 

3d  Is  i  ii       6d 

|  is  i  of  3d  2     10  4. 


2,0)33,^     4^ 

^".16 — i6s — :id^.     Anf. 
^t.         64  at  55  gd  Anf.  £.18  8s 

3.  144  at  95  .d^  67  los 

4.  560  at  jss  6d  434 

5.  950  at  iys  <|d  823    6s  £d 

6.  1000  at  195  i  id  i  997  i8s  ;di 

CASE  III. 

When  the  price  of  an  integer  is 'pounds,  (hillings^ 
and  pence. 

RULE. 

I.  If  the  (hillings  and  pence  be  the  tiliqnot  part  of  a 
pound,  multiply  the  given  integers  by  the  pounds,  axd 
divide  by  the  faid  parts,  thofc  numbers  fo  found  out 
added  together,  \vill b«? 


ARITHMETIC. 
o-~~at"2/\ — 6s  —  8d 


6s  8d  is  £  60 
10 

£.70 — o       Anf. 

2.  44.,  at  £.3  2S  6d  Aaf.     £.13710* 

3.  145,  at     2  35  4d       .  314    3  4 

4.  260,  at     5  5  1365 

5.  70,  at     7  45  504. 

6.  loo,  at     3   2s  310 

2.  If  the  (hillings  and 'pence  be  not  the  aliquot  parts 
of  a  pound  ;  or  if  there  be  {hillings  pence  and  farthings 
given  with  the  pounds,  then  reduce  the  pounds  into 
Shillings,  and  multiply  the  integers  by  the  fuid  {hilling^. 
next  take  parts  with  the  reft  of  the  price,  and  add  then* 
together,  the  total  will  be  the  anfv\  er  in 

1      s       d 

i».  6  — at — i — 17 — 4 

37  20 


2,0)227,7 

1.113  ••  i7  ••  4  Anf. 

2.         70  at  2!     53  4<l  Anf.     158!  133  41! 

3        l$o  at  i    143  9d   ;•  260    1 8     9 

4.  644  at  2   2S  6d  -;-  1369  16  10 

5.  100  at  5  12  560 

6.  1000  at  3   19  9  |  399°  I2  6 

CASE    IV, 

When  both  the  integer,  and  the  quantity  given,  are 
of  feveral  denominations. 

RULE. 

Multiply  the  price  by  the  integers,  and  take  part 
tvith  the  parts  of  the  integer". 


17*  ARITHMETIC; 


C        qr         Ib 

4         i          16  at       3!     12$ 

4 

14     8 

I  qr.  is  ~  18 

1-6  Ib.  is  f  10 


1.15-  16  3 

{•    Anf. 

C 

qr 

Ibs 

1 

s 

d 

1 

s' 

d 

2. 

7 

3 

18 

at 

2 

9 

4  a  C 

Anf.    19 

10 

3 

3- 

9 

2 

20 

at 

2, 

4 

3° 

19 

4l 

4- 

ro 

I 

T4 

at 

I 

10 

15 

11 

3 

5- 

8 

O 

8 

at 

2 

16 

22 

12 

6. 

12 

I 

27 

at 

3 

4 

4 

40 

3 

6J 

7- 

4 

2 

H 

at 

4 

6 

8 

2O 

o 

10 

8. 

5 

O 

8 

at 

7 

3 

6 

36 

7 

9 

9- 

6 

3 

H- 

at 

9 

5 

4 

63 

H 

8 

TARE  AND  TRETT. 

Tare  is  an  allowance  made  to  the  buyer,  for  the 
weight  of  the  cafk,  hogfhead,  bale,  &c.  that  contain 
the  goods  ;  and  is  fomet lines  at  fo  much  per  cafk,  or 
hogfliead,  &c.  or  at  a  certain  rate  per  cent. 

Trett  is  an  allowance  of  tlb  on  the  ?o.jlb  granted 
on  fundry  forts  of  goods  for  \va(le,  daft  £c. '  Suttle 
Is  v^hat  remains  after  the  dedaclion  of  the  tare. 

When  the  tare  is  at  fo  much  per  cwt  to  find  the  nett 
weight.  RULE 

When  the  tare  is  an  aliquot  part  or  parts,  of  an 
C.  divide  the  whole  grofs  by  the  faid  part  or  parts,  and 
the  quotient  thence  arifing  gives  the  tare  of  the  whole, 
w-faich  fubtracl:  from  the  grofs,  the  remainder  is  the 
nett. 

EXAMPLES. 

2*.,  What  is  the  nett  weight  of  6  barrels  of  beef, 
Containing  150.  5qr.  2/lb.  grofs^  tare  2jlb.  per  bbH< 


ARITHMETIC.  179 


15  Ib. 

6  barrels, 


504  150  Ib. 

126 


C.           qrs. 

15              3 
4  qrs.  i  C. 

Ib. 

27 

63  qrs. 
28  Ib.  i  qr. 

1764 
27   the  odd  Ibs.  added, 

1791   grofs. 
-deduct   150  tare. 

Anf.      1641  Ibs.  nett. 

.  What  is  the  nett  weight  of  12  barrels  of  fugar  I 

C.  qrs.  Ib. 

14  is  g  C.     grofs  48     3     12  tare  21  Ib.  pr.  C, 
7  is  8L 1 4  6012 

306 

9     o     i 8  tare. 


Anf,         39     2  22  nett. 

3.  In  8C.  rqrs.  2olb   grofs,  tare  38lb.  trett  4lb.  pr 
Jo^lb.  how  many  Ibs,  nett  ? 

C.     qrs.     Ib.  Ib. 

8       3       20  26)962(37 

4  ?3 

35  qrs.  182 

28  182 

280 

72  962  futtle, 

37  trett. 

1000  Ib.  grofs*  

38  tare.      .  Anf.     925  nett, 

962  futtk, 


I8o  ARITHMETIC. 

4.  What  is  the  nett  weight  of  12  hogfheads  of  to- 
bacco weighing  each    jC    iqr  and    ulb    grofs.     Tare 
percent  i61b.  Anf.  f$C  iqrs  2(ulb  14.021 

5.  What  is  the  nett  weight  of  30  barrels  of  fugar 
each  zC  3qrs  grois,  tare  per  cent  i  jib.     A.  690   27]^ 

6.  W  hat  is  the  nett  weight  of  i  2oC  2qrs  of  tobac- 
co allowing  176^3  for  the  whole  tare  and  4lb  trett  for 
every   io4lb.  Anf.  1140   iqr  I2lb. 

,  OF  SIMPLE  INTEREST. 

Simple  intereft,  is  an  allowance  made  by  the  bor- 
rower to  tUe  lender,  for  the  ufe  of  any  fum  of  money 
for  fome  fpace  of  time  agreed  upon  ;  and  is  commonly 
at  a  certain  rate  per  cent,  as  6  or  7!  for  the  ufe  of  icol 
for  one  year. 

To  find  the  intereft  of  any  given  fum  for  one  year. 
RULE. 

Multi^y  the  principal  by  the  rate  per  cent,  and  di- 
vide the  product  by  .-oc,  the  quotient  is  the  intereft 
required  ;  which,  multiplied  by  the  given  number  of 
years,  gives  the  interefl  tor  any  determined  fpace  of 
time. 

1.  What  is  the  intereft  of  1.450  for  one  year  ;  at  6  per 
cent.  l«45o  the  principal. 

6  the  rate  per  cent. 

TOO)   270:  (  Anf.  1.27. 

Here  I  multiply  the  principal,  viz,  1.450  Hy  6,  the 
rate  per  cent,  and  then  divide  by  ico,  as  the  rule  di- 
re£ls  ;  the  quotient  is  1.27,  which  is  the  real  intereft  of 
1.450,  at  6  per  cent  for  a  year. 

2.  What  is  the  intereft  of  of  icccl.  for  2|  years,  at  6 
per*:nt.  l.iooo  principal. 

l,6o  for  one  year.  6  rate  per  cent. 

i,oo)6o;co(6o 
l.!2o  for  2  years. 
f  60  is     30  for  half  a  year, 
j-  -  -  -      1 5  for  J  do. 

Anf.    1.165  intereft  for  z  \  years. 


ARITHMETIC* 

3.  What  is  the  intereft  of  icool.  for  2  years,  at  6 
percent?  Anf.     l.i2O. 

4.  What  is  the*  amount  of  360!.  for  5  years,  at  j 
per  cent !  Anf.     1.486* 

CASE  II. 

To  find  the  intereft  of  any  fum,  for  a  certain  num- 
ber of  weeks  :  RULE. 

As  52  weeks  are  to  the  intereft  of  the  given  fum  for 
i  year  ;  fo  are  the  number  of  weeks  given,  to  the  in- 
ter eft  required. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  What  is  the  intereft  of  300!.  for  3  weeks,  at  7 
per  cent  per  annam  I 

If  52w. —  ail, — 3  w.  Anf.  il."  4$.  2d.  |  ?4?, 

2.  What  is  the  intereft  of  1.126  I2S.  for  ID  weeks, 
at  l.^  i  os.  per  cent  per  annum  ?     Anf.  Li   150  ^|^» 

3.  What  is  the  amount  of  500!.  for  20  weeks,  at  3^ 
per  cent  per  annum  I  Anf.  1.506   14  7  ^  ^|« 

CASE  III. 

To  find  the  principal,  when  the  amount,  time,  and 
rate  per  cent,  are  given  : 

RULE. 

As  the  amount  of  icol.  at  the  rate  and  time  given, 
is  to.iool.  fo  is  the  amount  given,  to  the  intereft  re- 
quired. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  What  principal  being  put  to  intereft  for  9  years, 
at  5  per  cent,  will  amount  to  725!  ? 

lool. 

5  If  145!.     iool.     725!.      (500!.  AnC 

&0o 

9     nunlber  of  years. 

—s\. 

2.  What  principal  being  put  to  intereft  for  7  years;, 
ill  amount  to  793!.  I2S.  at  4  per  cent  per  annum  I 

Anf.     J.620. 

3.  How  much  money  being  put  to  intereft,  will  a- 
mount  to  520!.  ids.  in  8  years,  at  3  per  cent  ? 

<  Anf.     I,2Co 


ARITHMETIC 

CASE   IV. 

To  find  the  rate  per  cent,  when  the  amount,  time, 
and  principal  are  given  : 

RULE, 

As  the  principal,  is  to  the  intereft  for  the  whole 
time  ;  fo  is'icol.  to  its  intereft  for  the  fame  time  :  di- 
vide the  fourth  number,  or  intereft  laft  found,  by  the 
given  time,  and  the  quotient  will  be  the  rate  per  cent. 

EXAMPLES. 

T.  At  what  rate  of  intereft  per  cent,  will  500!.  a- 
mount  to  725!.  in  9  years  ? 
725!. 
500  deduct.         If  500!.       225!.       Tool.       45!. 

225  whole  intereft.  9)45 (5  per  cent.  Anf. 

2.  At  what  rate  of  intereft  per  cent,  will  620!.  a- 
mount  to  793!.  i2S.  in  7  years  .?  Anf.  4  per  cent. 

3.  Lent  my  friend  420!.  and  at  the  end  of  8  years, 
received  520!.  i6s.  for  principal  and  intereft  ;  required 
she  rate  of  intereft  per  cent  ?  Anf.  3  per  cent, 

CASE  V. 

To  find  the  time  ;  when  the  principal,  amount,  and 
rate  per  cent  are  given  :  RULE. 

As  the  intereft  of  the  principal  for  one  year,  at  the 
given  rate,  is  to  one  year ;  fo  is  the  whole  intereft,  to 
ihe  time  required. 

EXAMPLES. 

I.  In  what  time  will  500!.  amount  to  725!.  at  5  p.  ct< 
If  25!.          i  y.         225!.         9  ys.      •  i", 

2.  In  what  time  will  620!.  amount  to  793!.  12.  at  4 
percent?  :Ar.f.  7  years. 

3.  in  what  time  will  420!.  amount  to  520!.  i6s.  at  3 
per  cent  ?  Anf,  8  years, 

CASE  VI. 

To  find  the  intereft  of  any  fum,  for  a  certain  num- 
ber of  days.  RULE. 

Multiply  the  pence  of  the  principal  by  the  number 
of  days  g'ven.  and  by  the  ratv  per  cent,  for  a  dividend, 
and  365  by  100,  for  a  divifor  j  the  quotient  will  be 
the  anfwer  in  pence, 


ARITHMETIC  iSJ 

EXAMPLES. 

f.  What  is  the  intereft  of  200!.  for  20  days,  at  6  pexr 
cent  ?  20 

4000 

12 

365  48000 

100  6        rate  per  cent. 


36500     )2SSc,oo(    A.  7cl. 

2*.  Whaf  is  the  intereft  o£  120!.  for  126  days,  at  4. 
per  cent,  per  annum.  Anf.  il.  135.  id.  2qrs.  4|I 

3.  What  is  the  intereft  of  126!.  for  145  days  at  6 
percent,  per  annum  ?  Anf.  3!.  os.  cd.  3^rs.  ^^ 


OF  COMMISSION,  ASSURANCE, BROK.< 

CommiJJlon  is  a  certain  premium  allowed  by  one  per- 
fon  to  another  for  rranfacnng  his  bounds  abroad  ; 
enfurance,  is  a  certain  rate  per  cent  paid  by  one  per- 
fon  to  another,  or  to  an  afiiirance  company,  for 
enfaring  his  fhip,  goods,  &c.  from  the  danger  of  the 
feas,  or  his  houfe  from  fire,  £c.  That  is,  obligates 
himfelf  to  make  good  to  him  the  value  of  the  property 
enfured  ihould  the  fame  be  loft  or  damaged. 

CommiHion  and  AfTurance,  is  worked  the  fame  as 
funple  intereft  j  but  has  no  refpecl;  to  time. 

EXAMPLES. 

Sold  goods  to  the  amount  of  25:00!.  what  is  my 
commiflion  on  the  fame  at  2  per  cent  \ 

2500!. 

2 

1,00          50,00         Anf.  50!. 

2.  What  cloth  the  aflu ranee  of  3505!.  153.  amount 
io,  at  21  per  cent  ?  "/\nf.  1.8y  12  10  1. 

Brokage  is  an  allowance  made  to  the  broker,  who  is 
a  perfon  employed  in  buying  and  felling  ftocks;  goods> 


JS4  ARITHMETIC. 

RULE. 

Divide  the  given  fum  by  100,  and  take  parts  from 
ihe  quotient  for  the  rate  per  cent. 
EXAMPLES. 

T.  What  is  the  brokage  of  846!.  195.  at  53.  pr  cent  ? 
1,00  )S,46     195. 

20  5  U  I     8     9     4 


9,59  l.z     2     4.     An£ 

12 


4,63 

2.  How  much  is  the  brokage  of  500!.  ics.  7d.  at  73. 
percent?  Anf.  Li    15  o^. 

3.  If  a  broker  fells  goods  to  the  value  of  1.909  1410, 
•what  is  he  entitled  to  at  6s  6d  prcent  ?    A.  1,2  19  i£. 

REBATE,  OR  DISCOUNT. 

When  a  fumi  of  money,  due  at  any  future  period,  is 
fatisfied  by  pacing  fo  much  prefent  money,  as  if  put  at 
intereft,    would   amount  to  the  given  fum  in  the  fame 
fpace  of  time,  this  is  called  difcount. 
RULE. 

As  12  months  are  to  the  rate  per  cent;  fo  is  the 
time  given  to  the  fourth  number  :  Add  the  fourth  num- 
ber to  lool.  As  that  fum  is  to  the  fourth  number  ;  fo 
is  the  given  fum  to  the  rebate  :  Subtract  the  rebate 
from  the  given  fum,  and  the  remainder  is  the  prefenc 
worth.  EXAMPLES. 

1.  What  is  the  rebate  of  420!.  for  9  months,  at  6 
per  cent  ? 

I  ft  Rating.     If  ram.     61.     9111.     4!.  TCS. 

2ddo.    If  ro4l  ics     4!  los     420!     A.  US  i  8  4.  ^ij?v 

2.  What  is  the  prefent  worth  of  i6iL  ros.  for  19 
jr.onths,  at  $  per -cent  ?  AnC    140!.  ns.  o| 

3.  How  much  ready  mouey  for  a  note  of  i  £1.  due 
15  months  hence,  at  5  per  cent  ?          A.  i61.  i8s.  lod, 

4.  Suppofe  8iol.  were  to'be  paid  3  months  hence, 
allowing  5    per  cent  difcount,  what  milt  be  paid  im 
hand?.  *"  Aq£  8go.U 


ARITHMETIC.  XSj- 

EQUATION  OF  PAYMENTS. 

Equation  of  payments,  is  when  feveral  funis  of  mo- 
ney, due  at  funclry  times,  are  reduced  to  one  propor- 
tional payment  ;  fo  that  no  lois  may  be  fuftained  by 
either  debtor  or  creditor. 

RULE. 

Multiply  each  payment  by  its  time,  and  divide  the 
total  of  all  the  products  by  the  given  debt  and  the 
quotient  will  be  the  equated  tin.e. 
EXAMPLES. 

i.  A  merchant  hath  owing  to  him  400!.  to  be  paid 
as  follows  ;  2col.  at  2 months,  icol.  at  3  months,  and' 
the  reft  at  9  months  :  having  agreed  with  the  debtor  to 
make  one  payment  of  the  whole  ;  required  what  time 
mult  that  be  ? 

£.200        £.100        £.100 
2  M.         3  9 

A  200        400  300.  900 

300  300 

loo         900 


4,00      1 6,00 

4  Months.  Anf. 

2.  A  merchant  hath  owing  to  him  300!.  to  be  paid' 
as  follows,  50!.  at  2  months,   lool.  at  5   months,  and 
the   reft   at    8  months  ;  and  it  is  agreed  to  make  one 
payment  of  the  whole  -,  I  demand  when  that  time  mud 
be  !  Anf,  6  months. 

3.  F  owes  to  II  xoool.  whereof  sool.  is  to  be  paid 
prefent,  400!.  at  5  months,-  and  the  reft  at  10  months, 
but  they  agree  to  make  one  payment  of  the  whole  ;   I 
demand  the  equated  time  ?  Anf.  6  months. 

4.  K  is  indebted  to  L  a  certain  fum,   which  is   to  be 
difcharged  at  4  feveral  payments,  that  is  J  at  2  month8 
J  at  4  months,   i.    at   6  months,  and  {.  at  8  months  ; 
but  they    agreeing  to  make  but   one  payment  of  the 

the  equated  time  is  therefore  demanded  ? 

Si  2  Anf.  5  months. 


ARITHMETIC 
BARTER. 

Barter  is  a  rule  by  which  merchants  or  others  may 
exchange  goods  of  *e  venal  prices  and  quantities,  and 
informs  how  to  proportion  their  value,  Co  that  neither 
party  may  fuftain  lots. 

EXAMPLES. 

T.     A  merchant  barters  25  yards.pf  linen   at  2.s.  6de 
a  yard,  againft  fugar  at  9d.  the  Ib.  required  how  many 
pounds  of  fugar  mud  he  receive  ? 
2S.  6d.    |  £  |     25yds. 

5!.  2$.  6d.  amount  cf  the  linen* 
if  pd.          lib.         3!.  2S.  td. 
20 

62 


9)750(8311*.  J  Anf. 

2.  A  had  {ilk  at  145.  a  pound.      B  has  cloth  at  icss 
a  yard  ready  inony   whicji   he  barters  at  T  2S.  6d.    the 
yard',   at  how  much  muft  A  put  his  {ilk,  to  make  his 
proiit  ecpal  with  B's.  A.    i  75    .6d. 

Thus  if  i  cs.         123  6d.         143. 

3.  A  and  B  bartered  :  A  had  5C.  of  fugar  at  6de. 
a  Ib.  which  he  gave  to  B  for  a  quantity  of  cinnamon  at 
los.  8cl.  perlb>  I  demand  how  much  cinnamon  B  gave 
A.  Anf.  26lb.  4cz. 

4.  B  delivered    3   hhds    of  brandy  at  6s.  bd.  per 
gallon,  to  C  for    126  yards,  of  Cloth  ;  what  was  the 

ih  per  yard  ?  Anf.   ics. 

PROFIT  AND  LOSS. 

By  Profit  and  Lofs/merchants  and  others,  are  ena- 
bled to-  know,  what  they  gain  or  lofe  by  the  fale  of 
goods,  &c. 

EXAMPLES. 

i.     Bought  a  piece  of  linen    containing  25  yds.  at 
33.   ^d.  a  yard  ;  ami  fojd  it  again  for   45.  £d.  per  yd, 
the  profit  uj>on  tlie  whole  I 


ARITHMETIC. 

Sold  for  45.    6d. 
Bought    33.     4d. 

Gain  per  yd.   is.     ad. 
If  I  yd.          is.  2d  25>ds.      Anf    il.  93.  2d>, 

2.  If  I  buy  deals  in,  at  2  d.  apiece,  and  fell  them 
again  at  i  yd.  what  ihall  1  lofe  by  120  dozeo. 

Anf.   1 8s.. 

3.  Hats  bought   at  45.  a  piece,  and  fold  again  at 
45.  ^d.  what  is  the  profit  in  laying  out  lool. 

Anf.   1 81.   i$s9. 

4.  Bought  19  foth^r  of  lead,  at  143  per  cwt.  what- 
is  gained  by  the  whole,  fold  out  at  dd.  per  Ib. 

Anf.   432!.  £s*. 

5.  Bought  60  reams  of  paper,  at    155*   per  ream> 
What  is  the  lofs  in  the  whcle    quantity,  at  4  per  cent  : 

Anf.  il.   1 6s. 

6.  A  draper    bought  ico  yards   of  broad   cloth^ 
for  which  he  gave  56!.   I  deiire  to  know  how   he  mult, 
fell  it  per  yard,  to  gain    9!.  in  the  whole  ? 

Anf.  155.  per  yard,. 

FELLOWSHIP. 

Fellow fhip  is  the  rule  that  teaches  toadjuftthe  pro- 
fit or  lofs  on  any  joint  adventure ;  as  alfo  to  divide  le- 
gacies, and  the  aifecls  of  a  bankrupt  among  his  credi- 
tors, &c.  RULE. 

As  thefum  of  the  feveral  (locks, 
Is  to  the  whole  gain,  or  lofs  : 
So  is  each  perfon's  fhare  in  (lock, 
To  his  quota  of  the  gain  or  lofs. 
Proof— add  all  the  (hares  together,  an ct thefum  will 
be  equal    to  the  given   gain,  or  lofs,  if  the  work  be 
right.  .  EXAMPLES. 

r.  Two  men  bought  a  certain  quantity  cf 
goods  amounting  to  iccl.  of  which  A  pays  ycl.  and 
B  "cl.  fuppofe  they  gam  25!.  by  the  faicl  goods.;  how 
much  is  each  man's  fhare  of  the  profit  in  proportion 
to  the  f urn  he  puts  in  ilock  ? 

A'siyl.  IPS,  B's  ;L  ics*. 


>38  ARITHMETIC, 

A's  ftock    70!. 
B's  do.        ?ol. 


1.  dating  if  icoh  gain.  2.5!.  what  70!.  A.  17!.  I  OS* 

2.  do.        if  loci.  2-1.  30!.  A.    yl.  los. 

2.  A,   B,  and    C.  trading  together,  gained    1 2ol, 
"which  is  to  be  fhared  according  to   each  man's  ftock. 
A  put  in  140!.  B  300!.  and  C  160!.  what  is  each  man's 
dare  ?  Anf.  A  28!.  B  6ol.  C  32!. 

3.  A,   B,  and  C,  trading  tb    Jamaica,  with  480!, 
68cl.    and   840!.  in  three   years  time  gained    loicl. 
how  much  is  each  man's  mare  of  the  gain  ? 

Anf.  A  242!.  8s.   B  343!.  8s.  C  424!.  45. 

4.  A,  B,  and  C,    freighted  a  fhip   from  the    cana- 
ries to  England,  with  108  tuns    of  wine,  of  which  A 
had  48,  B  36,  C   24  i  but  by  reafon  of  bad   weather 
they   were   obliged  to  caft  45    tuns   overboard  ;  how 
much  muft  each  man  fuftain  of  the  lofs  ? 

Anf.  A  20  tuns.  B   15  tuns.  C  10  tuns. 

FELLOWSHJP^viTH  TIME. 

When  (locks  continue  an  unequal  fpace  of  time  in 
company,  fo  that  coniideration  is  made  for  the  time 
ftock;  this  is  called  Compound  Fellowjhip*  RULE, 

Multiply  each  man's  ftock  by  his  time  and  add   all 
the   produds  together-*  then  as  the  total  of  the  pro- 
ducts is  to  the   whole  gain  or  lofs  :   fo   is  each  man's 
product  to  his  quota  of  the  gain  or  lofs. 
EXAMPLES. 

I.  Suppofe  two  men  A  and  B  to  be  partners  in 
trade  and  that  A  puts  in  I  col.  in  ftock  for  2  months, 
B  £ol.  for  5  months,  and  they  gain  50!.  required  how 
much  of  the  profit  belongs  to  each  ? 

icol     A's  ftock.         6ol     B's  ftock. 


200 
300 


200-        A«f.    2cl.    A's 
oo        Anf,    30!.    B's  gain. 


ARITHMETIC. 

2.  Three  merchants  join  in  trade:  A.  put  in  400!.. 
for  9  months  ;   B.  6Scl.  for  5  months;  and  C.  I2cl' 
for  12  months  ;  but,   by  misfortune  loft  goods  to  tho 
value  of  500!.  what  mud  each  man  fuftain  of  the  lofs  ? 
A.  muftlofe  1.213     54|  J?J£. 
Anf.     <{  B.  201     8     5  o  ||*% 


3.  A.  B.  and  C.  hold  a  pafkire  in  common,  for  which 
they  pay  2cl.  per  annum.  In  this  pafture,  A.  had  40 
oxen  for  76  days  ;  B.  had  36  oxen  for  50  days  ;  and  C. 
bad  50  oxen  for  90  days.  I  demand  what  part  every 
one  of  them  ought  to  pay  of  the  20!. 

CA.  ought  to  pay    1.6      10     2  1   JflJ- 

Anf.    \  B.  31710  J^£. 

1C.  9     12    8  ;  *.;?.?*. 

THE  DOUBLE  RULE  OF  THREE. 

In  the  double  rule  of  three,  there  are  five  numbers, 
given,  to  find  a  fixth,  which  will  be  in  the  fame  pro* 
portion  to  the  product  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  numbers,, 
as  the  third  number  is  to  the  product  of  the  firft. 
and  fecond.  /RULE. 

Let  the  firft  and  fourth  numbers  be  always  of  the 
fame  name,  or  kind,  and  the  fecond  and  fifth  alfo  ;  and 
let  the  third,  or  middle  number,  be  of  the  fame  name- 
with  the  anfwer  required  :  multiply  the  two  firft  num- 
bers together  for  a  divifor,  and  the  three  laft  for  a  di~ 
vidend,  and  the  quotient,  or  anfwer,  will  be  of  the 
fame  name  with  your  middle  number. 
EXAMPLES. 

i.  If  7  men  can  reap  84  acres  of  wheat  in  12  days;, 
bow  many  men  can  reap  100  acres  in  5  days  ? 

A.         D.        M.        A.  D. 

If  84         5         7         TOO         12 

5  7 

«___  ^      

420  700 

12 

Diyifor*     420)^400(20  men.    AaH 


j$o  ARITHMETIC 

2.  If  io  bufhels  of  cats  be  enough  for  18  horfes  2or 
days  ;  how  many  bulhcls  \vill  ferve  DO  hones  36  days  ? 

Anf.  60  bufh-ls. 

3.  If  308.  be  the  hire  of  8  men  for  3  days  ;  how  ma- 
ny days  muft  20  men  work  for  13  1.          Anf.   12  days. 

4.  If  8  men  have  3!  43  for  4  clays  work  ;  how  much 
\vill  48  men  have  for  16  days  work?        An'f*   76!  i6s. 

Note.  In  the  double  rule  of  three,  in  inverfe  pro- 
portion, let  the  fecond  and  fourth  numbers  be  of  one 
liame  or  kind,  and  the  third  and  tifth  ;  and  multiply 
the  third  and  fourth  numbers  together  for  a  divifor, 
and  the  firft,  fecond  and  fifth  for  a  dividend. 


OF  VULGAR  FRACTIONS. 

Any  two  numbers  placed  thas  |  make  a  vulgar  frac- 
tion :  the  figure  above  the  line  is  called  the  numerator, 
and  that  under  the  line  is  termed  the  denominator,  and 
denotes  the  number  of  parts  into  which  the  integral, 
or  whole  number  is  divided. 

5  Numerator, 

6  Denominator. 

There  are  three  forts  of  vulgar  fractions,  viz.  pro- 
per, improper,  and  compound.  A  proper  fraction,  is 
when  the  upper  term  is  lefs  than  the  lower,  as  f  ,  |  &c. 
An  improper  fraction,  is  when  the  numerator  is  great- 
er than  the,  denominator,  as  Z,  |,  &c.  A  compound 
fraction,  is  a  fraction  of  a  fraction,  as  4  of  J  of  a  pound 
currency,  which  is  equal  to  6s.  ijd. 

REDUCTION  OF  VULGAR  FRACTIONS. 

CASE  I. 

Fractions  are  reduced  to  a  common  denominator, 
by  multiplying  each  numerator  into  all  the  denomina- 
tors except  its  own,  for  a  new  numerator  ;  multiply 
all  the  denominators  together  for  a  new  denominator* 

EXAMPLES. 

I.     Reduce  |  and  \  to  a  common  denominator. 
8         4         4 

JL      JL     JL 

24       28       32  Anf.  Jt  andjt 


ARITHMETIC*  192 

2.     Reduce  I)  -/„-,  and  \^  to  common  denominator, 

Anf.  JJ-'    ;|*and  ||5 
•3.  Reduce  J,  r70  |,  and  4?  to  a  common  denominator, 

A  nf          6   i    (          8  3    i        i    i    3  8    «„    1       6   ;   3 

nni.  T ,  ¥ ?  x  T  3-  g.  ,  T  g  -6  ana  .s  T  bT  r 
CASE  II. 
To  reduce  a  vulgar  fraction  to  its  lowed  terms  ; 

RULE. 

Divide  the  lower  term  by  the  upper,  and  that  divifor 
again  by  the  remainder  till  nothing  remains:  the  laO: 
diviibris  the  common  meafure  ;  divide  both  terms  of 
the  fraction  by  tlie  common  meaiure^  and  the  quotient 
will  be  the  anfwer. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Reduce  Jj  to  its  lowed  terms. 
48)56(1  C  48         6 

48          Com,  meafure.  8< — 

C56         7     Anf. 

8)49(6 
48 

2.  Reduce  |^to  its  lowed  terms.  Anf.  £ 

3.  Reduce --VT     to  its  lowed  terms.  Anf.  ^~ 

CASE  3.     % 
To  reduce  mixt   numbers  to  an   improper  fraction. 

RULE. 

Multiply  the  integer  by  the  denominator  of  the  frac- 
tion j  and  take  in  the  numerator  ;  the  denominator 
of  the  given  fraction  is  ftill  the  denominator. 

EXAMPLES. 

i.  Reduce  25  yards  and  |  to  an  improper Traclido. 
yds. 

fy        3 
2J>     4 

4 

103  New  numerator. 
4  Given  denominator.          Anf.  T|3 
^duce  12  ',*.  to  an  improper  fraction     Anf.  2,f./ 
yf-  RrJoce  i.j  \  *  to  an  5nrii;»per  fraction     Anf.  3.,*s' 

To  reduce  an  improper  fraction  to  a  \vholeor 

number. 


t?2  ARITHMETIC, 

RULE. 
Divide  the  upper  term  by  the  lower. 

EXAMPLES. 
j.  Reduce  '  °  3  to  its  proper  terms.  4)  103(25  »  Anf. 

2.  Reduce  ^9  to  its  proper  terms.  Anf.  i2j* 

3,  Reduce  ^y  to  its  proper  terms.  Anf.   1941 

CASE  V. 

To  reduce  a  compound  fraction  to  a  fingle  one  of  the 
fame  value.  ROLE. 

Multiply  all  the  numerators  together  for  a  new  nu- 
merator, and  all  the  denominators  for  a  new  denom- 
inator. EXAMPLES. 

r.  Reduce  j  of  |  of  |  of  a  pound  currency  to  a  fun- 
pie  fraction. 
2  4 

6  12 

J          ~ 

30  72          Anf.   **  equal  to  8s.  ^d. 

2.  Reduce  |  of|  of  T96.  to  a  fimple  fraction.      A.  **$  \ 

3.  Reduce  l^  of  |  of  ^  to  a  fnnple  fraction.     A.  J.«€ 

CASE  VI. 

To  reduce  the  fraction  of  one  denomination  to  the . 

fraction  of  another  but  greater,  ft  ill  retaining  the  fame 

..value:  RULE. 

Reduce  the  given  fractions  to  a  compound  one,  by- 
comparing  (or  multiplying)  it  with  all  the  denomina- 
tions between  it  and  that  denomination  which  you 
Nviih  to  reduce  it  to  :  reduce  that  compound  fraction 
to  a  fingle  one  by  the  lafl  cafe.  % 

EXAMPLES. 

j.  Reduce  |  of  a  penny  to  the  fraction  of  a  pound. 
12 


20 

1923        Anf. 


ARITHMETIC.  Io5 

Reduce  *  of  an  ounce  troy,  to  the  fraction    of  a 

pound.  Anf.  T|y! 

3.  Reduce  |  of  a  pound  Avoirdupois,  to  the  fraction 

of  an  hundred  weight.  Anf.     *   , 

CASE  VII. 

To  find  the  proper  quantity  of  a  fraction,  in  th« 
known  parts  of  an  integer.  RULE. 

Multiply  the  numerator  of  the  given  fraction  by  the 
common  parts  of  the  integer  and  divide  by  the  given 
denominator.  EXAMPLES. 

i.  What  is  the  proper  quantity  of  |  of  a  pound  I 
5  given  number. 
20 

6)ioo(i£s.  £d.  Anf. 
•2.  What  is  the  proper  quantity  of  **'. j  ofal.  A.  1 75.90. ;.| 

3.  of|ofacwt.  A.   3  qrs.  I4ib. 

4.  of  |  of  an  ell  E.  A.   j  yard. 

5.  of  T77  of  an  acre  ?  A.  iR.  3opoT. 

6.  of  J  of  a  tun  ?  A.  ihhd.  49g, 
CASE.  VIII, 

To  reduce  any  given  quantity  to  the  fraction  of  a 
greater  denomination.  RULE. 

Reduce  the  quantity  given  to  the  lowed  term  men- 
tioned for  a  numerator,  and  reduce  the  integral  part 
to  the  fame  term,  for  a  new  denominator ;  when  a 
fraction  is  given  together  with  the  quantity,  let  it  b© 
added  to  the  numerator  of  the  fraction  required. 
EXAMPLES. 

i.  Reauce  175.  pd.  4  to  the  fraction  of  a  pound, 
il.  i/s.  c;d^ 

20  12 

2CS.  21 3d. 

12  2 

240  427 

2 

80 


Ip4  ARITHMETIC. 

2.  Reduce  i6s.  8d.  to  the  fraction  of  a  pound. 

Anf.  4°°  or  I 

3.  Reduce  3qrs.    i^lb.  to  the  fraction  of  a  cwt. 

AafcrVr^'S 

4    Reduce  I  yd.  to  the  fraction  of  an  ell  E. 

Anf.   i  =  i  yd. 

5.  Reduce,  i  rood  and  30  poles  to  the  fraction  of  an 
acre.  Anf.  ./_<>„.  =  i  rood  and  30  poles. 

6.  Reduce  i  bhd.  and  49  gallons,  to  the  fraction  of 
a  tun.  Anf.  ^4. 

N  B.  This  cafe  proves  the  examples  in  the  foregoing 
eafe. 

ADDITION  OK  VULGAR  FRACTIONS. 

RULE. 

Reduce  the  given  fractions  to  a  common  denomina- 
tor, by  cafe  firft  in  reduction,  add  all  the  numerators 
together  for  a  new  numerator,  and  place  the  re- 
fult  over  the  common  denominator. 

EXAMPLES. 
i .  Add  -J  and  J  together. 

3  2  9  C  Numerators 

3  4  8  £      added. 

9  8  17  Anf.  .j; 

a.  Add  £  and  J  together.  Anf.   i  ^ 

3.  Add  £  and  174  together.  Anf.  18  £ 
To  find  the  anfwer  of  the  gd  example,  you  muft  re- 
duce the  fractional   part,  namely,  J  and  £   to  a  com- 
mon denominator,  and  divide  your  new  numerator  by 
6  the  common  denominator  here,  which  gives  you  one 
integer  to  be  added  to  the  17. 

The  anfwers  of  the  following  examples  are  found, 
by  reducing  them  to  their  proper  quantities  by  cafe 
7th  and  then  adding  their  feveral  quantities  together, 
the  total  gives  the  anfwer  required. 

4.  Add  J  ofal.  to  |  of  a  milling.  Anf  1 8s.   3d. 

5.  Add  |  of  a  penny  to  ^  of  a  1.  A.  2s.  ^d.  iq.  £  ; 

6.  Add  |  of  a  mile  to  fV-of  a  furlong.  A.  6fur.  zBp, 


ARITHMETIC.  r$> 

SUBTRACTION  OF  VULGAR  FRACTIONS. 

Reduce  the  fra&ions  given  to  a  common  denomi 
tor,  if  they  have   not  one  already,   and  fubtraft   the 
leis  numerators  from  the  greater,  then  place  their  dif- 
ference over  the  common  denominator. 

EXAMPLES. 
i  .  From  TW  take  * 

84.         ico         IOQ         420  Greater  No. 
£  4  5         400  lefs. 

420         400  C.  0.500  20  dif.  Anf.  T*ov 

2.  From  96  take  |  Anf.  95  i* 

3.  From  12  take  *  Anf.   uj 

4.  j  of  a  pound  take  l  of  a  milling.       Anf  i  23.   7cl- 

5.  From  *-  of  a  league  T7^  of  a  mile.    A.  im.   2f.  i6p. 

6.  Erom  |  of  a  chaldron,  take  J  of  a  bulhel. 

Anf.  ib.   i 


MULTIPLICATION  OF  VULGAR  FRACTIONS.. 

RULE. 

Multiply  the  numerators  together  for  a  new  nume- 
rator, and  the  denominators  by  each  other  for  a  new" 
denominator  :  when  whole  or  mixed  numbers  are 
given  to  he  multiplied,  reduce  them  firft  to  an  impro- 
per fraction  by  cafe  ^d. 

EXAMPLES. 

I..  Multiply  I  by  I  5  7 

3  6 

15  42               Anf.  *| 

2.  Multiply  4  by  ^  Am. 

3.  Multiply  7;  by9j  Anf.   6pJ 

4.  Multiply  3  1  by  ?.  Anf..  i8| 

DIVISION  OF  VULGAR  FRACTIONS. 
RULE. 

'  Multiply  the  numerator  of  the  dividend  by  the  deno- 
minator of  your  divifor,  for  a  new  numerator  ;  and  the 
denominator  of  your  dividend  by  the  numerator  of  your 
ciivifor;  for  a  new  denominator  for  your  quotient. 


?p6  ARITHMETIC. 

If  there  are  whole  or  mixed  numbers  given  to  fee- 
divided  they  mud  be  reduced  to  improper  fradions* 

EXAMPLES. 
;j.  Divide -|  by  J         dtvifor,  *.   dividend;  £. 

4  2 

*-  rl      Anf.   ^    °r  -L 

24  10  24.  12 

2.  Divide  1?  by  f.  Anf,  l|J 

3.  Divide  io|  by  4j  2  A, 
"Note.  The  Rule  of  Three,  in  both  vulgar  and  de- 
cimal fractions,  being  analogous  to  the  principles  laid 
clown  in  the  Rule  of  Three  in  whole  numbers;  we  think 
3t  unneceflary  to  include  them  here. 

OF  DECIMAL7FR ACT  IONS. 

Decimal  fractions  are  generally  allowed,  to  be  the 
mod  genuine,  elegant,  and  expeditions  way  of  dividing 
unity,  and  fuppofes  an  integer,  whether  a  pound,  a. 
foot,  &c.  to  be  divided  into  ro,  ice,  icoo  parts,  &c. 

2.  The  denominator  of  a  decimal   fraction  is  cctn- 
2nonly  omitted,  and  a  point  placed  before  the  nume- 
rator fupplies  its   place;   thus — .5  {lands  for  ^V,  .of, 
3or  T*B.  .005  for  ^^^t  &c. 

3.  As  cyphers   placed    to  the  left  hand    of  whole 
numbers  does  not  alter  their  value,  fo  in  decimal  frac- 
tions, cyphers  placed  to  the  right  hand  of  the  decimal 
point,  neither  increafeth  or  diminifheth  its  real  value  ; 
for  .7oois.no  more  than  .7  but  cyphers   placed  to  the- 
left  of  the  decimal  point  decreafeth  its  value  in  a  ten, 
fold  proportion. 

4.  In  mixt  numbers   the  decimal  point  feparates  the 
integers  or  whole   numbers   from  the  decimal  parts, 
thus  —  4.42  is  4  integers  and  42  decimal  parts,  but.   if 
the  point  is  placed  thus — 44.2  it  changes  their  value  to 
44  integers  and  2  decimal  parts. 


ADDITION  OF  DECIMALS. 

Addition  of  decimals  differ  but  very  little  from'  the 
fame  rule  in  whole  nuaibers. 


ARITHMETIC, 

RULE,  ^ 

Place  the  numbers  according  to  their  value  and  cut 
ofFasmauy  decimal  places  from  the  total  of  the  given 
fum  towards  the  right  hand,  as  that  number  confifts 
of  which  has  moft  decimal  places  in  the  given  fum: 
the  figures  to  the  right  of  the  point,  if  any  are 
integers.  EXAMPLES. 

.5  44.2  .745609 

.25  1^.365  -57847 

.464  25.5  .365- 

.848  66.75  -75 

.4004  .6669  .5. 


2.4624 


SUBTRACTION  OF  DECIMALS. 

Decimals  are  fubtracled  iii  the  fame  manner  that 
whole  numbers  are,  taking  care  to  place  the  numbers 
according  to  their  value,  that  is,  units  under  units,  £..c, 
in  integers,  and  the  tenths,  or  decimal  parts  under  each 
other.  EXAMPLES. 

From         74-65:1  6.0540  *5'42 

Subtract       8.969  .9876  8.6704 

Rein.         65.682 

MULTIPLICATION  OF  DECIMALS. 

Multiplication  of-  decimals,  is  in  all  refpedls  flmilar 
to  multiplication  of  integers  ;  only,  when  the  wo; 
done,  you  muft  point  off  as  many  decimal  places  from 
the  product,  as  there  are  places  of  decimals  in  both  the 
multiplicand  and  multiplier  taken  together  :  if  decimal 
places  are  wanted  in  the  product,  annex  cyphers  to  the- 
decimal  point,  to  make  up  the  'deficiency. 

EXAMPLES. 
i,  Multiply    .75  by    .525 


367  <; 

•3*375 


ipS  ARITHMETIC 

2.  Multiply  .845  by     4.14. 

3-  .0254  -0345 

4-  4-42  ?6- 

5-  63.  -co  45 
-6.  36.5  44.5 

Kote.  When  both  the  given  terms  are  decimals, 
the  product  will  alfo  be  a  decimal  ;  bat  when  both  the 
terms  to  be  multiplied,  are  mixed,  the  product  will  be 
the  fame,  i.  e.  integers  and  decimal  parts. 


DIVISION  OF  DECIMALS. 

Decimals  are  divided  in  the  fame  manner  that  whole 
numbers  are  ;  only  with  this  difference,  that  the  num- 
ber of  decimal  places  in  the  divifor  and  quotient,  rec- 
koned together,  mud  be  equal  wit!-  thofe  in  the  given- 
dividend  :  when  there  are  more  decimal  places  in  the 
clivifor,  than  there  is  in  the  dividend,  annex  cvphers 
to  the  dividend,  before  }ou  begin  the  operation,  to 
irakc  it  at  lead  equal  to  -the  divifor  :  when  decimal 
places  are  wanting  in  the  quotient,  annex  cyphers  to 
the  decimal  point. 

EXAMPLES. 
I.  Divide  .75  by  .0125         )-75oo(     60.     Anf. 

•75  > 
2..  Divide     99.465     by      54.7 

3.  Divide     3265.79  by      49.5  ^ 

4.  Divide     7.^5          by     .024 

jNote.  As  multiplication  of  fractions  decreafeth  their 
value,  fo  divifion  increafeth  their  value,  in  the  fame 
proportion  ;  this,  tho  true,  appears  a  ftrasge  contra- 
riety to  thefe  rules  in  whole  numbers. 

REDUCTION  OF  DECIMALS. 

CASE  I. 
To  reduce  a  vulgar  fra^flion  to  a.  decimal. 


Annex  a  fufnVient  number  of  cyphers  to  the  nume- 
rator, uvid  divide  by  the  denominator  ;  the  ^uolien: 
\vih-bc  ilie  decimal  wanted  . 


ARITHMETIC. 

EXAMPLES. 

i..  Reduce  J  to  a  decimal*          4)ico(.2J  decimals. 
2,.  i*  to  a  decimal.  Anf.  .85 

3.  I  ys.  cd.  to  the  decimal  of  a  1.    Anf.  .875 

4.  155.  to  the  decimal  of  a  1.  Anf.  .75 

5.  3  qrs.  2  na.  to  the  decimal  of  a  yd.     .875: 

CASE   II. 

To  find  the  proper  quantity  of  a  decimal  of  a  greater 
denomination  in  the  known  parts  of  the  lefler  denomi- 
nation :  RULE. 

Multiply  it  by  the.  component  parts  of  the  integer, 
and  cut  off  from  the  product  a3  many  decimal  places  as 
there  are  in  the  given  number. 

EXAMPLES. 
i,.  What.  is  the  value  of  .875  of  a  pound,  currency  ? 

20 

17,500, 
12 

6,000  Anf.   175.  6<L-. 

2.  What  is  the  value  of  .75  of  a  1.  Anf.   150^ 

3.  What  is  the  proper  quantity  of  .875  of  a  yard  ? 

Anf.   3  qrs.   2  na. 

4.  What  is  the  proper  quantity  of  .9375  of  a  Cwt  ? 

Anf.   3  qrs.   2i  lb,, 

OF  THE  SQUARE.  ROOT. 

Any  number  multiplied  by  itfelf  produceth  a  fquarey 
thus,  —  6  times  6  is  36,  the  fquare  of  the  given  figure. 
Let  the  learner  commit  the  following  table  to  memory, 

ROOTS~"""  T    2     3'"4   "'~5    "6'  .....  .7J""8'r' 


sj±u  ARES.    J  j  \  4  I  9  |  16  )  25  |  36  |  49  |  64  j  8  1  j_ 

To  prepare  any  number  for  extracting  its  fquare 
root;  make  a  point  over  the  unit's  plac-?,  omitting 
one,  point  every  other  figure  ;  the  figures  in  your  root 
%vill  be  equal  to  the  number  of  points,  or  periods,  iri 
the  given  fum. 

AN  EASY  RULE,  for  working  fums  in  the  S 
Root, 


300  AillTHM  TIG. 

1.  find  the  great  eft  root  of  your  md  period  by  m-* 
fpeciion   in    the  foregoing   table  ;     place   the  root   fo 
found,  in  your  quotient,   and  fjbtradt  its  fquare  frem 
y,our  firft  period.     2.   Take  down  your  next  period, 
and  annex  it  to  the  remainder  for  a  dividend  ;   fquare 
your  quotient  and  place  it  to  the  left  hand  for  a  divi- 
ibr  ;   then  feek,  how  often  your  divifor  is  contained  in 
your  dividend,  referving  the  unit's  place  of  your  divi- 
dend for  the  fquare  of  the  figure  fought ;  place  the  fi- 
gure denoting  the  number  of  times  that  the  divifor  is 
contained  in   the   dividend,  to  the  right  of  the  figure 
already  in  your  quotient,  and  alfo  on  the  right  hand 
of  your  divifor;   then  multiply  your  divifor  by  the  laft 
ilgure  placed  in  the  root,  and  fubtradl  the  product  from 
the  dividend  :   this  operation  is  to  be  repeated  for  eve- 
ry period  you  bring  down,  the  firft  excepted. 

Jf  there  be  a  remainder  after  all  the  periods  are  ta- 
ken down,  annex  pairs  of  cyphers  to  it,  and  continue 
the  operation  to  any  length  you  pleafe. 
EXAMPLES. 

I»  What  is  the  fquare  root  of  50176?   (224.  Anf. 

4 

42)         lor 

84 

1776"' 
444)          *776 

2.  What  is  the  fquare  root  of    56644  ?     Anf.  2?°, 
3"  2,?936?  45^ 
4-                                               I5f37°41  •            39-9- 

5.  16459249?  4  -57. 

6.  129?  11.55 
Note  T.  When  yon  take  down  the  fecoml  period  in 

the  fifth  example,  the  divifor  cannot  be  had  in  it,  von 
mull  therefore  fetdown  a  cypher  in  the  root,  and  alfo 
to  the  right'  hand  of  your  divifor^  and  then  proceed  as 
the  rule  directs. 


ARITHMETIC.  2er 

Note  2.  The  lad  fum  being  a  furd  number,  \vhofe- 
root  cannot  be  exaclly  found,  you  muft  annex  4  cyphers 
to  the  remainder,  to  bring  you  nearer  to  the  real  root- 
of  the  given  fum  :  obferve,  as  many  pairs-  of  cyphers, 
as  you  annex,  juft  fo  many  decimal   places  you  rnuft-c 
point  off  in  your  quotient. 

Note  3.  To  prove  fums  in  the  fquare  root,  multiply 
the  root  by  itfelf  ;  and  if  there  be  a  remainder,  as  in 
the  laft  example,  let  it  be  add^d  to  the  product  ;  and 
the  refislt  will  be  equal  to  the  given  fum,  if  the  work 
be  right. 

7.  Suppofe  576  trees  to  be  planted  in  a  fquare  nur- 
fery,  or  orchard  ;  required;   how  many  trees  mud  be 
in  a  row  each  way  f  Anf.  24. 

8.  Admit  an  army  of  25600  men  were  to  be  formed 
into  a  fquare  battalion  ;    required,  the  number  of  men 
to  be  placed  in  rank,  and  alfo  in  file  f  Anf.  160. 

9.  The  wall  of  a  fortrefs  being  19  feet  high,  and 
farrounded  with  a  canal  28  feet  wide  ;    required,  the 
length  of  a  ladder  to  reach  from  the  outfide  of  the  ca- 
nal, to  the  top  of  the  wall  ?  Anf.  33.83  feet, 

To  extraft  the  Square  Root  of  a  J^ulgar  FraEllon. 

RULE  :  —  Reduce  the  given  fraction  to  its  lowed 
term,  and  extract  the  fquare  root  of  the  numerator  and; 
denominator  :  as  in  the  following  example. 

Required  the  fquare  root  of  |  °  J  J  ? 

3044)684'.)  2        com,  meaf.  761)3044(4  new  nam*, 
6088 


761)3044(4  161)684.9(9  new  denom* 

3^4  ^6849 

4     the  root  of  4  is  2    .    ~ 
9     the  root  of  9  is  3 

OF  THE  CURE  ROOT. 

The  cube  of  any  number  is  found,  by  multiplying  it- 
by  itfdf,  and  that  product  again  by  the  given  number  :  ; 
thus,  5  times  5  is  25,  the  fquare  of  5  ;  and  5  timer,  25, 
i$.i-.25,  the  cube  of  the  given  number, 


202  ARITHMETIC. 

The  following  table  (hews  the  fquare  and  cube  num- 
bers of  the  9  digits. 

iTooTsrnri'2 !  ''sTTj^sj^^T^yr"  3  T 


SQUARES,  i  I  -4  I    9  I  16  I     2 5  |     36  I    49  j     64  I     8r 

CUBES.       i  !  8  j  27  !  64  |  125  !  216  :  343  |  512  |  729 

Note.  There  are  fomej:ubes  whofe  root  cannot  be 
exactly  found,  and  are  therefore  called  irrational 
cubes,  or  furd  numbers  ;  if  the  number  given  to  be 
extracted  have  a  remainder,  annex  three  cyphers  to  it 
and  you  may  thereby  come  very  near  to  the  real  root 
of  the  given  number.  To  prepare  any  number  for  ex- 
tracting its  cube  root,  make  a  point  under  the  units 
place,  (beginning  at  the  right  hand,  in  whole  num.-- 
bers,  and  at  the  decimal  point  in  decimals)  and  omit- 
ting two  figures,  make  a  point  under  every  third  one^ 
and  as  many  points,  or  periods,  as  your  given  num- 
ber contains,  juft  fo  many  figures  will  your  root  con- 
lift  of. 

AN  EASY  RULE  for  extracting  $it  cube  root,  of 
any  given  number. 

1.  Find  the  greateft  root  ofyourfirft  period,  by   in- 
fpeclion  in  the  foregoing  table,  place  the  root  fo  found 
in  your  quotient,  and  the   cube   thereof  place  under 
your  firft  period,  and  fubtract  it  therefrom  ;  here  ends* 
the  firft  operation  and  no  more  to  be  repeated. 

2.  Take  down  your  next   period,  and   annex  it  to 
the  remainder  if  any,  for  a   dividend  ;    fquare    your 
quotient  and  multiply  that  fquare  by  3QO  for  a  divifor  : 
then  leek  how  often  your  divifor  is  contained  in  the 
dividend,    allowing  fome  thing  for   the  increafe   that 
will  come  from  your  quotient,  multiply  your  divifor 
by  the  number  of  times  it  is  contained  in  your  dividend 
place  the  figure  denoting  the  number  of  times  it  goes, 
in  your  quotient,  and  the  product  place  under  your  di- 
vidend, iirft   feparating  them  with  a  finall  line  ;  this 
is  your  firft    component  number,  or  fubducend. 

3..  To  find  the  increafe  ariiing  from  your  quotient, 
fquare  the  laft  figure  placed  there,  and  multiply  that 
Iquare  by  the  reit  of  your  quotient  figures,  aud  that 


ARITHMETIC. 


•203 


product  again  by  30,  this  laft  product  is  your  fecond 
iubducend,  which  place  directly  under  the  firft,  then 
cube  the  lad  figure  placed  in  the  quotient,  which  cube 
is  your  third  and  laft  fubdncehd,  acid  the  three  fubdu- 
cend3  together  ^being  the  number  you  have  in  every 
operation  the  firft  excepted)  if  their  aggregate  funisbe 
equal  with  the  dividend,  and  all  the  periods  are  taken, 
down,  the  work  is  finimed,  and  the  given  number  is 
a  right,  or  rational  cube  number, 

EXAMPLES.       .       .       . 

i.    What  is  the  cube  root  of  644972544(864  Anf, 
6'            8              6              512 
686  


288 


64 

300 


19200 
6 


36 
6 

216 


132972 

115200  firft  fabducend, 
8640  fecond  do. 
216  -third     do. 


8640     115200 


124056  fubtradt. 


86 
86 

7396 
3°° 

4 
4 

16 

86 

2218800 
4 

1376 
3c 

4 
4 

16 

4 

64 


^916544 

8875200  firft 

41280  fecond  do. 
64  third    do. 


89,6544 


8875200  41280 

Here  you  fee  that  the  total  of  the  3  fubducends,  are 
juft  equal  to  the  laft  dividend  ;  and  the  given  fum  of 
courfe,  is  a  rational  cube  number. 

What's  the  cube  root  of    458976.?  A.     6. 


46656  ? 
18399744 


.3758  -? 


36. 
264  ! 
8765. 

-72 


-204  ARITHMETIC. 

Note.  Sums  in  the  cube  root  are  proved,  by  multi- 
plying the  roots  by  themfelves,  and  that  product  again 
by  the  root:  where  there  is  a  remainder,  as  in  the  lait 
example,  it  muft  be  added  to  the  product. 


RULES  for  reducing  the  Currencies  of  the  different 
.  States  intke  Union^  into 'Sterling,  or  Engl.fo 

Money. 

To  reduce  Virginia  currency  (or  any  of  the  New- 
England  ftates)  into  fterling  ;  fubtracl:  one  fourth  from 
the  given  fum  ;  the  remainder  is  fterling.  When  you 
want  to  bring  New- York,,  or  North-Carolina  curren- 
cies, into  fterling. — ^multiply  by  9,  and  divide  by  16; 
the  qotient  will  be  the  anfwer'in  fterling. 

The  currencies  of  the  following  ftates,  viz.  Ne\v- 
Jerfey,  Delaware,  Pennfylvania,  and  Maryland  ;  are 
brought  into  fterling;  by  multiplying  their .refpe^tive 
currencies  by  3,  and  dividing  by  5. 

To  reduce  the  currencies  of  South-Carolina,  and 
Georgia  into  fterling,  lubtra&  the  one  28th  part,  from 
the  given  fum. 


MONEY, 

OF          THE 

UNITED    STATES 

O     F 

A  M  E  R  I  C  A, 

s  eftablijloed  by  CONGRESS,  Auguft  8?  1786^ 
an  I  confirmed  by  the  Senate  asndHoufe  of  Repre* 
fentatives  of  the  United  States^  1789. 


THOUGH  this  money  is  perhaps  the  plaineft,  and 
the  eafteft  calculated  currency,  of  an*'  ftandard 
of  coins  hitherto  extant  ;  yet,  from  the  novelty  of  it, 
fome  perfons  (unacquainted  with  Decimal  Fractions) 
may  be  led  to  think,  that  it  is  above  their  ability  :  For 
the  benefit  of  fuch,  the  following  examples  ore  ad^edj 
ful  trasSled,  multiplied  £c.  in  the  fam^  manner  as  the 
like  rules  are  done,  in  common  Arithmetic. 

The  denominations  of  the  United  States  money,  aro 
as  follow  : 

10  Mills       ~)  r    i  Gent, 


r    i 
J    i 


10  Cents  k 

10  Dimes      C  }    i    Dollar, 

10  Dollars  J  (\    i   Kagle, 

Note.  E.  ftamls  for  'Eagle,  El    for    Doliar;  Dm*" 
for  Lime;  Cn.  for  Cent;  and  Ml.  for  Mill, 
S 


."c6  ARITHMETIC. 

OF  ADDITION. 

This  money  may  be  added,  in  the  fame  manner  that 
•whole  numbers  are,  in  common  Arithmetic  ;  namely, 
by  carrying  i  for  every  ic,  that  you  find  in  each  row, 
to  the  next  denomination  towards  the  left  hand';  un- 
der the  laft  row,  fet  down  the  whole  amount. 
EXAMPLES. 


DL 

Dm. 

Cn. 

ML 

DL 

Dm. 

Cn. 

ML 

4 

7 

2 

6 

17 

6 

9 

4 

IB 

2 

3 

4     ' 

15 

9 

3 

7 

7 

8 

6 

5 

28 

5 

4 

i 

9 

7 

4 

2       * 

43 

7 

2 

6 

30         5         6         7^ 

Here  I  begin  at  the  right  hand,  or  units  rank,  and 
fay,  2  and  5  is  7,  and  4  is  II,  and  6  is  17  ;  here  I 
fee  down  7,  and  carry  i(for  the  one  ten)  to  the  next 
row,  and  fay  the  i  that  1  carry,  and  4  makes  5,  and 
6  is  i  j,  and  3  is  14,  and  2  is  16  ;  I  put  dowryS,  and 
carry  i  as  before,  to  the  next  row,  faying  i  and  7  is 
8,  arid  8  is  16,  and  2  is  18,  and  7  is  25  ;  here  I  fet 
down  5  and  carry  2  to  the  next  rank,  there  being  2 
tens  in  this  row  ;  again  the  2  that  I  carry  and  9  is  1  1, 
and  7  is  18,  and  8  is  26,  and  4  is  30  :  this  being  the 
laft  row,  I  fet  down  the  whole  amount  ;  namely,  thir- 
ty Dollars^  five  Dimes,  fix  Cents,  and  {'even  Mills. 


E. 

DL 

Dm. 

Cn. 

E. 

DL 

Dm. 

39 

7 

6 

4 

17 

6 

6 

46 

5 

5 

7 

40 

9 

5 

24 

3 

2 

6 

28 

4 

7 

37 

9 

8 

2 

84 

9 

3 

SUBTRACTION. 

From  25  Dollars,  6  Dimes,  and  2  Cents;    take  16 
)ollars;   5  Dimes,  and  4  Cents. 

From         25  6  2 

Take          16  £  4 

Rem.          008 


ARITHMETIC.  ™<? 

In  the  firfl  example  here,  after  placing  the  lefler 
number  under  the  greater  (taking  care  to  place  cents 
under  cents,  dimes  under  dimes,  £c.)  I  fay  4  from  2 

1  cannot,  but  4  from  12   (borrowing  10  from  the  next 
row,  which  1  add  to  the  upper  figure)  and  there  re- 
mains 8,  then  the  I  that  1  borrowed  and  5  is  6   (for 
having  borrowed  10  in  the  unit's  place,  I  muft  here 
pay  i  as  an  equivalent  for  it  ;.   again,  6  from  6  and  o 
remains  ;  in  the  next  row,  I  fay,  6  from  £  I  cannot, 
but  6  from  1 5  (borrowing  10  as  before)  and  9  remains  ; 
laftly,  I  fay,  the  I  thct  1  borrowed  and  i  makes  2  from 

2  and  o  remains  ;  here  the  example  is  finifhed,  and  the 
remainder  or  difference  I  find  to  be  9  dollars,  o  dune.* 
and  8  cents,  as  in  the  work. 

EXAMPLES. 

E      dl     dm  dl  dm  en  ml 

From    40       4       5  60  i  2  5 

Take    24       6       8  44  4  6  6 

Rein.     15       7       7 


MULTIPLICATION.- 

EXAMPLES. 
What  amounts  6  yards  cf  cloth  to,  at 


dh;  2  4         Anf. 

1  begin  at  the  right  hand  row  here,  and  fay,  6  times 
413  24,  I  fet  down  4  under  the  cents  row,  and  carry 
2  for  the  2  tens,  to  the  next,  or  dimes  row,  then  6  times 

5  is  30,  and  2  that  I  carry  is  32,  here  I  fet  down  2  un- 
der the  dimes  rank,  and  carry  3  for  the  3  tens  ;  laftly 

6  times  4  is  .24,  and  3  is  27  ;  here   the  ^operation    Li 
finiihed,  and  I  find  the  price  of  the  cloth  to  be  twenty 
feven  dollars,  two  dimes,  and  four  cents. 

What  is  the  value  of  46  barrels  of  flour,  at  <5dl.  ^cliru 
r4  z  cents  per  barrel  ? 


^RITHMETie, 

dl      dm       en 
6         4        "2 

9  times  5  is  45 


57 


288         9         o 

642  the  price  of  i  barrel, 

dls  295         3         2  Auf. 

What  amounts  the  price  of  700  bufhels  of  wheat,  te 
at,  7  dimes  5  cents  per  bufhel  ? 
dm.       en. 


7 

5 

10  times 

i  is  10 

10  is  loo 

dl.7 

5 

0 

i  o  times 

E.7         5 

o 

o 

7  times  100  is  700 
£.52         5         o         o     Anf.  52,  E.  fdl 


DIVISION. 

EXAMPLES. 

Divide  25  dollars  6  dimes  and  2  cents  equally  among 
perfons. 

dl      dm     en 
6)  25       6      2 

427    quotient 
6 


Proof,  dl.25:  6  2 
In  this  example,  I  fay,  the  fix's  in  2y,  4  times  6  is 
34,  from  25  and  i  remains,  that  is  I  dollar  or  TO 
dimes,  which  being  added  to  the  6  dimes  in  the  n^xJ 
row  make  \b  ;  then  the  fix's  in  1 6,  2  times  -or  twice) 
6  is  12,  from  16,  and  their  remains  4,  which  being  i 


ARITHMETIC. 

Deduced  in  jour  mind,  make  40  cents  ;  this  together 
with  the  2  cents  in  the  next  row,  makes  _>2  ;  then  I 
fay  the  fix's  in  42,  7  times  ;  here  the  work  is  ended 
and  each  perfons  iliare  is  4  dollars,  2  dimes^andycents, 

Divide   462  dollars   7  dimes,  and  5  cents  equally 
among  25  men. 

In  this  example  I  divide  by    5    twice  ;  being  ths 
component  parts  of  25. 

ell         dm      en 
5)         46-2         7          5 

5)  92         5         5 

18          5          I  quotient. 

'Here  each  man's  lhare>  is  18  dollars,  5  dimes;  a 
j  cent. 

If  30  yards  of  linen  cod   12  dollars  and  3  dime s^ 
what  coft  i  yard  ? 

dls     dms 

6  times  5   T    12       3 
Is  30       <;$}*       o       S 

£      ©       4       I     Anf. 

Four  dlmes^  and    one  'cent   (or    39.  and  3d.  Nr 
York  currency  nearly)  per  yard. 


REDUCTION. 

In  54  Eagles,  6  Dollars,  5  Diines;  4  Cents ; 
Mills  r 

54         ^>         5         4 
10 

546     dollars. 
TO 

5465    dimes, 
10 


54654     cents, 
10 

546540    mills, 
S  3 


ARITHMETIC. 

H£re  I  multiply,  by  as  many  of  the  lefler  denomi* 
Cation,  as  make  one  of  the  greater  (which  is  here,  in 
a  ten  fold  proportion)  taking  in  the  odd  numbers  in 
«ach  row. 

In   546,940  Mills,  how  many  Eagles  ? 

10)546540 

10)54654  Cents. 
10)5465  Dimes,  and  4  Cents. 
10)546  Dollars,  5  Dimes,  4  Cents* 

54  Eagles,  6  Dol.   5  Dm.  4  Cn. 
Proof  of  the  foregoing  example,  namely,  fifty  four 
eagles,  fix  dollars,  rive  dimes,  and  four  cents. 

The  laft  queftion  may  be  more  expeditioufly  anfwer- 
ed,  by  a  decimal  operation  ;  or  pointing  off  from  the 
Jdills  place  to  the  Eagles;  thus :  54.6.5.4.0 


ARITHMETIC, 


ADDITIONAL  .QUESTIONS,. 

To  exercife  iht  foregoing  Rules. 

QUESTIONS  IN  ADDITION*. 

,     A  man  was  born  in  the  year  1697  ;  in  what  year  will 
he  be  98  years  of  age  I  Anf.    1/95* 

If  a  perfon  has  owing  to  him  on  bond  807  pounds^ 
in  book  accounts  1047  pounds,  in  biliS  and  nptt 
pounds,  and  has  in  cafh  478  pounds,  how  much  is  the 
amount  \  Anf..  2418  pounds. 

Admit  a  bond  to  be  468  7,^.  intcrelt  due  thereon 
1787^.  what  is  the  amount  ?  Ai  f.  '-$£• 

A  perfon  on  fettling  his  accounts,  finds  he  owes  A* 
96^.  B.  72j£.  C.  i&£.  D.  £4£.  and  £.  525^.  1  demand 
how  much  he  owes  in  all  ?  Anf.  70  7£, 

^_ 

QUESTIONS  IN  SUBTRACTK 

T.  There  are  two  numbers,  whole  difference  is  17^ 
and  the  greater  number  is  61  ;  I  demand  the  leiTer 
number. 

2.  The  brewer  and  the  baker  drew  bills  upon  each 
other:  the  brewer  ftands  indebted   45!.    ips.  and  the 
baker  26!.  and  7d;  ;  who  is  the  proper  perfon  indebt- 
ed, and  how  much  ? 

3.  A   is  indebted  to  the  brewer  the  fum  of  109!.  los. 
B.  owes  him  9^!.  43;   id^  ;    how  much  does  one  owe 
more  than  the  other  ? 


QUESTIONS  IN  SIMPLE  MULTIPLICATION* 

1.  \\  hat  is  the  producl  of  76,  multiplied  by  3  and 
by  7? 

2.  There  are  r^.t  men  emploved  to  finifh  a  piece  of 
work,  and  the)  are  to  have   ;•]."  each  nmn  ;  I  demand 
how  much  they  mull  all  have  ? 

3.  An  army  of  icooc  men  ha  ing  plundered  a  city, 
took  fo  juuch  wQue^  that  when  it  was  flMured  among 


2:2  ARITHMETIC, 

them  each  man  had  27!.  I  demand  how  much 
\vas  taken  in  all  ! 

4.  There  was  40  men  concerned  in  the  payment  of 
a  fum  of  money,  and  each  man  paid  1271!.  how  much 
was  paid  in  all  ? 

5.  What  is  the  product  of  769,  multiplied  by  9  and 


QUESTIONS  IN  DIVISION. 

1.  If  1596  be  divided  by  21,  what  is  the  quotient  ? 

2.  There  are  124  men  who  have  372!.  among  them, 
bow  much  muft  each  man  have  I 

3.  An  army  of  19000  men  having,  plundered  a  cityy 
took  2600000!.  how  much  muft  each  man  have  I 

4.  There  was    a  certain  number  of  men  concerned 
in  the  payment  of  1272!.  and  each  man  paid  3!.    I  de- 
mand the  number  of  men  ? 

5.  What  is  the  quotient  of  4844  7,  divided  by  9  ani 

6.  A  certain  man  intending  to  go  a  journey  of  about 
5264  •  on  id  complete    the  fame  in    136  day   ;   I 
demand  how  many  miles  he  mull  travel  each  day  ? 

7.  A  captain  and  160  foldiers   gain   a  prize  worth 
362  pounds,  of  which  the   captain  had  l  for  his  fhare  ; 
the    reft  was   divided    equally   among   the   foldiers  ; 
what  was  each  man's  part  ? 


QUESTIONS  IN  REDUCTION. 

1.  Reduce  i6cl.  153.  6d.  into  fix  pences.  Facit64jr 

2.  Reduce  90!.  17  6d.  in  two  pences.    Facit  10905*, 

3.  Reduce  2880  qrs.  into  pence,  three  pences,   and 
fix  pences. 

Facit  72cd.  240  three  pences,  120  fix  pences, 

4.  Reduce  70  Moidores  at  2;s,  each,   into  pounds. 

Facit  94!.   ics. 

5.  Reduce  12180  three  pences,  into  fhiilings,  pence 
and  groats.  Facit  3045^  j&|4od>  9135  groat". 

6.  How  many  crowns  at  55.  half  crowns,  and  Ihil- 
lings,  are  iu  sjgcJLand  the  number  of  each  equal. 

658^  and  ;s,  oven 


ARITHMETIC. 

QUESTIONS  IN  THE  Rur  E  OT^  THREE. 

1.  How  much  will  i2oC.  come  to,  at  i8s.  6d.   per 
Cwt  ?  Anf.   i    :.l. 

2.  At  ?s.  4d.  per  pair,  what  cod  17  dozen  and  4 
pair  of  (lockings  ?  Anf.  34!.   13!*.  4$L 

3.  if     ton  of  butter  cofti61.  i6s.  what  coft  20  ton 
17,C.   iqrvs  f  Anf.   350!.    148. 

4.  If  61.  45.  it^d.  be  paid  for  the  carriage  of  i -jC. 
3  qrs.  i  lib.  what  cod  lib  ?  Anf.  |. 

5.  A  goldfmith  fold  a  tankard  for  id.    I2S.  at  53. 
4d.  per  oz.  I  demand  the  weight  thereof  I 

Anf.  39  oz.  •  cjdvvi*.  . 

6.  What  is  the  commiflion  on  1024!.  at  2  percent  ? 

Anf.   2  I    9-s.  yL 

7.  If  syhogiheads  of  brandy  coft  456!.  what  is  that 
per  gallon  ?  Anf.   58.  4'rd. 

8.  If  an  ounce  of  filver  be  worth  53  what  is  the  price 
ofi4ingbts,  each  ingot  ;lb.  ^oz  ?          Anf.  3!'!.    ics. 

9.  If  ,6_>  men  be  in  garrifon,  and  have  proviflon  for 
6  months;     but  expcciit-gno   relief  till  the  end  of  9 
months,  how  many  men  n»u(l  be  turned  out,  that   the 
proviiion  may  laii  fo  much  longer  ?  Anf.  120. 

10.  if  60  gallons  of  water,  in  <  hour's  time,  fall  in- 
to a  ciftern  containing  ,iO     gallons  -,  and  by  a  pipe  in 
the  fame  ciftera  there  inns  out  45  gallons    in  an  hour  ; 
in  how  many  hours  will  it  be  filled  .? 

Anf.  In  13  hours  and  20  minutes, 

11.  A  butcher  fends  his  man  with  216  pounds  to  a 
fair,  to  buy  cattle;   Cxen  at    ill.  caws    at  405.   per 
piece;   colts  at  il.    $s     per  piece:    hogs   at   il.   ,53. 
per  piece,  and  of  each  a  like  number  :   how   many  of 
each  mud  he  buy  ?     Anf.    13  of  each  fort,  and  81.  rero* 

QUESTIONS  IN  TARE  AND  TRETT. 

1.  What  is  the  nett  weigbt  of  iJjC.  22lb.  tare  Q| 
Ib.  per  C.  trctt^lb.  per  r o^.lb  ? 

Anf.      1560.   2qrs.   22! 

2.  What  is  the  nett  weight  of  9  bog/heads  of  fu 
tach  6C.  2^rs.  ialb.  grofs;  tare  per  C.  i  ylb  ? 

i.  2 


ARITHMETIC. 
QUESTIONS  IN  SIMPLE  INTEREST. 

1.  What  is  the  iutereft  of  514!.  Tor  i  year  7;  mom 
at  5  per  cent  per  annum  ?  Anf.     41!.   153.   %& 

2.  What  is  the  intereft  of  300!.  for  5|.  years,  at  2* 
per  cen^  per  annum  f  Anf.    46,j}.  133.  9^ 


QUESTIONS  IN  REBATE  OR  DISCOUNT. 

1.  What  is  the  prefent  worth  of  4000!.  payable  in1 
9  months  hence,  at  4;!  percent  ?     Anf.  386;:!.  ^s  od;. 

2.  Sold  goods  for  312!,  to  be  paid  at  two  3  months, 
that  is,  half  at  three  months,  and  the  other  half  at 
three  months  after  that  :  what  rnaft  be  difcounted  for 
prefent  payment,  at  5  per  cent  ?        Anf.  5!.  143.  yd. 

QUESTIONS  IN  BARTER. 

.1.  Two  merchants  barter  :  A.  hath  20  hundred  of 
cheefe,  at  2  is.  6d.  the  hundred;  B.  hath  8  pieces  of 
Eri/h  cloth,  at  3!.  145.  per  piece  :  The  queftidn  is, 
Which  nmil  receive  money,  and  how  much  ? 

Anf.    .A.  muft  pay  to  B.  81.   23. 

z.   A.  had  41  C.  of  tcbnccr  per  C.  for  which 

B.  gave  him  20!.  in  money,  and  the  reft  in  beef,  at  $cl 
per  Ib  :  how  much  beef  mud  be  given  befides  the  20!  i! 

Anf.     1992!^ 

QUESTIONS   IN  PROFIT  AND  Loss. 

1.  If  I  buy  broad  cloth  for  us.  6d.  the  yard,  how 
muft  I  fell  it,  to  gain  2cl.  per  cent  ?        Anf.   135.  8d. 

2.  Sold  500  pamphlet.s,  at  i$d.  a  piece,  and  9  per 
cent  lofs  :  what  is  loft  in  the  whole  number  ? 

Anf.     3!.  is.  9d.|» 


QUESTIONS  IN  FELLOWSHIP. 

Three  merchants  concerned  in  bufmefs  loft  45!.  res' 
ftock  was    iocl.  for  6^  months,  B7s  lool.  for  94 
non.ths,  and  C's  150!,  for  84   months,  what  is  each 
aii's  part  of  this  lofs  ? 
Anf,  A  lol.  jijs*  B  14!.  i8¥»3s.  and  C  2ol.7j;«, 


ARITHMETIC.  31? 

" 

B,  C,  and  E,  trading  to  Guinea  "With  780!.  68cl. 
and  840!.  in  three  years  time  did  g'Ain  loiol.  how  much 
is  each  man's  lhare  of  the  gain  ? 

Anf.  J3,  242!.  3s.  C,  343!.  8s.  E,  424!.  43. 

IN  THE  DOUBLE  RULE  OF  THREE. 

If  561b.  of  bread  be  fufficient  for  7  men    14  days  j 
|  how  many  pounds  will  fuffice  2  r  men  3  days  ? 

Anf.  361b. 

Suppofe  the  wages  of  6  perfons  for  21  weeks  be  120!* 
what  will  be  the  hire  of  14  perfons  for  46  weeks  ? 

Anf.  6 13!,  6s.  8d, 


IN  VULGAR  FRACTIONS. 

1.  Reduce  1753  4£  to  an  improper  Fraction. 

Anf.   'Y-/9 

2.  Reduce  a| 8  to  a  mixt  number  Anf.  57  f 

3.  Reduce  14  to  an  improper  fraction  whole  deno-; 
irinator  muftbe  9.  Anf.   *^* 

4.  Reduce  jof  |  of|  of '4  to  a  limple  fraction. 

5.  Reduce  Tyv  *°  *ts  lowed  term.  Ani.   f- 

6.  Reduce  |  of  a  farthing   to  the  fraction  of  a  gui- 
|jea  ;  fuppoiingthe  guinea  to  be  worth  zis.  Anf.  7vV* 

7.  \Vhat  is  the  value  of  f.  £  of  a  1  ?         Anf.  i  -js  4d- 

8.  What  is  the  ^  of  a  Moidore  ?     Anf.   is.  lod.  4- 

9.  W  hat  is  the  f  i^  of  a  ton  ? 

Anf.  6C,  zqrs.  l81b.  looz.Todr.  |*^ 
ID.  Add  J  of  l  and  ^  of  |  together.  Anf.  i|^ 

n.  Add!.  141,  1.19*.  1.  47*.  zvd  lool.  together. 
Anf.  181  44^.;  or  i8s.  4d. 

1 2.  From  !.  of  |  take  4  of  4  Anf.  ,yT 

13.  Multiply  .•  of  I  by  j  of  £.  Anf.  y 

14.  A  perfon   left   4^  fhHlings  to  4  poor  widows 
A.  B.  C.  and  D.     To  A.  he  left  5.  to  B.  «  to  C.  *r  and 
to  D.  j  defiring  the  whole  might-be  diltributed  accor- 
dingly ;  I  demand  the  proper  (hare  of  each  ? 

Anfwer    A.  mud   have    1454*,     B.    los.    6d.   J-Jt 
C.  8s.  sd./j,     D.  ;s.  od,  T8,. 


arfi  ARITHMETIC 

IN  DECIMAL  FRACTIONS. 

T.  Divide  4.5,  by  3.5  Anf.   1.285- 

2.  Reduce  ,/rT  to  a  decimal.  Anf.  .00171. 

•<    WhatisthVdecimal-ofj4s6d.fi    A.  .728125. 
1.  What  is  rl,e  .72bl  -5  of  a  £.  Anf.   14$.  6d.f. 

e    If  c.25  ells  coll  £.  2.b364>  what  coft  282'5  exlk  ' 

Anf.    £.152.625. 

IN  THE  SQUARE  ROOT. 

i  There  is  a  cable  lo  inches  round,  wVich  weighs 
2lC.  1  demand  the  weight  of  one  8  inches  round  » 

Anf,   13.44  C. 

z  There  is  a  circle  whofe  content  is  iJ3-938J»  *• 
•demand  its  diameter  i  Anf.  13.99. 

IN  THE  CUBE  ROOT. 

I.  A  country  farmer  lent  his  neighbor  cut  of  his 
hav  ftack  20  feet  of  hay  in  length,  breadth,  and  depth, 
and  his  neighbor  brought  it  home  lo  feet  at  one  time, 
and  ;  oat.  another  ;  how  is  the  balance,  and  who  debtor. 

Anf.  6;  oo  feet  due  to  him  that  lent  the  hay  ;  the 
other  having  paid  but  one  fourth. 

f  Suppolea  (hip  of  300  tons  burthen,  75  fcj*k«V 
20-  'feet  by  the  beam,  and  14  feet  deep  in  the  hold  j  I 
demand  the  length  oi  keel  of  another  flnp  of  the  fame 
make,  of  500  wns.  Anf.  88.9  ieet. 


